#treasurefic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 35)

Chapter 35 - Back to reality Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello~ I’m back with chapter 35! Drama lesgoooo >< I’m jk, i miss you all! Hope y’all enjoy this one 🧡💖 i miss reading y’all’s comments too! Take care and love y’all <3

It had been a day after your Treasure friends had returned to the city, and now it was your turn to leave.

Dongyun helped put your luggage into the trunk of the cab that your boss had sent out to Haenam to go pick you up—as he had promised when he had sent you away last week.

“Ahh, this sucks,” your childhood friend sighs out loud. “Sure I can’t have you to stay for another week?” he asks.

“You tell that to Joonyoung-ssi,” you said as you rolled your eyes. “Oh wait, I mean, Mr Bae;” you corrected as you remembered that your boss’ mum was standing not far from you and Dongyun.

Dongyun chuckled at your action, him wrapping an arm around your shoulder. “Gosh, I was getting used to having you around too,”

“I know. But hey, your semester break is ending soon too, no? You won’t be here either if I stayed any longer you know,”

Dongyun was about to answer you back when he felt someone pinching his forearm, making him yelp.

“Ahhh! Aunt Nari what was that for??” He unwrapped his arm from you and rubbed the spot that got pinched on his other arm.

“Hmph. You had the nerve to put your arm around my girl here when you rejected her countless of times now,” the lady grumbled, making you laugh out loud as your friend gets nagged upon by her.

“Now—I didn’t reject her. I rejected the idea of marrying her and being matchmade with her,” he corrected Aunt Nari.

“Aigoo! Exactly the same! Now, don’t stand too close to Y/n. I’m gonna take good care of her and make sure my future son-in-law wouldn’t have to worry about being jealous of you two,” she nagged as she pushes Dongyun to the side gently.

You scrunched your face at what you heard. “Ew who are you matchmaking me with again this time?”

“Hey! Be nice! It’s that gentleman friend of yours of course! Jaehyuk-ssi will definitely take good care of you, you know.” She beamed happily just by the mention of Jaehyuk. Wow, he must’ve really impressed your Aunt Nari; you thought.

Dongyun burst out laughing as he heard this. “Hah, Aunt Nari is shipping you with another guy aside from Junkyu!”

“H-hey! You don’t have to say it out that loud!”

“Hm? Junkyu? I was talking about Jaehyuk, Dongyun-aa. Did you clean your ears properly this week?” Aunt Nari responded, missing the point of what Dongyun had meant earlier.

“Nooo I was saying—”

“Okay, okay hold it up you both. Let’s not talk about my love life any further, please?” you stopped them before their discussion could escalate. Gosh, why are they so interested in your love life though?? If you had let their conversation gone any further you wouldn’t be surprised they’ll be talking about naming your future kids too. You shuddered from the thought.

 *

YG Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

Junghwan entered the practice room with his bagpack hanging on one side of his shoulder. He was still in his school uniform too, implying that their manager had just fetched both him and Jeongwoo from school.

“Oh, Junghwan! Where’s Jeongwoo?” Jihoon greeted the maknae when he sees the boy entering the room.

“He’s just stopping by the convenience store downstairs,”

“Huh, he better not get any more ramen cup. He’s had two yesterday.” The leader complained to himself.

“Enough about that, hyung,” Junghwan said as he approaches Jihoon who was sitting on the floor.

It seemed like they were all just chilling in the room. Probably waiting for the rest of their members to arrive before they begin with practice.

The only ones in the room right now were Jihoon, Hyunsuk, Junkyu, Yoshi and Yedam. Including Junghwan that had just arrived of course. The rest were probably hanging out somewhere else in the building.

Junghwan places his bag beside his hyung, sitting beside him right after.

“Hyung, how was the trip at Y/n-noona’s hometown? Did you all have fun??”

“Aigoo, why are you asking me? You should ask Jaehyuk since you guys live in the same dorm,”

“No way. When he arrived last night he immediately entered his room,” Junghwan pouted. “Instead, when I asked about how the trip went, he replied with ‘Later~’,” Junghwan imitated his Jaehyuk’s singsong voice, making Jihoon laugh.

“So yeah, tell meeee,” Junghwan pleaded.

“Alright, alright,” Jihoon said as he laughs. “I can show you pictures I took there,” he picked his phone up from the cold floor, unlocking his phone screen to open up the gallery.

Junghwan scoots over close to his hyung excitedly, ready to see pictures of the places you grew up in, not to mention pictures of you; he hoped. He hadn’t seen you for over a week and he had missed you terribly in that short period of time too.

The both of them focused on Jihoon’s phone with him telling about the places from the pictures. He showed your school, your favorite bakery, the local convenience store where you and Dongyun posed with V signs in front of it, the beautiful fields that you had brought them on tour through.

Hyunsuk, Junkyu, Yoshi and Yedam listened as well to Jihoon’s description of the pictures—even though they weren’t looking at the pictures themselves, they smiled as they listened to him talk.

Junghwan listened attentively; almost like an innocent child listening to a bedtime story as he stares in amazement at the pictures Jihoon showed him. He was amazed by the place you grew up in, the places you liked. In fact, he was amazed how such a small town had produced such a wonderful person like you; his favorite noona.

While he was happy looking at the beautiful sceneries and places that Jihoon had took photos of, he couldn’t help but wonder if his Jihoon-hyung has pictures of you as well.

“Oh and these roses! These are—”

“Hyung,” Junghwan interrupts Jihoon as he was happily talking about the potted plants in his picture now.

“Yeah?” The hyung stopped talking.

“Do you…have pictures of Y/n noona?”

“Of course. There’s one just now, right?” Jihoon said as he swiped back to the picture of you and Dongyun posing in front of the convenience store.

Junghwan shakes his head, “No, no! I can’t see noona clearly in this one. Besides, she’s posing with a dude I don’t know of,” he whined, a little tinge of sulkiness sounding in his voice.

“Easy, here you go,” Jihoon tapped on his phone to zoom on the picture, your face now more visible on the screen.

“Hyuuunngggg you know what I mean!” Junghwan was at the point of groaning in frustration at this point.

Jihoon laughed at the maknae’s reaction, along with the rest of the members in the room. “Sorry, sorry. I was just kidding.” He ruffled the kid’s hair.

“I don’t think I have any other pictures of her though to be honest. It’s just this one.”

“Oh…”

“Oh wait—” Jihoon said as he remembered something. He remembered taking a group photo with you last night before departing back to the city.

“There’s one we took before we left last night. Aunt Nari helped took the photo,” he swiped to the most recent photo in his camera roll, showing the young boy beside him the picture of him, Junkyu, you, Jaehyuk, Dongyun and Hyunsuk posing in front of their black van.

“Aww Y/n-noona looks so small beside you guys!” Junghwan smiled as he looks at the photo. But then, slowly, his smile fades as he zooms in on the picture.

“Hyung…why does noona look like she had been crying? And Hyunsuk-hyung too,” he added as he moved to look at everyone’s faces in the photo.

“Hyung?” Junghwan asked again when he realised everyone in the room going silent.

The maknae looked around the room, trying to read his hyungs’ expressions, noticing how Yedam and Yoshi were as clueless as he is. His Junkyu-hyung looked like he was thinking about something as well—probably curious on what Junghwan meant when he noticed you and Hyunsuk’s post-crying face in the picture.

“Okay Junghwan, let’s just…uh, continue looking at other pictures, okay?” He heard the younger leader beside him say, making him turn to look at him.

Junghwan nods his head slowly, deciding that maybe this wasn’t the time to question his Hyunsuk-hyung’s guilty expression a moment ago, along with his Jihoon-hyung’s awkward response in trying to move on from the subject they were on.

 *

PEWA Groups (after lunchtime)

“Y/n!” Soomin squealed as she sees you enter through the office doors.

You smiled at your team leader, feeling glad to see her after some time. She beckoned you to approach her desk, so you did just that.

“Soomin-unnie, hello,” you greeted her with a smile once you reach her table.

Soomin, instead of responding to your greeting, extended her arm to give you a pinch—making you scream.

“H-hey! Watch it,” you flinched away from her, making her grin at your reaction.

“Good to have you back, Y/n. Also—what’s with not replying my texts??” she was leaning back into her chair, her arms crossed against her chest as she stares at you.

“Uh, thanks for welcoming me back?” you stated sarcastically before continuing, “What? No, I didn’t get your texts,”

“That’s silly. I didn’t text the wrong number, did I?”

“Well…you kinda did,”

“Huh? I don’t get it,”

You shook your head, thinking of it as a hassle to explain to her about your boss giving you a junk phone and confiscating your own phone.

“Look, just come with me to Mr Bae’s office, please?”

Soomin looked at the opened books and files on her table; figuring that she could take a short break away from them. She was growing tired of reading the same chapters anyways.

“Okay sure,” she replied as she got up from her chair.

 *

PEWA Groups (Mr Bae’s Office)

*knock knock*

Joonyoung heard the subtle knocking, recognising the voice on the other side of his office door—obviously being his mother’s favorite student; also someone he’s grown used to looking out for. If he had been in a closer age range with you, the both of you would have hit it off like real siblings—he thought. But of course, there will always be a gap between you two. The both of you were purely connected through work—and only work. Aside from his mother of course. But Joonyoung didn’t mind it at all. He had already treated you like family anyways. He was just happy his mother has a girl companion since the only children she has are him and his brother.

After giving the instruction to enter his office, he sees your small figure showing up from the opening of his office door. And then Soomin appeared behind you.

“Oh? Soomin? I didn’t expect you to be here,” he said.

Soomin smiled apologetically. “I was just accompanying Y/n, uh, since she asked for it,”

He turned to look at you, questioning you with his gaze.

“Yeah, I did. Actually, I brought her here ‘cause I wanted you to explain to her that you confiscated my phone and gave me this stupid junk phone to survive with all the while I was in Haenam,” you huffed, slight dissatisfaction sounding in your voice.

Joonyoung chuckled at your serious expression. “Hmm. That’s true,” he said simply.

Soomin looked at the both of you confusedly. “Erm…so…Mr Bae took your phone away…? Which is why you didn’t reply to my texts…?”

You fold your arms against your chest and nod. “Exactly.”

“Now now, I saved Soomin’s number in that ‘junk’ piece of phone you’re holding right now, didn’t I? Now don’t blame me if you didn’t contact her,”

You bit your bottom lip from his response. Damn. He definitely said some truth.

“O-okay but I didn’t want to use the junk phone. I want my phone,” you frowned.

Your boss lets out a sigh and pulls out the bottom drawer of his desk. He picks up your phone and held it out—expecting you to take it from his hand.

You marched up towards him, grabbing your phone from his hand and then placing your junk phone in return.

Your boss smiled as he keeps the so-called ‘junk’ phone you kept complaining about back into the bottom drawer—not looking at it at all.

“Wha—it won’t switch on!” you panicked as you pressed the power button on your phone several times.

“Well, duh, I never charged it. It was kept in the drawer since the day you left for Haenam.”

You frowned even harder. “With all due respect, Mr Bae, sir, I charged the junk phone even when I didn’t even use it,”

Joonyoung shrugs and ignored your glare towards him. Instead, he turned to Soomin. “Right. So I only confiscated her phone ‘cause I know how much she would be stalking our company’s forum page and she’d probably sneak online to see all the nasty comments being said to her—only to let herself get hurt. Seems like a good idea to take it all away from her and send her away while we clean up our sites, no?”

Soomin nods in agreement, earning a shocked gasp from you to see your team leader siding with your boss’ actions towards you.

“Not gonna lie, that does sound like something Y/n would do,” she chuckled as she glances over at your still-shocked expression.

“No worries there though, we’ve cleaned up the sites and we’ve put up notices not to let any staff speak of that unfair incident that happened. We got you covered, Y/n,” she continued.

This time, you weren’t gaping or frowning at all. Instead you felt moved by your boss’ and team leader’s action. They have been protecting you. They didn’t want you to be affected by what had happened.

Just what did you do to deserve such good people in your life?

“Oh gosh, are you gonna cry about it?” Soomin teased you as she noticed your expression softening now.

You shook your head. “N-no,” you lied as you tried your best to suck your tears back into your pooling eyes. “I just…” you paused. “T-thank you…both of you…”

“No worries, Y/n,” Soomin smiled.

“Yup. I told you before, didn’t I? We’re family.” Your boss said this time.

You nod your head at the both of them, tears still pooling in your eyes.

“Ah, right! Since we’re here—” Soomin said in all of a sudden. “Hey boss is it okay if I steal Y/n away from the office for a while to get some errands done?”

“Sure. She’s your team member. Do what you guys want, as long as it’s not a crime,” he chuckled.

“Thanks!” Soomin beamed at your boss before turning to you. “Come on, Y/n. We need to get some stuff done before work ends,”

“Huh? Oh, s-sure,”

 *

“Noooo! I don’t want to be the third-wheel again!” You whined as Soomin tried to persuade you to leave her car.

“Oh come on Y/n! It’s gonna be a short while! We’re just returning the access cards,”

“Puh-lease. You’re gonna go meet your boyfriend while at that too. As if I don’t know,” you refute, knowing her intentions very well at this point.

Soomin grinned at you. “Hey, it’s not like I get to see him every day, you know. Besides, who knows you could go meet that kpop boyfriend of yours too,”

You felt your cheeks blush from what she said. “W-what? He’s not my boyfriend! We just…like each other that’s all. Besides—” you flipped your hair over your shoulder before continuing, “you can’t lie to me like this. You worked with Bomin-ssi every day for the past month! You did meet him every day before this, remember??”

Soomin rolled her eyes at your argument. “Enough, Y/n, we’re going in now.”

 *

YG Building

“Hi, I have an appointment with Mr. Bomin to return our access cards? Yup, from PEWA,” you heard Soomin inform the receptionist in the lobby.

You were standing a bit further away from her, grumbling to yourself about how underdressed you were if you were to even bump into your celebrity friends today. You were dressed in a dark grey tshirt, black jeans and your hair was tied into a low messy bun. You barely wore any make up too, silently thanking yourself for putting on some lip tint before heading to your office today.

You didn’t expect to be running work errands today, not at all. Instead, you thought that your plan for today was simply getting your phone back from your boss, saying hi to Soomin for a bit, stopping by your usual convenience store for some packed lunch and then heading home and just spending the day there before you get back to work the next day.

But noooo Soomin managed to persuade you to accompany her to YG’s offices.

You let out a sigh as your team leader walks ahead of you, turning back once to gesture you to follow her.

“Let’s go, Y/n. We’re heading up,” she said as you progressed your steps towards her.

The both of you scanned through the entry access point with the access cards you both had used for the past month; probably for the last time too, before returning it to Bomin in a short while.

 *

YG Building (6th Floor / Bomin’s Office)

“Come in,” Bomin answered as he heard the knock on his door.

His eyes lifted from his desk and widens along with his smile when he sees his girlfriend entering the room.

Okay but his smile faded when he saw you entering closely behind her.

“Oh, you’re here too,” he said sarcastically.

Obviously he meant to say that to you.

“Tsk, she has a name, Bomin. It’s Y/n, Y/n, get it?” Soomin nagged at him.

Bomin cursed silently under his breath, remembering how much his girlfriend adores you, to the point that she would even get into arguments with him just to defend you. Fine, he might as well behave himself for a bit just so he wouldn’t upset his girlfriend, he thought.

“Yes, that’s right. So sorry, my mistake. Hello, Y/n,” he responded with a slight sigh.

You could hear the obvious dissatisfaction in his voice to see you here.

“I’m here to return our access cards,” Soomin reminded him as she waved the stack of cards in her hands.

“Right. You can place them on the table,”

Soomin did as she was told and then she stood back to the same position she was seconds ago.

“So uh, you guys wanna get coffee?” Bomin asked, his eyes glued to the screen in front of him now, his nose scrunching a bit as if he just read something he didn’t like.

“Uhh, sure?” Soomin said in an unsure tone. She turned around to look at you, wondering if you were up for coffee with her boyfriend.

“Uhh, you guys go ahead. I uh, I’m just gonna go say hi to my friends—”

“Great!” Bomin’s voice cut you off.

He seemed pleased to not have you tagging onto his time with Soomin lol.

Bomin was already on his feet and checking his pants pocket for his wallet when you heard Soomin asking you if you were really okay with her not accompanying you.

“Nah, I’ll be fine. Enjoy your time with…him,” you smiled.

Soomin smiled happily back at you. She immediately turned to Bomin who was already standing beside her, his arm on her back.

“Okay! I want some ice blended mocha pleaseee. Can we get some of those today?” she said to him.

And for the first time, you saw Bomin’s gentle smile.

“Sure. Anything you want, jagi,” he beamed at his girlfriend, forgetting that you were still there.

“Yay! Let’s go!” Soomin said excitedly, making you giggle at her cute behaviour. This is probably her cute side when she’s around the person she loves, you thought to yourself.

“It won’t be long, okay? Text me if you want to go back later on,” Soomin said to you before she followed Bomin out his office door.

“Sure, I will,” you nod at her.

 *

YG Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

“Hahahaaha again, again!!!” Doyoung laughs out loud as he records Jeongwoo dancing to this tiktok trending song.

“Okay calm down, hyung. That’s the third time you’ve asked him to do the dance,” Junghwan said to him.

“Yeah, but he just does it so cutely, no?” Doyoung said in between his laughs.

“Okay I’ll do it—but only one more time, okay??” Jeongwoo said as he points out a finger, indicating that it’s his last time doing the dance for the day.

“Okay, okay,” Doyoung nods as he giggles. His thumb was ready to press ‘record’ on his phone now.

Junghwan shakes his head at the both of them, though he was smiling at their antics. He proceeded to take a seat on the cold floor, resting up since both of his leaders had told them practice on their own today. They’re probably tired from their trip to Haenam too, he thought.

But of course, because their leaders have advised them to practice on their own, most of them ended up playing games, watching tiktok and doing their own activities; not that their leaders minded. Everyone probably needed the rest too.

And so, Junghwan was simply sitting cross-legged on the floor, taking in the scene of his hyungs relaxing and goofing around in the practice room—until he saw the practice room doors opening a little.

It seems like most of them were too busy minding their business to realise this so Junghwan sat up straight and wondered who could be entering at a time like this, especially since all of his members are already in the room.

And just as Junghwan was about to panic on his own—imagining that their CEO or any other higher staff were to peek on their practice today, he stopped moving when he saw the familiar face peeking into the room.

“Noona!” Junghwan shouted across the room, startling everyone, including you as you were halfway entering through the door.

Everyone immediately turned to look at the door, and you, as you entered fully now, closing the door behind you and facing them shyly after.

“Y/n! You’re here!” Jaehyuk exclaimed happily.

You nod at him and smiled at everyone, your heart pounding loud because having all 12 of them staring at you like this felt a little nerve-wrecking after not seeing most of them for a whole week.

Footsteps ran across the room, and then a pair of strong arms hugged you tightly, burying your head into his chest.

“Welcome back, I missed you, I missed you so much, Noona!” you heard the voice whispering above your head.

You pat his back gently, despite not being able to see his face right now. “Thank you, Junghwan. I missed you too,” you replied, your voice muffled against his school shirt.

“Aigoo, you’re gonna suffocate her to death if you don’t let go of her soon Junghwan-aa,” Jeongwoo spoke up, genuinely worried for your wellbeing.

Junghwan relaxed his grip around you, his arms now gently resting at your waist as he lets you turn to face the group again.

“I uh, dropped by to say hi since my team leader wanted to return our access cards,” you explained your presence there, with Junghwan still standing closely beside you.

“Ahh, I see.” Jaehyuk answered.

“Hyung, aren’t you gonna go and scream and hug Y/n too?” Haruto nudged Hyunsuk who was sitting beside him.

“Huh? I mean, I got to see her in Haenam already, so…”Hyunsuk replied solemnly. Though he still hasn’t got the strength to really look at you fully right now. 

“Oh.”

“So…you didn’t bring any souvenirs for us then?” Asahi asked in all of a sudden.

You panicked, remembering that you did get them all something but you didn’t think you’d stop by to see them today; hence you not bringing their gifts along with you.

Junghwan sensed you tensing up beside him making him respond for you, “Heyy, noona must be tired out from her trip back, we shouldn’t be asking for gifts from her,”

“N-no! I did get you guys something! I uh, I just didn’t bring it with me. But I’ll let you know when y’all can come over and get it okay?” you explained.

Asahi shrugs at the both of you, “Sure, okay”

“Heh, Junghwan-aa, you haven’t left Y/n’s side at all now. And you’re answering for her questions too. What are you, Y/n’s boyfriend now?” Yedam teased their maknae for his clinginess towards you.

“EYYYYYYY” this earned him loud groans of dissatisfaction from his members, making Yedam laugh at their response.

Junghwan immediately lets go of you, his arms no longer hanging onto your waist now. He tried to explain to his hyungs that ‘it wasn’t like that at all’ but some of them started teasing him harder when they saw his face going red all the while doing so.

You giggled at their teasings, feeling sorry for the maknae as he fought for his ground on his own.

However, you tried to steal a glance over at the guy that you’re in love with and you couldn’t help but feel slightly disappointed that he wasn’t paying attention to you at all. Instead, he was busy staring at his phone in his hand.

Did he not realise you coming over? That’s impossible to say, since he’s not wearing any inpods or anything in his ears. Surely he heard you, didn’t he?

And while you were distracted with Junkyu, and most of the members were still busy teasing Junghwan, none of you realised the pair of eyes observing all of you in the room.

Haruto leaned back against the wall behind him, noticing how all of his hyungs that had gone on the trip to Haenam—not joining on the teasings nor were they looking like they were having a good time right now. Instead, they all looked upset about something, though he couldn’t pin on what the issue was.

His eyes looked over at you, noticing that you were looking distracted as well, even though you were smiling.

A soft sigh escaped his breath, wondering what had happened the time you all were in Haenam.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #TREASURE IMAGINE #junkyu treasure #treasurefic #treasure fic #teufic #ygtb imagines #ygtreasurescenarios #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members #treasuremembers #treasure members #treasure scenario #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu #junkyu imagines #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 34)

Chapter 34 - A little heartbreak Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hi! Oh gosh I am so so happy to be back here! T^T How are you all? I hope all is well with y’all <3 Also! Here’s the latest chapter! Pro tip: Get your tissues ready for this chapter-- I cried writing this, no lie. But okie no worries, the next chapter won’t be this sad I promise fhdhsh T^T Happy reading and love y’all! 🧡💖

“Is this even the right way?” Jihoon asked Hyunsuk who was walking a little further in front of him.

“Of course! We passed by this area yesterday, remember??”

“I don’t know hyung…we could be getting lost,”

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh. “Yahh, trust me, okay? I know where to find the potato field,”

Jihoon lets out a sigh as well and groaned, “Fine. But let’s hurry. I don’t want Jaehyuk’s ice cream to melt,”

Hyunsuk nods back at his friend before proceeding in his steps—a little faster this time since he was excited to show you the ice cream he picked out for you.

The both of them came upon a couple of fields, Hyunsuk confidently striding on the small pathway between the open fields.

“Hyung, the fields here are huge. It’s still not too late to turn back and not get lost, you know”

Hyunsuk shakes his head, his steps still going forward on the narrow pathway.

“It’s an open field, Jihoon. Surely we can spot them in this area,”

And so, they kept on walking for another 5 minutes before Hyunsuk stopping completely in his steps—catching Jihoon by surprise.

“Whoa don’t stop like that, hyung-aa. I almost dropped my ice cream,”

“See what I told you?? They’re right there!” Hyunsuk ignored the younger member’s complaint and points at you and Junkyu whom were at the open field not far on his right now.

“Aigoo, we’re gonna have to take another turn at the end of the field we’re in to get to their side though,” Jihoon whined.

“It’s okay, they don’t look like they’re leaving yet. We can catch up with them,”

“Are you sure? ‘Cause they don’t look like they’re harvesting anything.” Jihoon points out as he noticed you tugging Junkyu to walk in front of you.

“Okay let’s be quick then! Hurry Jihoon-aa!” Hyunsuk jogged ahead again.

Jihoon sighed out loud for the 10th time probably as he followed his hyung again.

And Jihoon was right though. Hyunsuk was heading towards the end of the path, making his way to cross the small four-way path to get to your side of the field when he noticed you and Junkyu walking away from the potato field now.

Hyunsuk turned around to check up on Jihoon, “You good? Am I walking too fast?”

“You could slow down a bit—OH!” Jihoon suddenly exclaimed.

“What, what?? What happened?”

“N-nothing. Y/n tripped,” he points at the scene he was seeing at the other side of the field.

“What?!” Hyunsuk turned back around to see Junkyu helping you back on your feet, making him breathe a sigh of relief since you didn’t look like you were hurt badly.

He then stopped for a minute as he watched you laughing from afar. A small smile formed on his face. Even from here, he could feel his heart beating fast when he sees you laughing out loud like that. Your smile, your laugh…Hyunsuk loves everything about you. And he couldn’t help but envy Junkyu for being lucky enough to help you out in the field, he thought. Spending time with you has always been fun to him.

“Hyung?” Jihoon’s voice pulled Hyunsuk back to reality. “You okay? You’ve been staring at them for some time now,” Jihoon asked since he was worried if Hyunsuk was hurt in any way from watching you and Junkyu.

“Nahh, I’m good,” he assured his friend. “Maybe I’ll just call out to them from here, no? Seems like a chore to walk all the way to the other side,” Hyunsuk suggested.

“Sure, your call, hyung,”

“Yeah, I think it’s easier this way too,” he chuckled. “Hey, hand me my ice cream over, I’ll just eat it now while we wait for them to come over here,”

Jihoon rummages through the paper bag in his hand, pulling out Hyunsuk’s vanilla lime popsicle shortly after.

“Thanks.” Hyunsuk said as he unwraps the lime ice confection in his hand.

Hyunsuk was about to open his mouth to call out to the both you and Junkyu when he felt the uneasy feeling again in his chest. Something feels off again.

He tilts his head as he watched you looking flustered, your hand covering your mouth after you said something to Junkyu.

“Hyung?” Jihoon calls out to his hyung again, noticing that he had left the ice cream in his hand unwrapped yet untouched.

Jihoon was busy unwrapping his mint sorbet stick as well to notice what Hyunsuk was so focused on.

It was when he had taken a bite from his sorbet stick when he looked up to see what his Hyunsuk-hyung was watching—and it was the part when Junkyu was leaning in close to your face; as if the both of you were about to kiss.

Hyunsuk immediately turns around to look at Jihoon, not wanting to see the heartbreaking scene on the other side.

Jihoon too, locks eyes with his hyung. “H-hyung…”

He watches as his hyung’s hands shake from holding the ice cream in his hand—not because of the coldness, but because he was trying hard not to sob out loud.

“Hyung…”

Hyunsuk dropped the ice cream in his hand, his hand slowly reaching for his chest right after.

“N-no way Jihoon-aa…” Hyunsuk said, his voice barely audible. “Why…it shouldn’t hurt like this…” he added as tears started streaming down his cheeks.

Jihoon swallowed the lump in his throat. His hyung was crying in front of him. He tried to look over at you and Junkyu again, but the both of you were already looking like you were leaving the field.

Jihoon glances over his hyung. Hyunsuk was a sobbing mess, his hand clutching the shirt over his chest.

Jihoon’s eyes started to tear up as he watches his hyung break down in front of him. He tossed his ice cream onto the ground as well, the sorbet landing right beside his hyung’s fallen ice cream on the soiled ground.

“H-hyung…let’s…head back okay?”

 Aunt Nari’s House (present evening)

You were still confused as to why Hyunsuk had left you without saying anything, not to mention the fact that Jihoon was stopping you from going after him.

“Jihoon, move aside, okay? I need to check on him,”

Jihoon shakes his head at you. “I don’t think you should. Why don’t you stay here with Jaehyuk and Junkyu? I’ll go and check on him,” he replied to you, his arm still held out in front of you to stop you from advancing up the stairs.

“What do you mean I shouldn’t?” You shot him a look.

“No, I meant—I think he just needs time on his own right now.” He sighed.

You shake your head in return at him now. “Funny. You told me to stay here while you go check on him and now you’re telling me he needs to be on his own. Like, what is going on here??”

Jaehyuk and Junkyu looked at both you and Jihoon, worry expressions forming on their face. They didn’t like how you and Jihoon were sounding like you were both in a fight right now.

Jihoon stared at your face for a while, not saying anything. How could he? He couldn’t find the words to explain to you on what he and Hyunsuk witnessed today. Wouldn’t they have sound like stalkers if he told you that they had watched your romantic scene with their friend from afar?

“Move, Jihoon.” You said firmly as you push your way through him and proceeded up the stairs.

Jihoon lets out a loud sigh and turns to his friends.

“Let’s just head to the kitchen. Just let them talk it out.”

With that, he heads towards the kitchen, leaving Junkyu and Jaehyuk feeling unsettled with the current situation.

 *

You stood in front of the room Hyunsuk was in, your hand raised towards the doorknob.

You were worried. Of course you were. He wouldn’t look at you. Why? Did something happen to him?

Well if you want to find out, you’re gonna have to ask him about it, right?

And so you pulled down the knob, the door opening slightly now. Thank goodness he didn’t lock the door; you thought.

You pushed the door slowly, only to see Hyunsuk’s back facing you, him sitting on the floor.

You could hear faint sobs coming from him and instantly you felt your heart break a little to hear him sounding that sad.

“H-hey…Hyunsuk…” you called out to him softly.

From his back, you could tell Hyunsuk was surprised to hear your voice. Suddenly he stopped sobbing. Though you could still hear him sniffling.

“Hyunsuk…?” You said his name again this time.

“Go away Y/n,” he said softly.

You paused. What? Hyunsuk is telling you to…go away?

“But—”

“Y/n I can’t face you right now!” His voice raised. He started crying again.

No way. You felt your chest tightening. You couldn’t leave him alone. Even if that’s what he wants you to do.

He’s your friend. Your close friend. Why is he pushing you away?

You clenched your fist, your eyes holding in tears now.

Taking in a deep breath, you marched towards him and pulled him up to face you.

Hyunsuk’s tear-stained face took you by surprise, making your tears fall down your cheeks as well. He looked extremely sad.

“Hey…what happened? Why won’t you talk to me??” you asked him as your voice shakes.

Hyunsuk felt his chest sting in pain as he sees you crying in front of him now. Great. Now you’re the one that’s crying.

Shouldn’t he be the one crying??

Why are you crying as well? It’s not like you’re the one that had your heart broken a while ago.

Hyunsuk pursed his lips as he stops himself from crying.

“You. You can’t just avoid me and go hide yourself crying without letting me know what happened!” you said to him.

“Me??” Hyunsuk blurted out by now. “You’re the one that’s going around toying with me!”

“What?” you looked at him, confused.

Oh shoot. He almost made it obvious that he has feelings for you. Which wasn’t fair to Junkyu. Junkyu had confessed to you. He gave his word to Junkyu. That he would back down once Junkyu has confessed to you.

But how? Just you looking at him right now, tear-stained eyes, curious to know what he meant by what he said, was making it hard for him.

Hyunsuk took a deep breath.

“Well?” you asked him. “What do you mean by toying with you, Hyunsuk?”

I like you. I love you. More than you know.

I liked you first. No, I loved you first—These were what he wanted to scream out loud.

But he couldn’t.

He shook his head and looks down at his feet. Not like this. Not like this.

“I- Nothing. I didn’t mean what I said. I don’t know what got into me, I’m sorry,” he said softly, his eyes still looking away from you.

You exhaled the breath you were holding in. “No. There’s something going on here. And I need you to tell me, Hyunsuk,”

“You wouldn’t understand.” He muttered. He turned around, wanting to leave you again but you grabbed him by his hand.

“Look at me,”

Hyunsuk stopped. He turned around slowly, and by the time his eyes met yours, his heart aches again.

“Good. Now stay with me,” you said.

Your hands were still holding his.

Hyunsuk looked down briefly at your hands that were holding onto him before looking back at your face.

“I’m not letting go.”

Hyunsuk nods at you. He takes a deep breath. His eyes stayed on you, taking in your facial features in front of him now.

“Now…will you tell me what happened?” you asked him softly, and in a gentler manner now.

“Y/n…”

“Please? I can’t bear it when you don’t even look at me. We’re best friends, aren’t we?”

Best friends. Hyunsuk scoffed when he heard this. Of course. That’s how you see him all this while.

“What? what is it?” you asked again when he scoffed.

“Best friends…” he repeats slowly.

“Yes. I love you, Hyunsuk. You’re my best friend. And seeing you cry, hurts me. I care about you—a lot,”

Hyunsuk shakes his head. He pulled his hand away from your hold, making you frown.

Did you say something wrong?

“Hey, Hyunsuk—”

Hyunsuk cupped your cheeks with both his hands, quieting you.

You felt your heart beat fast as you noticed how close his face was to yours now.

Wait. What’s going on now?

“It’s always been you, Y/n. From the start. ‘Til the future. It’s always you.” He whispered to you.

You stayed quiet. You let him inch closer to you.

“From the day I saw you laughing at the restaurant. I just knew. You. I…you…” he continues his whisper, his voice beginning to shake again.

Tears start falling down his cheeks. He was crying all over again. But this time you let him. You wanted to let him pour his heart out. You wanted him to feel better. Even if this confuses you so much since you were still unclear on what he meant when he said ‘it’s always been you’.

You nod softly in response to him.

Hyunsuk sniffles. His eyes were looking down at your lips.

Junkyu kissed you. You both kissed. Don’t you know how betrayed I feel, Y/n?

But of course he didn’t know that you and Junkyu didn’t kiss at the field. The moment was ruined when you laughed in Junkyu’s face.

You felt Hyunsuk stroking your cheek gently with his hands. “Why him though? All these while…it felt right with you,” he added.

You blinked a couple times. Wait…him?

Hold on.

Back it up.

It suddenly hit you.

Choi Hyunsuk of Treasure…likes you?

That can’t be true. That’s ridiculous!

No way, you’re just overthinking things. He must be talking about some other girl.

Oh hell naw you were wrong though.

Hyunsuk did like you. You realised this when he leaned in to press a light peck on your lips.

Hyunsuk let go of your cheeks, his eyes looking away once again.

You lift your hand, your fingers touching your own lips even though you could barely feel the faint touch of his lips on yours seconds ago.

“I’m sorry, Y/n,” he pushed his hair to the back and sighs frustratedly. “I’m so sorry.”

“N-no. Don’t be. I should be the one saying sorry,”

Hyunsuk searched your eyes now. You’re sorry?

“I’m sorry, Hyunsuk. I didn’t know…”

Hyunsuk pulls you close into his arms, embracing you. “Sshh it’s okay. It’s okay. I know…you like someone else.”

You rest your head against his shoulder. “I’m so sorry…” you muttered softly, letting a tear fall down your cheek.

 *

That night, the boys were already getting ready to leave, them all waiting outside Aunt Nari’s house for their manager to pick them up since Jihoon had texted the location and address to their manager earlier.

Junkyu looked around, noticing that you still haven’t come out of the house.

That’s weird, he thought. He hasn’t seen you since you went to talk with his Hyunsuk-hyung in the evening.

Junkyu glanced over Hyunsuk who was staring straight ahead at nothing. Probably deep in his own thoughts.

Junkyu wondered what happened earlier. No one wanted to talk about it and so both him and Jaehyuk were left clueless until now. Not that he minded, but it would be nice to somehow get the idea of what had happened so that they could avoid any sensitive topics, no?

As the four of them stood outside the front porch, Aunt Nari standing by the front door to make sure that she wouldn’t miss out on saying goodbye to your celebrity friends—the tall boy next door showed up at the front gate.

“Hey! Thank god y’all haven’t left!” Dongyun said as he entered through the gate.

The Treasure boys smiled and nod at him.

“Hey, thanks for coming over here—” he paused to look around, “even though clearly we don’t have much here,” he laughed.

Jaehyuk grinned. “Eyyy says who? Haenam has you here! And there’s Y/n too!”

“Heyy you’re funny, I like you!” Dongyun grinned back at Jaehyuk as he held out his arm to ask for a high-five; in which Jaehyuk responded to of course.

“Speaking of Y/n,” Dongyun continued, making all four boys turn their attention to him the moment your name was mentioned.

“Why isn’t she out here with y’all?” he asked.

“Huh, beats me. I haven’t seen her too,” Jihoon responded.

“Nah, it’s fine. I’ll go call her,” Dongyun offered before he leaves them to enter the house.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Y/n’s room)

You heard a knock from your door, revealing Dongyun’s head as he peeked inside after you answered to let him in.

“Hey, they’re wondering why you’re not down there,” he said as he closes the door behind him.

You were sitting on the floor, your folded mattress right beside you as you planned on laying it out but then you got distracted with your thoughts instead.

You glanced over your friend whom was standing by the door. “Oh.”

Dongyun tilt his head. “Hey…you good?” he asks after listening to your one-word response.

Your eyes went back to staring at your feet as you hugged your knees close to your chin now.

“Y/n?” Dongyun calls out to you.

After waiting for your response for a minute, he decided to just approach you.

And so, you felt a presence sitting beside you not long after. Still, you remained quiet with your thoughts, your gaze still on your feet.

Dongyun elbowed you gently. “Y/n, what’s got into you?”

“Nothing.”

“Please,” he scoffed. “If it was nothing you wouldn’t be up here and staring at your feet as if you’ve just grew them today,”

His sarcasm earned him a scowl from you as you turned to look at him.

“Finally! Now I want you to focus on me,” he instructed jokingly.

“I don’t want to,” you said solemnly.

“Fine then. Don’t. I’ll just head downstairs and tell all your friends that you hate them,”

“Hey!”

Dongyun laughed at your reaction. “Oh gosh Y/n. Of course I wouldn’t do that. You know me,”

You pursed your lips and nod at him. “What do you want Dongyun?”

“Aw come on. What’s going on in your head right now?”

“I told Junkyu I like him earlier today…”

Dongyun gasped loudly. “You’re kidding!”

“I’m not.”

“And?? What did he say??”

“Well, actually, he kind of confessed first so—”

“SHUT UP GIRLFRIEND!” Dongyun screamed beside you, he punches your arm excitedly.

“Ow! Hey! Chill it with the domestic abuse!” you whined at him as you rubbed your arm.

“Duh! Your crush likes you back! This is FUN!”

“Yeah, it is…nice…” you said softly, your eyes looking away again.

“Hm? Why aren’t you happy?”

“I am! I am…I’m just…” you paused to let out a sigh. “I was truly happy…and then I found out about something else and now…I’m confused. I feel…bad. Guilty.”

Dongyun stared at you. He watches how you start to pick on your fingers. Slowly, he reaches out his hand to grab your hand—stopping you from continuing your bad habit.

You looked down at his hand.

“What happened?”

You blinked a couple times. How do you explain it though? Maybe just skip to the main point of your worries?

“Dongyun-aa…”

“Yes?”

“I like Junkyu, a lot.”

“I know that. You’ve told me about him when you first came home.”

“But oh gosh. Just how…how could I be so foolish? How could I be so mean?”

Dongyun couldn’t fully understand what you were trying to tell him now but he decided to just wait for you to continue.

“Hyunsuk…has been nothing but the sweetest and nicest to me. Right from the start.”

Hyunsuk? Ah. This. Dongyun nods slightly, understanding what this was about now.

“I see. You’re torn between Hyunsuk and Junkyu now, huh?”

“I mean, there’s nothing to be torn about, right? I like Junkyu. And…I do like Hyunsuk but, you know, I might have liked him a lot at one point but I know—as of now, my feelings for Junkyu are stronger.”

Dongyun shakes his head. “You girls are so complicated. Even the way you think is complicated.”

You side-eyed him.

“What? Look at you now!”

“Okay but let’s not generalise all girls to be like me, okay? I might be the only complicated one here. Your girlfriend isn’t complicated, is she?”

“Oh gosh, no! My girlfriend’s nothing like you. She’s perfect,”

You bonked him in the head. “Hey, you didn’t have to insult me like that!”

Dongyun laughs at your scowling expression and pats your head. “Okay, okay sorry ma’am”

You let out a sigh. How did you even get in this kind of situation? And how do you fix it? How do you…get out of it?

“Let me guess. Hyunsuk confessed to you too?” Dongyun wondered aloud, trying to guess what was bothering your mind.

Your eyes widened slightly. You stared at your childhood friend, wondering how he could’ve made such an accurate guess.

“What? Don’t look at me like that. I mean, I don’t know about you but from what I see—it’s not that hard to see how those boys were crushing on you. I told you that this could go down into a huge mess if you take too much time,”

You shook your head at him. “I don’t want to hear your nagging,” you grumbled. “I need you to tell me how to fix this. I…I don’t know what to do. After talking things out with Hyunsuk earlier, I’ve stayed in here, not knowing how to face them all after everything that happened today.”

“Oh Y/n…” Dongyun sighs, feeling sorry for you.

“You could…just act normal? Sure, Junkyu confessed and you told him you like him too, right?”

you nod back at his question.

“And you’ve given closure to Hyunsuk when he confessed to you? Does he know you like Junkyu?”

“I mean, he has the idea that I like someone else among his friends…” you shrug.

“Then it’s all fine. You just have to act normally like before. I’m just saying, if you avoid them like this—it’s just gonna make everything more awkward. And well, you might lose all of them,”

You bit your bottom lip in fear. You don’t want to lose your friends. You love them. If anything, they have made your days brighter ever since you met them.

Dongyun stares at you, as if he could tell what was on your mind. “Now. Let’s head down and see your friends off before they leave, okay?” he suggested as he gets up on his feet.

You took in a deep breath before getting up as well.

“Okay.”

 Haenam (Outside Aunt Nari’s House)

“There you are Y/n! Your friends have all been waiting for you out here!” Your Aunt Nari nagged at the front door’s frame as she saw you and Dongyun heading towards her.

You smile, a glum smile, feeling your guilt triple today after what she said.

And just like she had mentioned, the moment you step foot outside the house—all the four Treasure boys turned around to look at you, stilling your heart for a second—because the way they all looked at you literally made your heart jump.

You walked up slowly towards them, your eyes glancing over every single one of them. Your eyes lasted the longest on Hyunsuk as you noticed his sad smile.

You took a deep breath as you finally stood in front of them.

Dongyun arrived right behind you, smiling at your Treasure friends.

“Y/n,” Junkyu said your name softly, making your eyes immediately looking at him. He had his fresh smile on. The one that would most often melt your heart.

“Hey,” you replied softly.

There was a strange silence for a couple seconds. Almost like the atmosphere was sad. Maybe it was. For you, for Hyunsuk, for the others around you.

“Oh gosh,” you heard Jihoon sigh out loud.

You turned to look at him. He had his smug look on his face as he stares at you.

“Why are you looking so sad, dummy? We’re only going back to the city. Besides, you’re coming back too, right?” He smirked.

You scrunched your nose at him. “I’m not sad about you going away that’s for sure,”

Jaehyuk giggled at your nasty remark towards his hyung. Somehow the solemn vibe had lifted.

Jaehyuk placed his hand on your head, patting it. “You better come back soon, Y/n! Let’s do some cooking together in the dorms!”

You smiled a little. Jaehyuk…is just so nice…They all are…You never want to hurt any of them…

You slowly turned to look at Hyunsuk who had been staring at you as you were interacting with his friends.

He notices your eyes on him now and he hurriedly blinked a couple times, not wanting to be reminded of what happened between you both.

“Y-you…let’s hang sometime yeah?” He said awkwardly.

You smiled wider this time and nods at him. “Yes. Let’s. We still haven’t gone on that Taco Bell date we always talked about, right?”

Hyunsuk grins, feeling glad that you somehow remembered about the little talks you both had some time ago. “Yeah. And our coffee dates too!”

“Sure,” you giggled, feeling relieved that everything felt a little normal now.

“Whoa there, easy there kids. We’re all still here you know,” Jihoon teased.

The rest of you laughed out loud together after what Jihoon said.

“Oh, is that your ride?” Dongyun pointed out amidst the laughter. There was a black tinted van heading towards the house.

“Oh, yeah. Make sure y’all didn’t leave anything behind!” Jihoon reminded the rest of his members.

As the boys started checking on their stuff again, you stole a glance over at Junkyu and lift your hand to give him a tiny wave between the both of you.

Junkyu noticed your gesture, making him pay attention to you. He smiled at you and waved back. His eyes looked around to see if anyone was looking at the both of you before he mouthed the words that made your heart warm all over: “I love you”

 To be continued….

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #treasurefic #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #ygtreasure #ygtb imagines #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #all treasure members #treasure members #treasure scenario #treasure fic #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu treasure #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 32)

Chapter 32 - Confusions

Word count: 4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello~ I’m back again! How are you all I missed y’all 😭 Here’s the next chapter~ I can’t wait to finish writing the next one (yet again fhdhsh bear with me ;;-;;) but yeah-- enjoy reading, love you all <3333

Aunt Nari’s House

It was around 10-ish in the morning when everyone finally had washed up and got dressed before they all gathered to prepare brunch.

Aunt Nari initially planned to make breakfast with you but given that the rest of the boys took their time to get dressed and pack up their stuff for their departure tonight, the breakfast was postponed to brunch.

Not that she minded, since it was rare for her to have this many guests at her home. Besides, she liked the Treasure boys a lot. She was 98% sure that at least one of them was meant to end up with you. But okay in this case Jaehyuk had won the most points to her.

You were slicing the fish on the cutting board, getting rid of the guts as well, leaving the board tainted with red liquid from the fish.

“Wow y/n, you’re so good at cutting fish!” Jaehyuk announced in amazement as he watches you.

You beamed from the compliment. “I’m good at cutting squids and chicken too!” you bragged.

“Wowwww! You’re so cool!” Jaehyuk fanboys.

“Aigoo Jaehyuk, what are you doing here? I thought you were supposed to help the rest inside,” Jihoon pointed out, noticing that the rest of his group members were busy prepping other stuff in the living room except for him.

Jaehyuk pouts at his hyung. “Aww man. I want to stay and watch Y/n work on the fish,”

You smiled a little from his whine.

“Nope, nope. Aunt Nari assigned you to help out the rest. Now go. She let us stay for free now the least we could do is help her out, no?” Jihoon said, in a firm tone.

Jaehyuk sighs. “Okay…I’ll see you later y/n,” he said as he leaves the kitchen.

As soon as Jaehyuk leaves, you place your knife down and turn to look at the taller man beside you.

“You didn’t have to shoo him away, you know. He could’ve stayed a little longer,”

Jihoon shot you a look. “Hey, I just don’t want to disappoint Aunt Nari, okay? Besides--,” he grabbed on another large onion to slice it. “She assigned only the both of us for kitchen duty.”

You looked down at the fish in front of you. You had finished cleaning the first one and you had two more to go. You picked up the fish and placed it into a small basin before picking on another one to work on it.

“I know. I guess it’s because we’re both familiar with cooking and all…” you reply as you slowly dissect the fish in front of you.

Jihoon nods even though you weren’t looking at him now. “Exactly. Also, don’t you think this is a good chance for us to bond?” He smiles now, looking at you.

You narrowed your eyes at him. “You’re being fishy again. What did you do this time?”

“Nothing! I just want to clear the misunderstanding we had earlier—”

“Sure….”

“Oh come on. Well, if we look at the bright side—at least I can assure Junkyu that you don’t snore when you sleep. You drool a little when you sleep but okay that’s acceptable, I guess…”

Jihoon stopped talking when he noticed you glaring at him, your cheeks pink from embarrassment.

“What? I’m just saying—”

“Okay, enough, Jihoon. Just continue chopping and stop talking,” you nagged at him.

“Eyy, you imagined sleeping beside Junkyu when I mentioned about this didn’t you?” he teased you.

“Y-yah, who would have such thoughts??” you blurted out.

“Eyyy, look at you all flustered!” he elbowed you.

You placed the knife in your hand down and turned to him, his silly grin showing on his face.

“Jihoon-aa…”

“Hm? What is it?” He leaned close to your face since your voice was soft in all of a sudden.

“Give me your hand,” you told him.

“Hm? You’re being weird but sure,” he said as he held one hand out to you.

You grabbed his hand and held it in yours, a satisfied smile showing on your face.

“Aigoo y/n, what is this? If you wanted to hold my hand you could have said so,” he chuckled.

You kept your smile on your face as you tiptoed to whisper in his ear, “Have fun smelling like fish guts now,” you let go of his hand and resumed back to your fish.

Jihoon’s face turned to terror when he noticed his hand was wet from your touch. He lifts it up to his nose and surely, it smelled like fish guts. He gagged from the unexpected smell.

You heard Jihoon running over towards the kitchen sink to wash his hands, making you smile to yourself as you work on the second fish now. That ought to keep him quiet for a while, you thought. At least he’ll stop teasing you for now.

But you didn’t know how wrong you were. If it’s one thing you should know—that is to never prank the prankster himself.

So when Jihoon stood beside you back again, in front of the onions he was supposed to chop, you didn’t realise Jihoon had already grabbed the flour bottle from the cabinet above the sink.

“Oh y/n~” he called out to you.

“Yeah?” you turned to look at him, your eyes widening at what he was holding.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Living room)

Jaehyuk enters the living room with a pout on his face.

“Aigoo Jaehyuk-aa, why the long face?” Hyunsuk asks.

“I want to work with y/n too in the kitchen. I rarely spend time with her. And now that I’m here, I don’t get to do anything with her,” he complained.

“Aigooooo. Just leave her to work with Jihoon. They’re both good at cooking anyways. We might as well just help with setting the table and making the drinks,” Hyunsuk said.

“But 3 people setting the table is way too much,”

“Are you sure? ‘Cause Junkyu’s been working on that one seating for the whole time now,” Hyunsuk points at the younger boy standing at the end of the table.

“No, no, that plate’s pattern looked like it’s fit to be in this position. But if I place the spoon here, it looks off,” Junkyu said as he turns the plate in his hand a couple times.

Hyunsuk shakes his head as he watches the boy. “You can just leave it, Kyu-aa. It doesn’t have to be perfect, you know,”

“Hmm okay,” the boy stopped arranging the plate now.

“But hyung, is it really okay to leave them both together? You know, after what happened this morning?” Jaehyuk asks, ignoring Junkyu’s dilemma with the plate arrangements.

“Nah, they’ll be fine. It’s Jihoon,”

“Hm? What happened this morning?” Junkyu asks, since he had fallen asleep back and had missed on the drama that happened in your room.

“Oh right, Junkyu-hyung didn’t know—” Jaehyuk said. He was about open up the story of what happened but then he heard Aunt Nari calling his name from outside the house.

“Jaehyuk-ssi! Are you busy right now?”

“Yes Aunt Nari? No~ I’m not busy,”

“Could you help me and Dongyun load the vegetables into his car? He wants to send it to the bbq restaurant at the end of the lane,”

“Sure Aunt Nari~” he replied. “Okay, bye hyungs, I gotta go help out my future mother-in-law” he said in a playful tune as he leaves them.

Hyunsuk shakes his head again at this younger member this time. He continued wiping the spoons and chopsticks with the clean cloth before arranging it beside the plate Junkyu had placed on the table.

“Hyung, what happened in the morning?” Junkyu asked again, since he hadn’t gotten any response.

“Ah? Oh…it was nothing,” Hyunsuk said, his eyes not looking at his friend. He figured that it was better Junkyu didn’t know about it since he didn’t want Junkyu to think wrongly of Jihoon.

“Okay then,” Junkyu shrugs. He picked up another plate and proceeds to arrange it.

“Hey Junkyu…”

“Yes, hyung?”

“You…are you really going to confess to Y/n?”

Junkyu stops and looks at his hyung, who was staring back at him now.

“Why…are you asking me this?”

“I just—I think if you are going to, you should just do it fast, you know?”

“Why?”

“You never know…if someone else has caught feelings for her, you know?” Hyunsuk said this, as he blinks a couple times.

Junkyu tilts his head and keeps quiet for a while.

Then he looks down at his hands, as if he was thinking of something.

“Have you changed your mind…hyung?” Junkyu asks back.

“W-what?”

“Do you want to confess to her?”

“I…” Hyunsuk shakes his head. “No, this isn’t about me.”

“But I want you to tell me the truth, hyung.” Junkyu said, his face serious now.

Hyunsuk bit his bottom lip. This wasn’t what he wanted to talk about. How did he get himself into this spot?

“I know…it’s not easy to just ‘forget’ your feelings for her, hyung. Which is why, I need to know, if you plan on confessing to her.”

“Junkyu, look…” Hyunsuk took a deep breath. “Okay, maybe I will.”

Junkyu’s eyes widened, not expecting his hyung’s reply.

“—maybe I will, IF you don’t confess fast, Kyu-aa,”

“Wait, what? You still want me to confess first?” Junkyu asked, confused.

“Yeah, I mean. I told you before. I’m letting you pursue y/n. But damn, you’re taking so much time. If you’re taking this much time, we might as well let someone else confess to her first,” he laughed forcefully.

Junkyu shakes his head. “Someone else? What are you saying…are you telling me…someone else here likes y/n?”

Hyunsuk sighs. He shrugs at the younger boy. “I don’t know. I’m not sure. But I know this—if you don’t get your act up fast, I’m just saying…you might really lose her,”

“Hyung, you’re always saying this,” Junkyu chuckles. “Don’t worry, I won’t let you steal her away from me,” he joked.

“I’d be worried, Kyu-aa. Because at this rate, I’m no longer worried about you or Chani being my competition,”

Junkyu looks at his hyung weirdly. It’s like Hyunsuk’s speaking in another language. He could only understand half of what was being said.

Hyunsuk-hyung wants him to confess to you, but then again he’s also thinking of doing the same thing? But then there’s more competition?? Junkyu felt more confused now.

The serious tension between Junkyu and Hyunsuk disappeared when Jaehyuk entered the house with a smile on his face.

“Oh? You’re back.” Hyunsuk said to him.

“Yup! I also told Aunt Nari to rest up at Dongyun’s house with her friend. I told her that we’d surprise her with today’s cooking and that she doesn’t have to worry about us here,” he grinned.

“Wow, you really like this Aunt Nari, huh?” Junkyu giggles at his friend’s behaviour.

“Of course! I want to do my best for my future mother-in-law,” he said cheerfully.

Junkyu and Hyunsuk exchanged glances with one another.

“Oh? You both aren’t done with the plates and spoons yet?” he asks, noticing the table still not being set even when he was gone just now.

“Oh, we were chatting up just now,” Hyunsuk explained.

“Ahh. Well, I’ll help you guys out in a bit. I’m gonna go visit my future wife~” he said in a singsong tune as he leaves for the kitchen.

“What got into him?” Junkyu snickered.

“I wouldn’t laugh if I were you…his jokes have gotten…kinda far…” Hyunsuk said, a worried look forming on his face.

Junkyu’s smile fades when he heard this.

“UWAHHH WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU BOTH??” both Junkyu and Hyunsuk heard Jaehyuk exclaiming, making them run to the kitchen immediately.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Kitchen)

Jaehyuk had wanted to check up on both you and Jihoon’s progress in the kitchen when he was greeted by two beings literally drenched in white powder.

The funny thing was that you and Jihoon were in the midst of your cooking by now and it seems like you both were somehow ignoring the fact that you’re both all sticky and covered with patches of flour.

“UWAHHH WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU BOTH??” Jaehyuk half-screams as soon as he entered the kitchen.

You look up at him and shrugged, turning back to face the stove where you had begun frying your fish.

Not long after, Junkyu and Hyunsuk showed up in the kitchen, surprised to see the both of you just like Jaehyuk did earlier.

“Whoa. What happened here??” Junkyu asks, surprised to see you and Jihoon looking like ghosts.

“And what’s that smell?” Hyunsuk points out, his nose catching a whiff of something fishy.

“It’s the fish.” You said plainly.

“No, no. I’m not referring to the fried fish—”

“Exactly, it’s the fish,” Jihoon interrupts this time.

“Huh…they’re right. It smells like…raw fish…” Jaehyuk points out.

Both you and Jihoon stopped on your cooking and locked eyes with each other—making the both of you grumble at one another.

“Do you guys…wanna go get cleaned up first?” Hyunsuk offers, adding that he could fill in on their part of cooking for the time being.

“No it’s fine, I’ll wash up again after I’m done cooking,” you answered.

“Yeah, same.” Jihoon said as well.

This made you turn to look at him again. The both of glared at each other yet again.

“Okay…what happened you both…” Junkyu asks again, feeling the tension in the room.

Both you and Jihoon took deep breaths, opening your mouths to answer—“He/She started it!”

The both of you gasped. How did you both say it at the same time?

You huffed. “You started with the flour!”

“Yeah but you wiped the fish guts on me!”

“You started it! You wouldn’t stop messing with me!” you complained.

“Hold on!” Hyunsuk stopped the both of you before this ends up into another argument.

“You mean…one of you threw flour, and then the other threw fish guts…? And then you both started attacking one another with flour and fish??” He asks, trying to get a proper explanation from both of the glaring kids in front of him.

Both you and Jihoon nod, frowning.

“Aigoooo what a mess! Aunt Nari’s gonna kill you both if she sees this.” Jaehyuk says as he steps up towards you. His hand starts dusting off the white powder from the top of your head.

Junkyu too, rushed towards his best friend to help clean him up, in case Aunt Nari decided to check on them.

Hyunsuk shakes his head for the nth time today. “Alright, alright just go clean up you both. Let me and the boys continue the cooking.”

“Hey, I’m a boy too,” Jihoon answered.

“Sure, now go,” Hyunsuk shoos the younger boy and you.

And as soon as the both of you left the kitchen, Junkyu and Jaehyuk looked at their hyung nervously.

“Yah, hyung. We rarely cook in the dorms. How can you be sure we won’t mess this up?” Junkyu asks, biting his bottom lip after.

“I mean, they’ve prepped it all, right? How hard can it be?” Their leader shrugs.

 *

And the three boys were definitely lucky. They managed to cook the meals that Jihoon and you have prepped quite well. The fish was kinda charred on one side but that was only because Junkyu had thought that he didn’t need to flip the fish when he fries it. It was only Hyunsuk told him to flip it that they were all stunned by the charred side.

But nevertheless, the other fried fishes were saved by Jaehyuk since he took over after Junkyu panicked seeing the fish he fried turning black on one side. Hyunsuk on the other hand nailed Jihoon’s braised tofu stew even when he literally eyeballed the seasoning for the stew.

Aunt Nari was thoroughly impressed by these Seoul boys. She even had extra servings to show how much she loved their cooking—in which you pouted upon since she rarely does so for the meals you cook. Okay but maybe you needed to spend more time in the kitchen, you thought.

And so—it was a couple hours after lunch when everyone was resting and minding their own business when you heard Aunt Nari calling your name from downstairs.

“Yes?” You called out back from the door of your room.

…

You furrowed your eyebrows. You were sure you heard your Aunt Nari calling your name a few seconds ago.

After counting to 60 in your head, you shrugged and decided to go back to lying down on your mattress.

“Y/n! Why do you never answer when I call your name?” you heard your teacher calling as soon as your head touches your pillow.

You groaned as you got back up.

“Yes Aunt Nari? Is there anything you need?”

…

Again, silence. You sighed and closed your room door behind you.

“Not this again. Every single time I answer it’s like nobody’s there,” you muttered to yourself as you walk down the stairs.

You entered the living room where the Treasure boys were videocalling their other members using Hyunsuk’s phone.

“Junghwan-aa, don’t stay cooped up in your room studying. Go play outside or something. It’s the weekend anyways,” you heard Jihoon nagging towards the youngest member who was on the screen right now.

Junkyu heard your footsteps approaching them, making him turn to look at you. He flashed you a smile, making you smile back at him.

“Calling the members?” You ask him.

“Yeah. They wanted to talk to you but we didn’t want to bother you,”

You took a peek at the screen, making you smile as Junghwan swallowed the nagging Jihoon was giving him.

Junghwan was about to reply to his hyung when he saw your head popping up from behind Junkyu.

“Noona!!!”

“Aigoo Junghwan-aa that’s a bit too loud,” Hyunsuk said as he rubbed his ear from the sudden scream.

“Quick, move aside y’all! Let noona speak!”

“Oh gosh, he’s all excited,” Jaehyuk said with a hint of sarcasm. Though he did as the younger kid told him to, passing his hyung’s phone to you.

You smiled at the boy in the screen, your hand holding onto Hyunsuk’s phone and the other waving at the screen.

“Noona! You don’t reply my chats anymore! Why…have you forgotten about me?” Junghwan whined.

“—or. Why are you in your hometown? Are you staying there permanently now?”

“I—” you wanted to answer but the maknae started shooting more questions, making you unable to speak.

“Did Chani-hyung cause you to be sent back? Should I go and scold him? We haven’t even got to have that lunch date we’ve been talking about, are you trying to ditch me and move on with your life? Noona…why aren’t you answering me…?” His voice slowed down when he noticed you giggling at his questions.

“Silly boy. Of course I haven’t forgotten you. I just…I don’t have my phone with me right now. My boss has it,”

This earned looks from the other boys, as they finally realised why you were unreachable before this.

“I miss you Junghwan-aa, we’ll catch up when I get back okay?”

“Hmm but how long are you gonna stay there?”

“Aigoo, I’ll be back—”

You were interrupted by Aunt Nari calling you from the front terrace of the house.

“Y/n, I’ve been calling for you!” Aunt Nari’s head popped in from the front door.

“Yes?”

“Dongyun’s been waiting for you out here! How dare you make him wait,”

“What?” you asked, blurred. You didn’t have plans with him, did you?

And speak of the devil, Dongyun appeared at the front door as well.

“Hello girlfriend, let’s go harvest some potatoes!” he said cheerfully, his hand holding a small spade.

“Oh, hey you guys—” Dongyun stopped his greeting halfway when he noticed glares from the rest of the people in the room.

“Uhh, why does everyone look so tensed?” he asks instead.

“Maybe they’re judging you for not bringing an extra spade for me,” you answered him, not realising that the boys didn’t like how Dongyun had addressed you as ‘girlfriend’, even if he was joking.

“Ugh, fine. You can take mine. I’ll just dig with my hands,” he retorts sarcastically, earning an eyeroll from you.

“Why? Who’s that?” Junghwan’s voice appeared, reminding everyone that he was still in the video call.

“Oh, that’s Dongyun. I gotta go Junghwannie, I’ll talk to you when I get back okay?” you said as you hand Hyunsuk’s phone back to him.

“Ah, but noona—”

“Oh? Is this another member? Hello! I’m Dongyun!” Dongyun suddenly joined in as he stood beside you, startling the rest of the members in the room.

“Uhh hi…” Junghwan waved his hand awkwardly at the stranger.

“Okay, I gotta go steal y/n from y’all now. Bye!” he said as he grabbed your wrist, dragging you out of the house.

The moment both you and Dongyun were no longer in view, Hyunsuk grumbles to himself, “That’s not fair, dragging y/n out like that,”

Junkyu heard this, making him sigh as well. “I know, right? Y/n was catching up with Junghwan too,”

“Yeah,” they heard Junghwan’s voice agreeing as well.

“Oh, I forgot to end the call.” Hyunsuk said as he raises his phone, the maknae’s face still on the screen.

“Hyung…is that…Y/n’s boyfriend?” Junghwan asks, his voice slow.

“Eyyyyy, don’t be ridiculous!” All four of his hyungs that were in the living room said at the same time.

 *

Haenam (Evening/ Route to potato field)

“Why are you so slow today? Gosh, usually you’d be racing me to the field.” You complained as you watched your childhood friend’s pace remained slow beside you.

“I’m just thinking…”

You stopped in your steps when you realised that he was indeed lost in his own thoughts.

“Hey…you okay?” you ask, your voice softer now.

He shakes his head and smiles at you. “I’m good. It’s you I’m worried about honestly,”

“Pfft me? Please—I’m fine,” you snickered.

Dongyun gives you a look, his eyebrows raised.

“What? For real, I’m all good,”

“Ahuh, sure. You know…you’re gonna stir up trouble if you don’t act up fast, y/n,”

“What are you talking about?” this time your eyebrows furrowed.

Dongyun lets out a sigh. “You know, people always talk about how guys being the ones who were insensitive and clueless when they hurt girls’ feelings. “

Your expression softens. Why is Dongyun talking about guys’ feelings in all of a sudden?

He turns to look at you. “I hate to say this, y/n. But really, you’re being insensitive about us guys too,”

You blinked slowly, trying to process what he was trying to convey.

Dongyun chuckles. He knows how dense you can be when it comes to matters like this—judging since he’s been friends with you for a long time.

You felt his hand resting on your head now.

“Oh gosh y/n. You have to…come clean about your feelings.”

And then you finally understood what he was trying to say.

“Dongyun…you know, just because I like him doesn’t mean he’ll like me back…”

“That’s not how I see it. And from what I’ve seen, I’m advising you, as someone who cares about you deeply—it’s best to come clean soon. You know, before the rest gets hurt,”

“The rest??” okay, Dongyun’s lost you now. You were sure he was talking about you having to confess to Junkyu soon but the rest?? How does this concern the rest?

From your expression, Dongyun could tell you were thinking. He hoped he had somehow got through to you.

His hand suddenly clutched his stomach. “Agh,”

“Oh?” this made you snap out of your thoughts. “Dongyun? You okay?”

“I think I’m having a tummy ache. I think I’ll head to that restaurant’s restroom for a bit,”

“Okay, sure. I’ll come with you,”

“What? No, no! You should head to the field first. I’ll catch up with you, I promise,”

“Really?” you frowned, worried about him.

“Yeah, yeah. Just go. I’ll see you later,” he said as he jogs towards the restaurant the both of you passed by, his hand still clutching his tummy.

You watched as your friend entered the restaurant doors.

You looked down at the small spade he had handed you earlier.

“Oh well, might as well just walk there slowly,” you said to yourself as you sigh, taking in the soft breeze hitting your skin.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #treasure fic #treasurefanfic #treasurefic #treasure scenario #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kimjunkyu x reader #kim junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 30)

Chapter 30 - Roses

Word count: 6.5k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello!! Omg it’s been so long! T^T I am literally crying aaaa I am so sorry for making you all wait this long! But-- I have made this chapter extra long so I hope it makes up for me being away for a while ;-; <3 also-- idk y’all, this chapter was supposed to be fun but while i was proofreading i actually shed a tear because--- well, okay i’ll just leave it to y’all to read and find out T^T anyways, this was long wow but i love you all and please take care always <3

The guy brought our Treasure friends to his house that was only a 10-minute walking distance from the market—but also less noisy in their opinion.

“Here you go, make yourselves at home,” the guy said with his smile. He pushed open the front door for the boys to enter.

Hyunsuk was reluctant to enter but then Junkyu was already stepping his foot into the guy’s living room so in the end the rest of them just followed suit.

“Have a seat, I’m gonna go out and wait for my friend outside,” the guy said.

“W-wait, you’re leaving us here? On our own?” Hyunsuk asks, suspicious of the guy leaving them simply after inviting them to tag along with him before this.

“Yup. It’s gonna be for a while, really,” the guy replied. “Here, I’ll leave the front door open for you guys,” he said as he pushed the door open. He then left through the door. “See you guys in a bit!” he waved goodbye at them before going.

Jihoon and Hyunsuk immediately huddled up close to each other. “Yah, don’t you think this guy is kinda suspicious??” Jihoon whispered towards his hyung.

“You feel it too?? Dang, I thought I was the only one that feels that everything around here is fishy.” Hyunsuk answered back.

“Yeah! And he kept mentioning about meeting his friend too. I mean, he could’ve brought us to meet his friend, no?? Why keep us waiting here??”

Hyunsuk lets out a gasp. “What if he’s scheming on kidnapping us?”

“Aigoo, that’s nonsense hyung! If he wanted to kidnap us why would he leave the front door open anyways,” Jaehyuk chuckled at his hyungs’ paranoid behaviour.

“He could be bringing a thug back here, you know,” Jihoon said with a serious expression on his face.

All four of them fell silent for a couple seconds.

Junkyu and Jaehyuk made eye contact with each other before bursting into laughter.

“What thug, hyung? This town’s people seemed so nice,” Junkyu said in between his laughs.

“I know right? Look at them hyungs, they’re being overly paranoid over nothing!” Jaehyuk joined in laughing at the two older members.

“Besides, if you feel like that guy is up to no good, why’d you even agree in coming back here with him, huh?” Junkyu points out towards Hyunsuk.

Hyunsuk folds his arms against his chest. “Hey, it’s not my fault. You all could’ve stopped me from saying ‘yes’ to him too. But you guys didn’t. So we’re all in fault if anything bad happens to us here,”

 *

Haenam (still the same morning)

It was close to 11am when you were finally done with helping out your teacher at her small vegetable farm a mile away from her house.

You helped her carry the basket filled with harvested cabbages whilst you let her carry the lighter vegetables in her basket. Your teacher, whom you have been accustomed to call as Aunt Nari ever since she took you into her care after your sister passed on couple years back, walked in front of you. She held onto the smaller basket containing the carrot and beansprouts in her hands.

Your gaze softened as you watched her back facing you. She was the closest person you had as a mother figure after your sister. You felt emotional just thinking about how nice of a person your teacher was for taking care of you—even when you weren’t that much worthy looking after, you thought to yourself.

You were about to start reminiscing on the times your teacher had looked out on you and your sister but then your emotions hit pause as soon as you saw the guy standing nearby your Aunt Nari’s house.

You stopped in your tracks.

You narrowed your eyes at the guy, your grip on your basket tightening.

“Oh! Aunt Nari! Good morning~” The guy greeted your teacher as she passed by him to head towards her house.

Your teacher realised that you weren’t following closely behind her anymore, making her turn around.

“Y/n, what are you doing standing there? Get inside and get changed into something warm! Then we can sort out the vegetables,” she called out to you.

“Ah, uhh, you can head on inside first, aunty. I’ll join in later,”

Your teacher eyed both you and the guy standing in front of the house beside hers. She shook her head and said, “Alright but don’t take too long the both of you.” With that, she heads inside her house, not caring about what you and her neighbour’s son were up to doing—since she’s fairly familiar of what always happen when the both of you meet each other.

As soon as your teacher closed the front door of her house, your hand instantly grabbed onto a piece of the round cabbage from the basket you were holding.

“How’s my loving friend doing to—AGH,” the guy screamed halfway through greeting you as he tried to avoid the cabbage you threw at him.

“Yah! Kim Dongyun! Just what are you thinking, huh?! The nerve you have of just popping up here!” you called out to him as you marched towards him, the heavy basket still in your hands.

“Don’t! I said, don’t!” Dongyun backs off from where he was standing. He hurries to grab the cabbage that you had thrown earlier from the ground and raises it in his hands—making you stop marching towards him. Although to be honest, you were already standing right outside the fence of his house.

“Aha! That’s right, just stay there!” He instructed you. You scowled at him.

“What’s with that look, huh? If you move an inch, I’ll throw this cabbage far away. And then Aunt Nari will be sad because you lost her harvest,” he threatened you.

“Kim Dongyun…” you said his name in a menacing tone.

“Now, now. Listen—I’m sorry, okay? I overslept—AHHH!” he screamed again as he managed to evade another cabbage from hitting him. The cabbage passed by him and rolled into his house through the front door.

“You overslept?? Yah! Did you have any idea how tiring it was to harvest these cabbages and carry them back here all alone?! Aunt Nari kept backing you up, saying that you probably have errands to run today and that we shouldn’t be bothering you—but WOW you overslept!” You nagged. “I had to get up early and do all the harvesting alone when you agreed to help me just yesterday!” you added.

“Oh come on, Y/n. Don’t be like this. Don’t get mad.” He said to you gently. He walks up close to you and hands over the cabbage he held earlier to you. “If you get angry at me like this every time we meet…you’ll get wrinkles easier,” he whispered now that he was close enough.

Your jaw fell when you heard him say this. You dropped the basket in your hand and snatched the cabbage from his hands. “Oh ho you are so dead Kim Dongyun…”

 *

Dongyun’s House (Living Room / Still the same morning)

“Should we make a run for it while we can?” Hyunsuk asks, still worried if they were being kidnapped or conned at this point.

“He’s been out for a while, hasn’t he?” Jihoon asks back.

“Precisely 15 minutes. Not that long to be honest,” Jaehyuk answered as he checked the time on his phone.

“Which is why we should run while we can. The longer we wait, the sooner he comes back.” Hyunsuk reasoned.

“Okay but tell that to the sleeping beauty here,” Jihoon points at Junkyu that had already passed out on the floor beside him.

“What?? He was awake a minute ago! When did he even fall asleep??”

Jaehyuk snickered at the sight of his hyung sleeping on the floor.

Hyunsuk groaned just thinking about how it’d be impossible to escape now that Junkyu’s asleep. He shook his head. He shouldn’t give up so easily, he thought. He’s the leader. He’s responsible for everyone’s safety here.

“Yah, Junkyu-aa, wake upppp,” Hyunsuk called out to the sleeping koala boy.

“Aigoo hyung, just leave him be. I’m sure we’ll be just fine. Besides, you were the one who instantly agreed when the random guy invited us to tag along with him. So why should you be worried now?” Jaehyuk said, trying to calm his hyung down. Honestly, he doesn’t feel like he’s in danger.

“Sshh, shh,” Jihoon suddenly said. “Do you guys hear that?”

“What?” Hyunsuk asks.

“I hear voices outside,”

And just in time, a cabbage flew in through the front door that was left open earlier.

“Wah! I-is that, a cabbage??” Hyunsuk shouted in shock.

“I think people are fighting outside,” Jihoon said as he rose to his feet.

“Hurry, wake Junkyu up! We need to get out of here before we get involved in any way!” Hyunsuk said, hurrying towards Junkyu to wake him up.

 *

Haenam (Outside Dongyun’s house)

“I said give it back!” You ordered Dongyun since he managed to snatch the cabbage from your hands again this time. Though you were glad you had managed to hit him with it twice earlier.

“No. Stop. Aunt Nari will be pissed to see her cabbage being beaten down like this. Look at it! It’s no longer round in shape!”

You stopped reaching for the cabbage that he had been raising out of your reach since he was obviously taller than you. “Fine. Just give it back then. Then I’ll keep it back into the basket.” You point at the basket not far behind you.

Dongyun was reluctant to give it back to you. He knows how good you were at tricking him back when you both were kids so he knew what was up your sleeve most of the time.

You rolled your eyes at him. As if reading his mind, you said—“Come on. We’re not kids anymore. Just give it back, okay? I need to send it back to Aunt Nari’s house.”

Dongyun lets out a sigh and hands over the cabbage into your hands.

“Thank you,” you said to him. You turned around to head towards the basket.

But just as you were right in front of the basket, you swiftly turned around and shout at your friend “ Hah! Jokes on you! I’m not done being mad at you!” you then threw the cabbage in his direction.

Dongyun had been keeping an eye on your movements as you were walking towards the basket earlier so he had expected this from you—which made him duck as quick as lightning, evading the hit from the cabbage you threw.

Now.

Even though the cabbage missed Dongyun, your throw was kind of hard, which made it flew further towards another group of people that were stepping out of Dongyun’s house.

Lucky for Hyunsuk who had been cautious since he first entered the house—he had been looking out carefully as he stepped out of the front doors which made him notice the flying cabbage heading towards them.

“CABBAGE! DUCK!” he shouted.

Hyunsuk, Jaehyuk and Jihoon immediately moved to the sides—except for Junkyu who was still groggy from waking up from his nap.

“What? Ducks?” he said, with his eyes halfway open, him still being half asleep.

It all happened so fast.

One second Junkyu heard his hyungs waking him up from his nice nap.

And then he was being dragged towards the front door.

Next, he thought he heard his Hyunsuk-hyung screaming something about ducks.

And then he felt something hitting him in the face. Something round. Was it a ball?

After that he couldn’t remember what happened. Everything went black.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Bedroom 1)

“I told you both not to fight anymore. You both are no longer kids. See what happened now?? You got someone hurt.” Your Aunt Nari nagged at both you and Dongyun as she was standing at the door of the room.

“You’re lucky you knew these people too, Y/n. Imagine getting sued for hurting such handsome boys,” she added.

You shuddered from the word sue. You were mostly terrified of that. Lucky for you your Aunt Nari hadn’t realise that the boy you had accidentally hit with a cabbage was one of the famous Kpop groups’ vocalist. If she knows this you would have probably been thrown to live in the streets, you thought.

“I’m sorry…” you mumbled. You do feel bad though. It’s not like you had meant to threw it at him anyways.

You scowled at Dongyun who was sitting on the floor beside you.

“I can see you scowling at Dongyun from behind here,” Aunt Nari said, making you turn your head back to look at Junkyu who was lying down on the mattress in front of you.

“Okay then. You all watch out for the boy til he wakes up, okay? I’ll be making lunch for us all.” All of you nod at this. “Oh and make sure these two don’t fight again. God knows what would happen next if they do,” she said as she shook her head. You knew she was referring to you and Dongyun.

After Aunt Nari left you kept quiet. Well, actually, the whole room was quiet. Suddenly it felt awkward to be in the room, you thought. Even though everyone here are your friends, you couldn’t help but feel weird being in here with them.

“Y/n?” Hyunsuk suddenly voiced out, making you raise your head to look at him.

Hyunsuk, Jihoon and Jaehyuk were seated opposite you and Dongyun, with Junkyu laying in the middle of everyone.

“Y-yes?” You answered him.

“Don’t feel bad. You didn’t mean to do it.” He said softly.

You nod your head slowly at this. Your eyes went back to stare at Junkyu.

“Yeah, he’s probably drifted back to sleep anyways after you knocked him out,” Jihoon chimed in.

You pursed your lips, trying not to laugh at what Jihoon has said. Jihoon saw your lips curve upwards slightly, making him smile his warm smile at you.

“Okay.” You managed to say as you controlled your smile.

“So…these are the friends that you’ve been telling me about?” Dongyun asks, now that he’s confident you weren’t going to scold him or anything on what had happened.

You nod your head at him.

“And this is the guy that you lik—” his words got cut off as your hand immediately covered his mouth, making the rest of his sentence sound muffled.

“Ahahaha shut up Dongyun-aa.” You laughed awkwardly. “He’s always spouting nonsense. Don’t mind him,” you said to your Treasure friends.

The rest of them simply nod their heads as they watched you nagged at Dongyun about not spewing nonsense in front of your friends and that he should respect them because they are your guests now.

“Don’t you dare point a finger at Junkyu again,” you huffed, ending your nag at your friend.

Dongyun rolled his eyes at you. “Sure. Protect him at all costs, no?” he said sarcastically, earning a scowl from you again.

Hyunsuk watched the whole time you were talking with Dongyun. He couldn’t help but feel…jealous. You seemed so close with this Dongyun guy, and judging by the way you both banter with each other, it seems like the both of you are super close and comfortable with each other. Almost like you both were meant to be with each other.

He shook his head slightly and decided to just focus on watching over Junkyu.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Lunchtime)

Your teacher had cooked up a whole spread of foods since she was excited to see many guests at her home this time.

And not to mention, handsome guests at that too.

Seeing that she only has two sons—one being married and has migrated overseas and another one living in the city (who is also your boss), having this many boys at home made her feel like she was back in her early motherhood days.

You were the closest she had to have as a daughter, in which was why she was always meddling in your love life and asking why you weren’t dating anyone.

“Don’t be shy! Help yourselves!” Aunt Nari exclaimed excitedly as she invites the boys (and you) to eat the food that she had generously cooked that afternoon.

All of you were sitting on the floor, surrounding the table that Aunt Nari had pulled out from her storeroom, one she had kept for family gatherings since it was as big as a four-seater dining table—only shorter since it was meant for dining on the floor.

The Treasure boys were quite shy at first, only taking small bites of the foods until a couple minutes passed and they were pretty sure that your teacher was just another warm-hearted aunt that they all had somehow came across with in their own lives.

“Aigoo, I’ve never thought Y/n to have such handsome friends in the city. I’ve always thought that the only guy friend she had was Dongyun,” Aunt Nari said as you were all eating.

“Aish aunty, don’t say that. Y/n is such a pleasant person, it’s only logical for her to have many friends in the city,” Jaehyuk answered, smiling.

“I doubt that,” Aunt Nari teased. “If you boys have any friends who are interested in dating, why don’t you try to introduce Y/n to them? It’s nothing big, but I worry that Y/n would never settle down and would end up dying alone,”

You choked on your rice, earning a pat on your back from Dongyun whom was sitting beside you.

“Aunt Nari! What nonsense are you saying??” You asked as soon as you were done coughing.

“Oh? I’m only looking out for you, Y/n. Joonyoung told me that he had tried matching you with couple of his friends in the city but that didn’t seem to work out,”

You sighed. “Well, to be honest—it is awkward to date your boss’ friends. Besides, they all…don’t match me either.”

The rest of the boys listened to your conversation with your teacher, feeling like as if they’re listening to a mother trying to convince their daughter to get married soon. They felt like they weren’t even there with the both of you.

“Aigoo, you’re too picky! That’s why you’ll end up alone,” she nagged.

“I won’t end up alone.” You scooped up some rice into your mouth. “I’ll just get myself a pet,” you said, whilst munching on your food.

“Hmm. That won’t do. I might as well just marry you off to Dongyun since his mother is my close friend,” she said nonchalantly.

This made EVERYONE around the table cough and choke on their foods—including you of course.

Aunt Nari stopped eating and looked around the room at all of you. “Oh my god is the food too spicy?? Why is everyone suddenly coughing??”

You rubbed your left eye that had teared up from the choking, “Aunt Nari! What nonsense are you saying?? In front of my friends too!”

“Aish. I’m just saying. You’re too picky. Since you both are close, might as well just get you both matched up,”

You shook your head. “Nu uh. Nope. We had this talk, remember? I’m not getting matched up with anyone,”

“Aigoo Aunt Nari, what are you saying? Y/n and I are just friends,” Dongyun chimed in.

“Hmm. You’re both stubborn.” Aunt Nari complained. She set her bowl on the table, indicating that she was done with her meal.

Jaehyuk sensed the tension going on in the dining area you are all in so he decided that maybe he should try to ease everyone. He places his bowl onto the table as well.

“Thank you for the wonderful meal, aunty,” he smiles his usual charming charm. “Since you helped cook everything, I’ll help with the cleaning, okay?”

Aunt Nari was taken back by the sudden generosity from him since usually her own sons would argue on who would do the cleaning up but having a man who graciously volunteered to do seemed so new in her household that she was simply amazed by the words that came out of Jaehyuk’s mouth.

“Ah. Aigoo, aigoo! You really don’t have to!” She waved her hand at him.

“It’s nothing, really! I always help around in the dorms and when I’m home I help my mum in the kitchen too,”

Now you see, saying these kinds of words to Aunt Nari wasn’t really a good thing at the moment because she was in that obsessive mode of finding a suitor for you. So of course, you can imagine what she said next:

“My my. Who knew such a fine man would have such fine manners?” Aunt Nari leaned forward towards Jaehyuk’s direction. “Then it’s set. I’ll have you in line as my son-in-law,”

You laughed at this. “Ahuh, as if Joonyoung-ssi would be happy with you matchmaking him as well,”

She shot you a look.

“What? I have nothing against Joonyoung-ssi dating men but don’t you think matching him with a man he doesn’t know would make him less happy?”

This earned you a bonk in the head from your teacher.

“Ow!”

“You’re the only person I’m looking a son-in-law for,” she hissed at you.

“Huh??” both you and Jaehyuk asked at the same time, confused.

“Jaehyuk-ssi, right? I’m looking forward to getting to know you better.” Aunt Nari smiled as she got up to her feet to leave for the kitchen. “Y/n, once you’re done why don’t you bring your friends around town?” she was no longer in the room when she said this.

“Alright,” you called back to her.

You continued chewing on your food but then you felt uncomfortable somehow so you raised your head to see all of your friends staring at you.

“What? Why? What’s wrong?”

“Why…is your Aunt Nari…so obsessed with finding you a husband…?” Junkyu asked.

“I guess I was the closest she had as a daughter so she probably just wants to make sure I do get married before she dies or something.” You shrug. “Don’t worry, she doesn’t mean what she says,”

“Pfft. As if. Remember when she forced you to be my date for my sister’s wedding? She kept pushing and convincing my mum about it too. Our teacher isn’t one to kid around. She's been keeping an eye on me since i was a kid and when she found out about y/n being my close friend she wouldn't stop shipping me with her,” Dongyun scoffed at you. “And then I had to turn down Yerim’s offer to dance with me at the wedding because I had to only dance with you,” he sighs loudly.

You rolled your eyes at him. “Oh don’t be so dramatic about it. We were 9 years old at that time for goodness’ sake!”

Your Treasure friends laughed at this discovery.

“So what I’m saying is--,” Dongyun continues, ignoring everyone’s laughter. “I’m just glad I’m off the hook for that son-in-law list of hers. But your friend here, good luck getting out,” he smirks at Jaehyuk.

Instantly everyone’s laugh died down upon hearing this.

“O-okay calm down y’all. I promise, none of you will be forced to marry anyone here. Including me.” You assured them as you grab the glass of water in front of you.

“I wouldn’t mind though. What can I say? Aunts and mums love me~” Jaehyuk said in a sing-song tune.

You giggled at this, finding his carefree demeanour adorable.

The rest of the boys at the table doesn’t find it funny though. Jaehyuk doesn’t realise this but his friends were staring daggers at him for saying something like that.

 *

After lunch, all of you had taken a walk around the small town area, you and Dongyun being the tour guides for your guests of course.

The both of you introduced the local elementary school that you and Dongyun went to, the bakery that you had always brought goods from when you lived with your sister, the market area (even though they’ve all been there earlier this morning), the small café that serves the best iced peach tea and then some other places that you were fairly familiar with.

Though the tour had to be kept short because Dongyun had to head back home and help his dad at their farm a little far away from town; and also because the locals couldn’t stop gawking at your friends everywhere you go. Not that you could blame them though, your Treasure friends are indeed good-looking plus they are all new faces in this town so surely it got the local people curious about their identity.

And so, after the tour ended and after Dongyun had left, you had sorted your friends into several rooms in your Aunt Nari’s house to sleep in for the night but that evening they all had fallen asleep in the living room instead.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Evening)

You too also took a nap as soon as you saw your friends huddled up in the living room sleeping. It wasn’t that long though, your nap. You woke up after half an hour.

You got out of your room and headed downstairs to check on your friends.

“Ah, they’re all still asleep.” You muttered to yourself as soon as you saw them.

You yawned quietly and head towards the kitchen. There was a door leading to the backyard of the house from there.

Before heading outside, you checked the clock hanging on the kitchen wall. 4.35pm. Now’s a good time to check on the plants outside, you thought.

As soon as you stepped outside, you felt the cool breeze blowing against your exposed hands and face. It was cold, yet the Sun was warming enough at this time.

You took a deep breath and head towards the medium-sized potted plant not far from the door.

The pot consisted of a variation of Japanese roses. Orange, pink, yellow, purple—all growing in tangly stems in the pot.

You smiled to yourself. When you first brought the stem cutting of the plants last year, your aunt Nari was surprised because you were never the type to be interested in farming or taking care of plants. But then during your holiday last year, you had brought home the stem cuttings and planted the roses on your own, tending to it everyday too.

It was only when you had to leave for the city again that you told Aunt Nari that you decided to gift the roses to her in hopes that she would take good care of it while you were away.

You squatted in front of the pot, eye-levelling with the row of colourful tiny roses. “Hello my beautiful friends. You’re all looking wonderful as always,” you whispered towards the plant.

Your finger traced the delicate petals, feeling the soft texture against your skin. You hummed happily to yourself. Maybe a break from the city is what you needed after all. As tiring as it was to do the farming work and market runs here, you’ve felt at more peace compared to when you were in the city. Maybe…what your boss did was right after all.

Okay but minus the part where he took your phone away from you. That wasn’t necessary at all, you thought.

“They’re pretty,” a voice whispered from behind you, startling you.

You swiftly turn around to see Hyunsuk standing behind you.

“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to surprise you,” he blurted as soon as he sees your expression.

You let out a breath of relief. It was only Hyunsuk.

You shook your head and pat the ground beside you. “It’s fine. Come, sit.”

Hyunsuk sat down beside you whom was no longer squatting by now.

“Yours?” He points at the pot of Japanese roses.

You nod back at his question.

“They’re really pretty.”

“Yup,” you nodded again. “Aunt Nari took care of them really well,”

Hyunsuk hummed back in response. “Aunt Nari seems really nice,”

“She is. Even though we’re not blood-related, she’s treated me so well,” you said, your fingers tracing the flower petals again.

“Oh. She’s…not your…”

“She was my high school teacher.” You answered even though Hyunsuk hadn’t finished his question.

“She…took me in when my sister passed away during my senior year,” you added.

“Oh. Y/n, I’m so sorry…”

“Don’t be.” You turned to him and smiled. “It happened.”

You look at your hands now. “It happened so quickly too…I didn’t have time to process what was really going on.”

Hyunsuk reaches out his hand and places them on yours, his fingers intertwining with yours. “If you don’t mind me asking…how did it all went down…”

Hyunsuk didn’t want to come across as insensitive when he asked this but he genuinely wanted to know you better. You were opening up about your past—one thing him and the boys never really heard you talk about. He wanted to know everything about you. Your past, your present.

You felt his hands grip yours tightly, not in a forceful way though. It was as though he was giving you strength to look back on the past that you had so much wanted to shut off your life.

Your eyes still looking down, you started talking, “When my parents separated back then…they sent us to our grandmother here—in this very town. I was 7 at the time, and my sister was 12. To be honest, it wasn’t a bad experience at all. Our grandmother was perfect. She took care of us really well. She was…” you took a deep breath before continuing, “…the perfect parent we ever had. Our parents could never treat us that well,” you chuckled.

“We had a great childhood here. We made friends, we had plenty of people taking care of one another here. I spent my school days with my sister. When I was in my senior year, my sister had already started working at the time.”

Hyunsuk heard the strain in your voice. Ah, it’s the painful part now, he thought.

“It was the day of my college entrance exams. I was already in the school grounds when I got the call. My sister got caught in an accident at the highway roads when she was on her way to work.”

You could feel the tears streaming down your cheeks. You couldn’t help it. You could never keep your tears in whenever you talk about her.

Hyunsuk started stroking your head, trying to calm you down.

“She had a brain injury,” you continued. “I watched over her for two weeks while she was in a coma, and suddenly one day—” your breath hitched as the images flowed in your head this time. How it all happened. The day you felt your whole world fell apart. It wasn’t the time your parents left you, it wasn’t when your grandmother passed on—those matters, as painful as it was, you were still able to keep on living. Because you had your sister by your side. But when she left…

“I had just gotten back from the washroom when I noticed her fingers moving. I thought she was waking up from her coma…she started shaking, and then it was only minutes in when I realised she was having a seizure. I pressed on the emergency button and ran to look for the nurses outside the room.” You stopped. You wiped your tears with the back of your unoccupied hand. “The doctor and nurses wouldn’t let me watch as they tried to handle my sister’s situation so I just sat outside the room. And when the doctor came out,” you paused again to swallow the lump in your throat. “…she was already gone,”

“Y/n…” Hyunsuk said softly. He could feel the sadness seeping through his skin as he held your hand in his.

You blinked the remaining tears, feeling it wet your cheeks. You sniffled and turned to look at the boy beside you. “I’m sorry. You only asked about how it happened and yet I literally gave you backstories,” you chuckled lightly.

“Shh, it’s okay. I wanted to listen.”

You smiled gratefully at him. You wipe away the tears off your face again.

“And then your teacher took you in and then you live here? And then…you moved to the city when you started working…?” Hyunsuk tried to continue your story for you, making you giggle at his curiosity.

You nod back at him.

“Ahh so that’s why there was no tea farm in front of your house,”

“Hm?”

“Ohh, uhh, Soomin-ssi told us that your house was located in front of a tea farm.”

“Oh, that. That’s true. My grandmother’s house was near a tea farm. She must’ve have remembered about it from our conversation about me being a tea expert since I grew up near a tea farm,” you bragged.

Hyunsuk chuckles at this and ruffles your hair.

This made you instantly pull your hand from his hold to fix your hair.

“Hey, hey, keep it easy with the hair,” you whined.

Hyunsuk leaned forward towards you and stared at you for a while. “You can have unkempt hair all you want and yet I’ll still think you’re the most beautiful person in this world,” he grinned.

You blushed at his cheesy compliment. You looked away from his gaze as you braid your hair.

Hyunsuk smiled to himself as he watches you braid your hair. He really meant what he said. He knew that this was purely wrong because he had told Junkyu to confess to you—and yet here he was letting himself fall in love with you all over again.

He was…falling in love with you.

This isn’t just a crush anymore.

He was falling.

Hyunsuk’s thoughts were interrupted when he heard you talking to him.

“…what do you think?”

“Hm?” he asked, since he had missed out on the first part of your question.

“I was asking if you had any ideas for dinner later on. Aunt Nari put me up on sous chef duty for tonight. We have some fish in the freezer so maybe I’ll fry it up and then make some soup and side dishes? What do you think?”

“I’m okay with anything, really.”

“Okay.”

“Oh, right. You didn’t mention what happened to your grandmother’s house,”

“Wow, we’re really going back to that topic huh?” you chuckled.

“I mean, only if you’re comfortable with talking about it.”

You fixed your sittingg position and made it so you were sitting and facing him directly now.

“My grandmother had granted the house to my sister before she passed on so the day my sister passed away our distant relatives instantly claimed the house since there was no true owner for it after she left. Then they made it into a homestay now.”

“Your parents didn’t buy it off them?”

“Beats me. After they left us back then, we’ve never heard any news from them.” You shrugged.

“I’m sorry, again,”

“Aish, no need to be sorry. You were just asking,” you assured him. “Besides, I plan on buying the house back one day,”

“Oh? You’re planning to move back in Haenam?”

“Yup. I mean, they bought off the house but they made it into a homestay?? No one visits here. The house seemed so abandoned for so long. I had my childhood there, there’s no way I’m letting that house rot away like that,” you huffed.

“So you intend to buy it for your retirement one day?”

You shook your head. “Nope. I’m gonna raise my kids there,”

Hyunsuk was surprised to hear this. He wasn’t expecting for this answer from you. He had expected you to want to live in the city permanently after all the painful memories you had here.

“Ah, but I love the city too…I want my future kids to have their childhood here but then I want them to have the rightful amount of exposure to the city too,” you sighed.

“Well, there must be a way to make sure they have both.” Hyunsuk said.

You tilt your head at this. “How?”

“There’s always a way for everything to work out, no? Maybe…have them attend school here, and then make trips to the city on weekends?” he suggested.

“Huh, that sounds like a good idea. And since the city is a 4 to 5-hour drive from here, it could make them feel like they’re having a roadtrip too!” you were starting to feel excited now.

“Yes!! And then during school holidays we can bring the kids to Lotte World or maybe bring them for a staycation at some hotel!” Hyunsuk joined in, him being just as excited as you are.

“Wahhh oh my god Choi Hyunsuk you are one good family planner!” you showed him a thumbs up as you giggled.

“What can I say?” he said proudly. “Oh! And get this! On their weekend trips, we should pack up some food so we can have weekend picnics at the Han River Park!”

You smiled and giggled at his excited behaviour.

“Oh and for Christmas we need to make sure our kids see the Christmas festival in the city! We could bring flasks of hot choc--,” he stopped suddenly.

“Hot…chocolate?” you continued for him.

“Ah, yes, that,” he smiled apologetically at you. Hyunsuk cursed himself for going on with the conversation this much. It seemed like you didn’t notice it though.

“Your ideas all sound so cute,” you giggled.

Hyunsuk simply smiled and nodded at you. He bit his lower lip. He was glad you didn’t realise it though.

He had gotten so excited with his ideas of family planning that he had literally pictured it to be your kids with him that he was planning a life for.

He was picturing his future with you.

This is bad, he thought. He was digging himself deeper into this hole.

“There you guys are. What are you both doing out here?” a voice appeared not too far behind the both of you.

Both you and Hyunsuk turned around to see Junkyu leaning against the doorframe of the house. He stood there rubbing his eyes. It seemed that he had just woken up from his nap.

“Junkyu! You’re awake!” you smiled happily upon seeing him.

Junkyu nods his head. “Isn’t it cold out there, you both?” he asked.

“Just a little bit. You wanna come join us?” You asked him back.

Junkyu shook his head at the idea of leaving the warm house. “It’s okay. I’ll just sit in the kitchen. Don’t stay too long in the cold,” he advised the both of you before he heads back inside.

You smiled and stood up from the ground you had been sitting on since just now. You held out your hand towards Hyunsuk, offering to help him stand up as well.

As soon as Hyunsuk got to his feet, he felt you wrap your arms around him, hugging him.

“Thank you for listening, Hyunsuk. And thank you for cheering me up with your cute ideas,”

You let go of him, a smile on your face. Hyunsuk smiled back at you, seeing you happy makes him happy too.

“Now, let’s head inside! I’m gonna make something warm for everyone,” you said cheerfully as you skipped towards the house now.

Hyunsuk followed behind you, his steps slow. His smile faded slowly. He felt uneasy. Was it just him that noticed how much happier you were the moment you saw Junkyu? 

Is y/n that much in love with Junkyu? Do I not stand a chance at all? —he thought to himself.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #ygtreasure #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #teufic #treasurefanfic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 23)

Chapter 23 - Pure Drama

Word count: 4.1k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Surprise! Here’s the next chapter! And uhh, like the title of the chapter itself-- this chapter is literally pure drama :’)

Treasure and Y/n’s Apartment Block (Lobby)

“Y/n! Heyyyy it’s been a while!” the familiar cheerful voice said, making you turn around.

“Ah, Hyunsuk! Hi!” You greeted him back with a smile. “Getting your mail?” You asked him.

Hyunsuk shook his head, “Nope. I’m going to the office to retrieve my parcel from them.”

“I see. I’m heading there too, actually. An old friend of mine sent me some snacks from our hometown,”

“Nice! Let’s head there together!” Hyunsuk said happily, making you grin from his excited behaviour.

The both of you walked side by side, making small talk with each other.

Once you’ve both arrived in the building’s office which was located right beside the main entrance of the building itself, Hyunsuk hurried in front of you to help open the door for you.

You giggled at him, “Wow, I didn’t know you’re this much of a gentleman,”

“But of course.” Hyunsuk grinned.

You entered the office first, Hyunsuk following behind you now. The moment you approached the counter located in the office; you informed the staff on duty that you wanted to take your parcel.

“I’m here to pick up my parcel? I think it arrived yesterday. The name’s (insert y/n’s full name).” you glanced over at Hyunsuk who was standing beside you before adding, “Oh, and another one is under the name of Choi Hyunsuk.”

Hyunsuk smiles at you and pats your head. “Thanks.”

“No problem,”

The both of you waited for a minute or two before finally receiving both your parcels. After collecting the parcels, the both of you thanked the staff and left the office together.

“Your parcel seems kind of big, y/n. You sure you can carry it?”

“Yeah, I’m good. It’s big but it’s not heavy. They’re all just snacks anyways,” you assured him.

Hyunsuk nodded at you, holding his medium-sized box in one hand. He helped press the elevator button for the both of you.

Entering the elevator doors, Hyunsuk helped press the buttons to both your floors as well.

“Thanks Hyunsuk. You’re a lot of help,” you complimented him.

“Yeah, sure. No biggie.”

While waiting for the elevator to reach your floor, Hyunsuk suddenly had an idea.

“Hey, y/n,”

“Yup?”

“Have you had lunch?”

“Well…I’m ordering some takeout later. Why?” You turned to face him now.

“Ah, it’s just.” Hyunsuk paused. “The boys and I are all having lunch at my dorm.”

“Ahh I see. Sounds fun!” You smiled at him.

“Well I was wondering…if you’d like to join us?”

“Oh? Is that really okay?”

“Why wouldn’t it be okay?” Hyunsuk snickered at your question. “It’s been a while since we all hung out together, I’m sure the boys would be happy to have you join us,”

“Hmm.” You thought to yourself for a while.

Ding! The elevator reached your floor.

“Oh, it’s my floor.”

Hyunsuk pressed on the button to keep the doors open for you.

“Thanks,” you said to him. “I uh…I’d love to join you guys,” you added.

“Yay!”

“Ah, but can we stop over at my place for a bit?” You said, giving him an apologetic smile.

 *

 Treasure’s Dorm #1 (Main Entrance/Living Room)

“Just wait til the boys see you, they’d be so happy,” Hyunsuk said to you as he closed the door behind the both of you, his cute smile beaming at you.

You nodded back at him as you took your shoes off at the entrance.

“I’m back! Where is everyone??” Hyunsuk called out as he entered the living room.

“I’m in the kitchen, hyung!” you both heard Doyoung answer from the kitchen.

You followed Hyunsuk into the living room and there you saw Asahi, Haruto and Junghwan sitting around chatting with each other.

“Heyy, where’s Yoshi?” Hyunsuk asked the maknaes with you still following close behind him.

“Yoshi-hyung went to help clean Jeongwoo and Jaehyuk because they kept making snow in the kitchen using flour,” Asahi answered him.

“Ahh, that seems like something they’d do,” Hyunsuk snickered.

Junghwan stopped looking at his phone to look at Hyunsuk, and that’s when he noticed you.

“Noona!” Junghwan immediately got up from the floor, rushing towards you.

You lift a finger to your mouth, signalling him not to be too loud since you were planning to surprise the rest who hasn’t known you’re here.

Junghwan nodded and pointed at the paper bag in your hand. “What’s that?” he whispered.

“It’s Junkyu’s shirt that I used last time,” you replied.

Junghwan was about to talk to you further but then Hyunsuk had already excitedly pulled you with him towards the kitchen.

The moment the both of you had approached the kitchen’s doorframe, you could already see your other friends’ faces and you were happy to see them since you haven’t seen them for days. Well, most of them.

You smiled at them but then none of them returned your smile, making you wonder what they were so immersed with.

You recognised the person that was speaking in front of you, the guy that you had sort of missed these couple of days—especially since that weird incident that happened between him and Chani which had resulted in you rarely seeing him around you anymore.

Your grip on the paper bag in your hand tightened, you felt hopeful now that you’re finally seeing him again.

Now, of course you didn’t know the whole dispute that begun in the kitchen at the time—where Junkyu was being all bitter about Chani leeching on to you but instead of lashing out about Chani, he had made the mistake of venting his feeling of annoyance towards you.

And so, the timing when you entered the kitchen was when Junkyu was already saying this:

“…doesn’t care anything about us. We’re always looking out for her, but what do we get in return??”

You tilt your head, wondering who he was talking about. Hyunsuk, who was beside you also seemed confuse as to why everyone looked so tense in the kitchen.

You were about to step further into the kitchen when suddenly, Junkyu said—

“Y/n is annoying,”

You immediately stopped your foot from advancing. Your eyes lift up to see Yedam, Jihoon, Doyoung and Mashiho all staring at you, fear clearly showing on their faces because this time, they all realised you were directly behind Junkyu. Which meant…you clearly heard what he had said.

Suddenly, you saw Jihoon bursting out in laughter. “HAHAHAHAA very funny Junkyu! Look at you! What a horrible joke to make!” he laughed.

You took a deep breath, thinking maybe they were pulling a prank on you.

You opened your mouth to say something, but before you could say anything, Junkyu had already spoken up again—

“No, I wasn’t kidding! Y/n really is annoying. She’s a bother—”

“HYUNG STOP!” Yedam yelled, noticing how your expression changed drastically the moment you heard Junkyu’s words this time.

Hyunsuk immediately placed his hand on your shoulder, feeling shocked. But right now, he was more worried about you because you heard it all.

The air felt heavy in the kitchen…everyone going silent for a few seconds.

And then slowly, Junkyu turned around, his eyes meeting yours.

“Y-y/n…” he said, his voice slightly shaking now.

You stood there quietly, your fingers fiddling with the paper bag in your hand.

You blinked a couple times, your gaze slowly avoiding his. What is this feeling you’re having right now? Why does your chest hurt so bad?

Junkyu could hear his own heartbeat sounds ringing in his ears. He felt bad. He felt really bad. He saw how you slowly looked away from him, making him feel even worst.

Junkyu couldn’t handle the heavy tension going on in the kitchen so he immediately dashes out of the kitchen, leaving everyone else behind him.

You felt his presence leave you, as he passes by you. You bit your lower lip, holding in the tears that were forming in your eyes now.

Everyone else exchanged glances with one another, wondering what they should do now.

Mashiho switched off the stove, knowing that he should at least save their meals from getting burnt since he had a feeling that what had happened would take up some time to be solved.

Yedam lets out a heavy sigh, deciding to approach you since you wouldn’t stop staring at the paper bag in your hands now.

“Damn,” Jihoon muttered to himself as he tossed the knife that he had been holding since just now. He shook his head as he made his way to leave the kitchen.

As he passed by Hyunsuk, his hyung raised a hand, implying him to stop.

“What is it, hyung?” Jihoon said in an exasperated tone.

“Go easy on him,” Hyunsuk adviced, knowing that Jihoon would definitely go to console his best friend.

“Hm.” Jihoon hummed as he nods. He leaves the kitchen, not sparing a glance at you.

 *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Junkyu’s Room)

Junkyu closed the door behind him. He started breathing raggedly, his breaths uncontrollable by now. Is he having a panic attack right now?

He tried to walk towards his bed, but instead, his legs failed him. He ended up kneeling on the floor instead, trying to catch his breath.

He kept imagining the pained look you gave him earlier. He knew, he had hurt you. He had hurt you bad. He messed up badly this time.

Junkyu clenched his fists, his chest hurting, his head throbbing. He felt pain all over. Why? Why did he have to utter all those nonsense about you? He didn’t mean all of it. He really didn’t. He cares about you.

Junkyu lets out a soft sob, unable to hold his tears this time. He felt his tears streaming down his cheeks by now.

“Junkyu!” He heard Jihoon’s voice calling his name.

Jihoon hurriedly closed the door behind him, quickly approaching his best friend who was close to collapsing onto the floor.

Jihoon wrapped his arms around Junkyu, pulling his best friend up to his feet, dragging him over towards the bed.

Once he had made sure Junkyu was already sitting comfortably on the bed, Jihoon sat down on the floor, facing Junkyu.

Junkyu covered his face with his hands, softly sobbing into them.

“Junkyu…”

“Stop. Please, stop. I know. I know,” he said, his sobs getting louder.

Jihoon placed his hand onto Junkyu’s knee, patting it gently. He couldn’t bear watching Junkyu cry like this. It’s rare enough to see Junkyu cry about something but right now, seeing him as a sobbing mess, Jihoon couldn’t help but sympathise him.

“I hurt her, hyung. I hurt her. I’m a horrible person!” Junkyu tried to speak up this time, his sobs a little under control now.

Jihoon shook his head. “No, no Junkyu. You’re not a bad person. You slipped, that’s all. Okay? You didn’t mean what you said, did you?”

Junkyu wiped the tear streaks on his face with the back of his hand. He shook his head furiously, “No way! I don’t! I really don’t. I just—I was just upset when Yedam said Chani and y/n looked like a couple…I…I don’t want to have to picture them being together, hyung!”

“I know, I know…” Jihoon answered softly, his hand still patting Junkyu’s knee gently.

“Hyung….how do I fix this…? Y/n must hate me right now,”

“No…she wouldn’t, okay? Y/n is a nice person, she wouldn’t hate you in one day,” Jihoon assured his best friend.

Junkyu shook his head again. “No! She would, she deserves to hate me!”

Junkyu took a deep breath, trying to control his own ragged breathing.

Pushing his hair to the back with one hand, Junkyu continued, “I told you…I told you, didn’t I? That liking her would bring us something like this,”

“Junkyu, there’s nothing wrong with you liking y/n, okay?”

“No, hyung! You know this. You can see it too, right?”

Junkyu lets out another heavy sigh.

“Yah…Kim Junkyu…it’s all gonna be alright, get it?”

Junkyu kept quiet for a while, sniffling once or twice. He contemplated for a while before asking his hyung another question.

“You said last time that you had a feeling that someone would like y/n among us, and you said that you knew who it was going to be, right??”

Jihoon nodded, remembering the talk they had after you all had that first lunch-meet with y/n.

“That person…who was it?” Junkyu’s eyes were now staring into Jihoon’s.

“I—” Jihoon lets out a sigh. “What are you talking about? Of course it’s you! Why do you think I keep pushing you to talk to her? Why do I keep teasing you about y/n? I even made sure y/n sits opposite you most of the time whenever we eat together, just so you both could stare at each other’s faces,”

Junkyu wiped his tear-stained eyes again. “W-what?” he sniffled.

“Duh! The moment we first met y/n, I had a feeling you both were attracted to each other. You both just needed a little push, that’s all.” Jihoon was no longer patting his best friend’s knee now, seeing that he had stopped crying.

“Hyung…”

“Aigoo! Look at you, crying like this. Yah, how are you going to face y/n later?” Jihoon chuckled softly, teasing Junkyu.

“Y-yah. I’m still handsome,”

“Pfft, yeah sure. Tell that to your red nose and puffy eyes,”

Junkyu swallowed the invisible lump in his throat, a small smile creeping on his lips as he succumbed to Jihoon’s teasing.

Jihoon lets out a sigh.

“Hyung…can I ask you a question?”

“Hm? What is it?”

“You see it too, right?

“See what?”

Junkyu clicked his tongue. “Tsk, you know, hyung. I know, you know.”

“Junkyu I don’t have time for your out-of-the-world curiosity,” Jihoon said as he shook his head.

“Aw come on hyung. You know. You know…that I’m not the only one who likes y/n, right?”

“Duhh, of course! It’s you and that Chani kid,”

Junkyu shook his head again. “No. Someone else. Someone else in our group.”

Jihoon’s eyes widened. “W-what?”

And as if on cue, Junkyu’s bedroom door opened.

Both of them turned to see—Hyunsuk entering, closing the door right after.

“Hyunsuk-hyung.” Both Junkyu and Jihoon said at the same time.

 *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Kitchen)

When Jihoon left the kitchen to go console Junkyu who had stormed off, Yedam and Hyunsuk stayed by your side to make sure you were okay.

You were still staring at the paper bag in your hand.

You had planned to return Junkyu’s shirt today, and maybe talk to him. It’s funny how you sort of miss him, when in reality, the both of you usually only made small talk with each other.

“Y/n, I…” Yedam tried to speak, but then he stopped. He shook his head. He wouldn’t know how to fix this right now. All that he knew was that you must have felt sad after hearing what his hyung said earlier.

Hyunsuk pulled you closer to him, wrapping one arm around you, causing you to lean your head against his shoulder.

“I’m so sorry y/n” he whispered to you.

Yedam stood still beside the both of you, his face still showing concern over you. He should have stopped Junkyu much earlier, he thought.

Doyoung and Mashiho, who were still near the kitchen stove too, watched over you, not continuing their cooking.

You tried your best to not feel sad, you didn’t want your friends to worry over you too much. But how? You still felt the sharp pain in your chest, and you know it’s not a heart attack that you’re having right now.

You let yourself lean comfortably in Hyunsuk’s arm that was wrapped around you, and without realising, a tear flowed down your cheek.

“Y/n,” Yedam said in a sad tone when he noticed you crying.

Hyunsuk immediately wrapped both his arms around you, hugging you close to him. “Shh, shh, I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry y/n,”

You closed your eyes and you felt your tears wetting your cheeks even more now. Crap. You’re crying now.

Yedam looked around the room, noticing that both Doyoung and Mashiho were looking super sad as they watched you silently crying in Hyunsuk’s arms.

“I…I just…” You said softly.

“Hm? What is it, y/n?” Hyunsuk leaned close to you, wanting to hear what you were saying clearly.

“I just…” you stopped to swallow a silent sob before continuing, “I just wanted to see him…I just wanted to return his shirt, that’s all. I didn’t know…that all these while I was annoying him,” your voice straining as you said the final words that pained you.

Hyunsuk and Yedam exchanged glances with each other.

After a few minutes of silently sobbing, you slowly lifted your head from Hyunsuk’s embrace, making him releasing his arms from you gently.

You wiped your tears and took a deep breath. “Hyunsuk,”

“Yes?”

“Could you help me return this to him?” you asked, as you pushed the paper bag in your hand to his.

“N-now?”

“Anytime works. I…I don’t think I should see him for now. He’s…clearly annoyed with me being here,” you said half-jokingly. You tried to giggle when you said this, but it only made you sound even sadder than you look right now.

Hyunsuk held onto the bag that you gave him. “Sure. I’ll give it to him. Don’t worry, he’s not annoyed with you, I’m sure of that,” he said, trying to assure you.

You chuckled softly. “Clearly he is, but it’s okay.”

You took a deep breath and pushed your hair behind your ears. Forcing yourself to smile at your friends, you tried your best to sound okay when you said, “So, you both making lunch today?” You asked Doyoung and Mashiho that had been staring at you.

“Uhh, ah yeah. We’re making kimchi jjigae…” Doyoung answered you.

“Smells good,”

“Thanks,” Doyoung said as he nodded slightly towards you.

Mashiho turned towards the stove again, “We’ll resume cooking, alright? And then we’ll all eat together.” Mashiho turned to look at you, flashing his warm smile at you.

You smiled a small smile and nodded.

“Yedamie, you take y/n to the living room, okay? Let her rest up there. I’m gonna go check on Junkyu for a bit,” Hyunsuk said to Yedam.

“Okay, hyung.”

Hyunsuk leaned down close to you, his face levelling with yours. He stroked your cheek with one hand and said to you gently, “I’m gonna go first, okay? Don’t cry no more. It’s gonna be okay.”

You stared into his eyes for a couple seconds before nodding slowly.

And with that, Hyunsuk left the kitchen, your paper bag consisting of Junkyu’s shirt in his hand.

Yedam linked his arm around yours, “Come on y/n. Let’s rest up in the living room, okay?”

 *

Treasure Dorm #1 (Living Room)

Now, bringing you to the living room isn’t really the best idea as of the moment—

Why?

Well, you see, the moment Yedam and you approached the rest of the kids who were in the living room, they were all shocked to see your tear-stained face and flushed complexion.

Unlike the rest who were busy gaping over what they were seeing, Junghwan immediately got up on his feet and rushed over to you.

“Noona! What happened? Why…? Did you cry earlier??”

“Shh, let y/n sit first,” Yedam said softly to the maknae.

Haruto got up from his seat on the sofa and pointed towards the seat, telling you to sit there.

You were still in a daze after your crying earlier so you simply complied with whatever they told you to do.

Finally sitting down, you leaned back against the cushion behind you.

Yoshi, who was sitting closely beside Jeongwoo and Jaehyuk after helping them clean up earlier, decided to go to the kitchen to get you some water since you looked restless at the moment.

Asahi, who was seated beside you right now, turned to look at you—his usual expressionless face showing.

“So…what exactly happened…” Jeongwoo said slowly.

Yedam sat down on the floor, close to the boy asking the question and lets out a sigh.

“Something…happened in the kitchen.”

“Like…?”

“Just…something.” Yedam answered simply.

“That’s not very helpful Yedam,” Jaehyuk said this time. “How are we supposed to know what happened if you don’t tell us,”

You bit your lower lip as you felt it quivering again. It’s all happening again. You could still hear Junkyu’s voice in the back of your head, even when you’re shutting your eyes right now.

“Y/n is annoying.”

Your chest felt tight once again. You opened your eyes and sat up straight, surprising the rest who were still prodding Yedam to tell them what happened.

You stood up from the sofa and looked around you. The faces of your friends showing a mixture of concern and confusion.

You shook your head. “I…I think I’ll leave now,”

You were about to leave but then Yedam quickly grabs your hand. “Y/n? Aren’t you joining us for lunch?”

You shook your head slowly. “Maybe next time, okay?” you said, your voice shaking now. You looked at Yedam, your eyes glossy with tears that you were trying to hold back.

“Y/n…”

“It’s okay! I’m okay!” You said as you faked a laugh.

Yedam hesitantly lets go of your hand. He didn’t want you to go. But he also didn’t want to force you.

You quickly walked towards the house entrance, not looking back and immediately grabbing your shoes in your hand, as you leave the front door.

Yedam lets out a heavy sigh once you were gone from their sight.

“Hyung, what happened…?” Haruto asked this time.

Yedam sighs again before saying, “I’ll tell you all about it in a bit. I need to go tell Hyunsuk-hyung that Y/n left,”

 *

 Treasure’s Dorm #1 (Front door)

The moment you stepped out of their dorm, the door shutting behind you, you walked as fast as you could, hoping that you’ll be far enough from them for now.

It was at least few metres away from their dorm’s door that you stopped to lean your side against the wall of the corridor to control your breathing.

You felt out of breath because you had been holding in your tears, and now…it’s just hurting you.

Slowly, your shoulder still resting against the wall, you slide down to your feet. By now you’re already kneeling on the floor with your palm holding onto the wall for support.

A loud sob escaped your lips. Ah crap. Now you’re starting to cry out the tears you’ve been holding in. And you’re doing it in public too.

But could you blame yourself for being this sad and dramatic?

“Y/n is annoying.”

You shook your head, trying to stop yourself from hearing to those words over again.

Is this your first time being called annoying? Maybe. But would you care if anyone called you annoying? No.

Then why was this hurting you too much?

Was it because you thought that Junkyu and you were finally becoming friends?

You thought the both of you were already clicking. You thought….that maybe, Junkyu had liked being friends with you. He was more open with you recently…then why? Why did he say that about you?

You thought…ah, that’s right.

You thought.

You kept thinking that everything was working out fine with you both. You’ve never clearly thought if Junkyu himself was enjoying being friends with you.

You swallowed your sob, wiping your tears with the back of your hand.

“Silly me. He’s clearly annoyed with me all this while. He’s just too nice to say it to my face,” you muttered to yourself.

You blinked and again you felt your tears wet your cheeks.

You’re starting to feel annoyed with yourself too by now, considering you wouldn’t stop crying.

Why are you this sad?? You shook your head softly. Could it be…that you have some feelings for him? Have you caught feelings for Junkyu and yet you never realised it?

You pushed your hair back and took a deep breath, trying to stop yourself from crying again.

Slowly, you got up on your feet and tried to stand up properly now.

You should just hurry and return to your apartment unit, you thought. Maybe make yourself a cup of warm drink and just calm yourself down.

And just as you stepped forward, you suddenly felt a pair of arms pulling you from behind.

The arms hugged your waist tightly, and you felt the back of your head resting against someone’s chest.

The familiar voice said to you softly, “You’re not annoying. You were never annoying. He’s stupid to think of you that way.”

You then felt yourself being hugged closer by the boy behind you. “You…you’re so nice to us. You don’t deserve to be told as annoying at all,” he added, sounding upset.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasuremembers #alltreasuremembers #JunKyu #kim junkyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #treasurefanfic #treasurefic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 29)

Chapter 29 - Haenam

Word count: 5k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hi hi :D Yay the new chapter is up! I’m also starting work next week but I will do my best to make sure the update is up next week too :3 I love you all, take care always <3

The week finally came to an end, and it’s a Friday now so the Treasure boys had just finished their schedule for the day and was waiting for their transport to go home.

Doyoung and Jihoon were busy taking pictures of themselves in the temperature scanner’s camera whilst the rest of the boys were busy chatting with one another.

Well, except for Junkyu. He was distracted by his phone.

Now, usually it would seem normal for him to check on his phone and be oblivious with his surroundings when it was time to go home—but Junkyu wasn’t distracted by any videos or apps. He was busy going through his messages.

His eyebrows furrowed as he scrolled through his last conversation with you. He was weirded out as to why you never replied him after he had saved you from freezing to death two days ago.

Not only that, it seemed like he hasn’t seen you for these two days—which he assumed that you both weren’t lucky enough to cross paths. But that was it. You not replying his texts was just a tad too much in his opinion. It’s almost like as if you were avoiding him.

Didn’t the both of you get along well that Wednesday? Then why did it seem like you had disappeared from his life? It was almost like as if the moment you both shared never happened now.

Junkyu shook his head after an intense staring competition with his phone for the past 6 minutes.

Junkyu raised his head to look at the glass window in front of him. He wondered why their ride was later than usual today. Huh. Must be traffic.

Suddenly, Junkyu’s expression turned to fear. It suddenly dawned on him, the worst thought he’s had ever. What if y/n had blocked him off her phone? Has he crossed the line when he held your hand the other day?

Junkyu groaned to himself and kept his phone into his bag. Mentally facepalming, he began to blame himself for acting based on his feelings too much.

Out of the blue, a hand rested on his shoulder, making him turn around.

“You okay, Junkyu?” It was Hyunsuk.

“Ah, hyung. I’m fine. Why?”

“Nothing, it just seems weird to see you staring at your phone so intensely. And then you started doing expressions on your own. You know, it’s like watching a one-man show,”

“Ah! I was just thinking about some stuff,” Junkyu laughs awkwardly.

“Sure,” Hyunsuk laughs along.

Junkyu lets out a sigh. “Hyung, don’t you think our ride’s a little late today?”

“Kind of. I guess the traffic must be hectic today since it’s the weekend tomorrow.”

And just as the two of them were staring out the front doors of the building, Junkyu’s eyes spotted a fluffy creature walking up towards the entrance.

It was a cat, and the guards seemed oblivious of the creature coming up towards the entrance of the building—or they just simply don’t mind about it being there.

The cat stopped right in front of Junkyu, though on the other side of the glass doors and stretched its legs before sitting down peacefully.

Junkyu furrowed his eyebrows. Why hasn’t anyone else noticed the cat? Was it only him?

He turns to Hyunsuk beside him and sees his hyung busy replying comments on the Weverse app.

Junkyu decides to just approach the cat, and so he slowly exits the front doors and stood in front of the cat.

The cat looked up at Junkyu with its sparkly round eyes and proceeds to lick its paws.

“Omo, look at you. You’re not afraid of me, huh?” Junkyu chuckled, admitting that the cat was indeed cute.

Junkyu kneels down in front of the cat and pets it, making the cat purr in contentment from the affectionate touch.

“Aigoo, you’re such a cutie. Where did you come from?” Junkyu cooed towards the cat as he smiles happily. For a moment, he forgot about how worried he was about you not replying his texts.

While Junkyu was minding his own business and spending time with the cat outside the building, Hyunsuk felt someone bumping into him as he was busy on his phone.

“Oh, I’m so sorry!” Soomin apologised as she fixed her bag on her shoulder after accidentally bumping into Hyunsuk.

Hyunsuk shakes his head and said, “Ah, it’s fine. I’m sorry too, for standing directly in front of the door,”

Soomin smiles and bows slightly at him before exiting the doors, in which she was surprised to see another guy kneeling on the ground in front of her.

“Uh, sorry,” she said as she almost misstep when she sees Junkyu.

Junkyu raised his head to see who it was, and instantly he gets up on his feet to greet her.

“Oh no, no. Sorry, for being in the way,” he said as he bowed at Soomin.

“Oh? It’s you! Y/n’s friend!”

“Y-yeah,” Junkyu blushed the moment he heard your name being mentioned.

“Oh? That cat…” her eyes landed on the cat sitting in front of the both of them now. The cat continued licking its paw, not caring about the people staring at it.

“Uh, yeah. It was suddenly here,” Junkyu responded.

 *

Hyunsuk kept his phone inside his bag as soon as the girl he bumped into left to exit the front doors in front of him.

He was about to join the rest who were chatting up behind him, but then he noticed Junkyu greeting and talking to the girl outside.

Hyunsuk tilts his head. Who is that girl? Though he does feel like he’s seen her somewhere before.

He decides to join Junkyu outside instead, to see what they were talking about.

As soon as Hyunsuk had stepped out of the building, he approaches both Junkyu and Soomin.

Soomin was holding up her phone to her ear when Hyunsuk approached them.

“Oh, hyung!” Junkyu said to him.

“Hey,”

Soomin noticed Hyunsuk standing beside her now so she moved her phone down. “Oh, it’s you again.”

“Yeah. I wanted to ask—” but before Hyunsuk finished his sentence, his eyes spotted the cat in front of them.

“Oh! This cat!” he exclaimed out loud.

“Hm? You know this cat too?” Soomin asks him.

Hyunsuk lowers his body to look at the cat closely. He nods in response, “Yup, I remember the diamond pattern on its back. It’s the same cat!”

“Whoa, you know this cat too! I recognised it from its diamond pattern too!” Soomin said.

Junkyu looks at the both of them confusedly. “Wait, whose cat is this?”

“I’m not sure of its original owner but I remember the lady from the stationary shop not far from our company feeding it couple of times,” Soomin answered.

“Oh? Oh as for me, I first saw this cat when I first met Y/n,” Hyunsuk answers as well.

Soomin turns to look at Hyunsuk, “Ah, so you’re a friend of Y/n as well then,”

Hyunsuk smiles and nods proudly.

“Nice to meet you, I’m y/n’s team leader,”

“Ah, I see,”

“Hmm but that’s weird. This cat rarely comes to this side. It’s always on the other side—nearby our company’s block. It’s usually napping in the stationary shop too,” Soomin said, her mind going back to the cat in front of her.

“Really?” Hyunsuk asks.

“Yup. I took a picture of it just now and sent it to the lady of the shop just to re-confirm. Just in case it is hers and had gone on an adventure on its own,” Soomin chuckles. “Ah but she hasn’t responded. She’s not picking up her calls too,” she added.

Hyunsuk and Junkyu nods at her and the both of them looked back at the cat that was just sitting, chilling on its own.

Junkyu knelt back down to pet it, leaving Hyunsuk thinking on his own about the cat.

Hyunsuk finds it odd to see the cat here—especially after not seeing it for some time now. What is it doing here? And why does it stop specifically, here, at the YG Building?

“Alright! The lady replied!” Soomin said in all of sudden as she taps on her phone.

“Oh? What did she say?” Junkyu asks, his hand still stroking the purring cat’s fur.

“Oh gosh! It’s indeed her cat! She said the cat went missing for two days now. She also said that the same thing happened last month too, the cat being lost for two days and then returning to the store on its own as if nothing happened,” Soomin reads from her phone screen. “I guess that’s why she didn’t bother to find it, huh. She must’ve believed the cat to return again after two days.”

“Aw, so we should just let it on its own?” Junkyu asked.

“Nah, I’ll take it back to her. My place isn’t that far from our company’s block either,” Soomin said as she keeps her phone back into her handbag.

Hyunsuk listened to their conversation. His mind was thinking. Thinking about how coincidental it was to meet this cat again. And today was the first time he’s met your team leader.

Was this a sign?

Truthfully, Hyunsuk has been looking for a sign to talk to you. After you had went missing, and then finding out that Junkyu had spent time with you alone—he figured that it’s best if he doesn’t intervene with what’s going on between you and his friend.

But then again, it’s not wrong to ask you if you’re doing okay, right?

Though, he noticed that your status in the chat app had been offline for some days now. He also noticed how he hasn’t been seeing you around lately. Have you gone back to your own company?

Soomin was tapping on her phone, probably texting someone, when she felt a finger tapping her shoulder.

“Yes?”

“Uhh, I was just wondering…is Y/n doing okay? I don’t think I’ve seen her online or anywhere around in the building this week. Has she gone back to work at your company’s building?”

“Oh, that.” Soomin paused. She turns around and sees Junkyu looking at her too now. She could sense a strange aura going on between these two. They seemed…extra worried about you, she thought.

Soomin looks down at her phone for a while, putting it away again into her bag like before.

“Well…she’s not here.”

“Huh? What do you mean?” Hyunsuk asks.

“Well…gosh, I don’t want to keep this away from you guys since you seem to be really concerned about her…” she paused again. “Okay, I’ll let you in on something, but you have to promise me that you never heard this from me, get it?” she continued, giving in to both Junkyu and Hyunsuk’s worried expression.

 *

Treasure’s Dorm #1

The hyungs of the group have all gathered in Hyunsuk’s room after dinnertime, discussing on the new information that Soomin had given earlier.

“Wait, are we really gonna do this?” Yedam asks his other hyungs, him being the youngest in the room at the moment.

“Well, technically we’re not all going,” Hyunsuk shrugs as he continued going through the clothes in his closet.

“Do we have a proper plan though?” Yoshi asked this time.

All of them exchanged looks with one another, not sure if they all have a real plan for this matter.

“Hold on, hold on, hold on.” Jihoon said to everyone. He looked like he was thinking through about what they were all discussing.

“So let me recap on what we have discussed so far—Soomin, Y/n’s team leader told you both;” he points at both Junkyu and Hyunsuk, “that Y/n was sent back to her hometown by their boss. And now we’re planning to go visit her there, am I correct?”

The rest of the boys in the room nods at his statement.

“Okay, but did she say how long Y/n will be there?” Jihoon added.

“She wasn’t entirely sure, she said. She only knew the rough details ‘cause her boss only told her that he’s sent her away that’s all. She even said she couldn’t contact Y/n,” Hyunsuk answered.

“Huh, same thing happened to me. I can’t get a hold of Y/n either,” Junkyu confessed.

Jihoon lets out a sigh. “Alright then, I guess we could go…”

“Wait—we’re all going?? Who’s going to take care of the kids while we’re gone though?” Jaehyuk asked, raising his concern on leaving their dongsaengs here in the city on their own.

“Can I just stay back? I don’t feel the need to go in big groups anyway,” Asahi said as he raised his hand.

“Sahi has a point,” Hyunsuk nods in agreement.

“Okay, what about if we just send one representative per dorm? Wouldn’t that be fair?” Mashiho suggested.

“Hey, that’s not a bad idea at all!” Jaehyuk said excitedly.

“Then it’s set, I volunteer to stay back and watch over the kids in Dorm 3,” Asahi said as he leans back against Hyunsuk’s bed.

Yedam looks at Jaehyuk, realising that it was between him and his hyung that would tag along in their trip to see you. “Hyung…”

“Oh gosh. I mean…I could stay…but I really want to tag along on this trip,” Jaehyuk said as he thinks out loud. “I’m on my college semester break too, so I could really use this break…” he adds, a slight pout as he says this.

Yedam snickered at his hyung, deciding that he should just give in since he felt that Jaehyuk-hyung hasn’t spent that much time talking to you as much as he did. Maybe he should let Jaehyuk-hyung see you instead.

“Okay hyung, it’s okay. I’ll stay with Asahi-hyung and Junghwan,” Yedam grinned.

“Really?? Thank you Yedamie! You’re definitely the best!” Jaehyuk said happily as he scoots over to where Yedam was sitting to give him a hug.

Jihoon smiled as he watches Yedam and Jaehyuk hugging and giggling at each other. He thought that Yedam would have gone with the trip since he was close to you but he admired how Yedam had backed off for his hyung instead.

“Wow Yedam, that’s nice of you,” he said as showed a thumbs up to the younger boy. He then turns to Mashiho who was sitting beside him. “So, Shiho? Who’s it gonna be between us two?” He chuckled as he says this, thinking that it was easier to make a choice this time since they were the only two from Dorm 2 in the room.

Mashiho gave him a knowing look and smiled his cute smile, “Duhh hyung. You know I’d pick to stay. Besides, I can’t stand being away from the dorm for too long. Imagine having to clean up after all the mess that you all would leave when I’m gone,” he laughed as he said this, reminding them of that time when he went back to Japan last year and how he had immediately worked on cleaning the dorm when he came back to Korea.

Jihoon ruffles Mashiho’s hair. “Eyy it wasn’t that dirty you know? You just miss cleaning our dorm that’s all,”

Mashiho shrugs and smiled back at his hyung.

“Well then, that’s settled. I’ll be going on behalf of Dorm 2,” Jihoon announced.

“Niceeee! It’s the two of us, hyung!” Jaehyuk clapped his hands in excitement seeing that Jihoon was going to be with him for the trip.

“So that leaves Dorm 1…” Yedam’s voice trailed off when he realised how difficult of a choice it must be for Dorm 1 to pick a representative to go since…both Hyunsuk and Junkyu are in the dorm.

Hyunsuk and Junkyu looked at each other the same time, completely forgetting that Yoshi was in their dorm as well.

Yoshi, oblivious that the other two were in heavy thoughts just thinking about who gets to go and see you, raised his hand as he smiles his usual gentle smile. “How long are we gonna be visiting Y/n?”

“Til Sunday I suppose. I don’t think we can take leave so abruptly too. So we’re just gonna go tomorrow and then come back Sunday night?” Hyunsuk answered.

“Oh, cool,” Yoshi smiled. “A road trip sounds fun,”

Hyunsuk and Junkyu both turned to look at Yoshi, now realising that it was between the three of them.

“Hyung…do you want to go…?” Junkyu asked slowly.

“Sure! It sounds fun. Besides, I’ve never been to Haenam,” Yoshi answered happily. “Ah but uhh, maybe I should stay? I should stay back and watch out for Haruto,” he added, his smile fading when he noticed his Hyunsuk-hyung’s face pouting in worry.

“Ahh, so you’re not going then?” Junkyu asked as he scratches his own head awkwardly.

“Yeah. I mean, I’m not,” Yoshi said. “It’s okay, either one of you can go. I’m fine with going next time,” Yoshi smiled.

Junkyu nods at this and licks his lips. How will they pick though? Obviously Hyunsuk-hyung would want to go and meet you as much as he does, no?

Hyunsuk kept thinking about how if he doesn’t get to go this time, he wouldn’t know when he’ll meet you again next time. Maybe he should try convincing you to come back, he thought. That is—if he gets to go.

Now of course the boys had no idea that you were purely sent back by your boss to your hometown ‘til only Sunday—they thought you were sent back for a month or two because of what had happened. Silly fellas. Correction; silly but adorable fellas.

“This is bad. I can’t decide on who should go,” Hyunsuk sighs out loud again. He wants to go. He wants to see you badly. He misses you. But he knows, Junkyu was rightful to go too.

His eyes glanced over towards his younger friend. Junkyu was biting his lower lip, face deep in thoughts.

Jihoon too, grew worried about this. Even he couldn’t pick who amongst those two should go for the trip. He knew very well that both those boys were in love with you.

“Man I wish we could all just go,” Yedam said jokingly, though his eyes were looking down at his hands.

“Me too,” Jaehyuk agrees. He notices that the mood in the room somehow feels solemn. Why though?

Hyunsuk takes a deep breath and turns to Junkyu. “Okay Junkyu. How’s it gonna be? Do you want to go or should I go?”

Junkyu kept quiet. I should go. After all, you told me to confess to Y/n. This was what he had in mind. But then he didn’t have the heart to say it. How could he? Hyunsuk-hyung is such a good friend to him.

“Should we take a vote?” Asahi suddenly says, making everyone lift their heads to look at him. “I think that would be fairer,”

“Yeah, I feel like we could do that since Hyunsuk-hyung and Junkyu-hyung seems to be having a hard time deciding,” Mashiho said, supporting Asahi’s idea.

Asahi nods at his hyung. “Alright then. If that’s the case, I vote for Junkyu-hyung to go.”

But of course, Asahi picks Junkyu. He was one of the firsts to find out about Junkyu-hyung liking you. Yet again, he had no idea about his other hyung liking you too.

“Hmm, since Asahi chose Junkyu-hyung, I choose the same then!” Jaehyuk says, showing his cute whisker smile. Asahi smiled seeing his hyung’s cute behaviour.

Yoshi raises his hand and said softly, “I vote for Hyunsuk-hyung,” which earned him a grateful smile from Hyunsuk.

“Mashi?” Asahi asks the bright-eyed hyung.

“Junkyu-hyung?” Mashiho answered.

Yedam and Jihoon felt the tension rising in the room. This voting method is just adding pressure to them. They couldn’t tell who deserved to go more than the other.

“Yedam? You wanna vote first?” Mashiho asks this time.

“Uhh, I guess…” Yedam rubbed the back of his neck. “I guess Hyunsuk-hyung…”

Hyunsuk held his breath. He was one vote less than Junkyu. Maybe he should stop packing at this rate. He stops rummaging through his closet and decides to just sit down and let Junkyu go. He gave up on you once, what’s twice, right?

Jihoon on the other hand was having a hard time as well. How could he choose? They’re both his close friends. One was the person he had always pushed to be with you, and the other is his hyung that clearly liked you first from the moment he met you.

“Well, Jihoon-hyung?” Junkyu asks his best friend, his nerves rising.

“Damn y’all. Why’d you guys have to put me in this spot,” Jihoon complained.

 *

Haenam (Saturday / The next morning (6am))

“Y/n! Hurry, get up! We’re going to the market!” your teacher called out to you from downstairs.

“What?” You pushed your covers off your face and noticed that the Sun was barely up outside your window.

“Aunt Nari! It’s barely morning!” You whined, still laying down.

“Nonsense! I told you that I’ll bring you to the market this weekend, didn’t I? Now hurry, the chicken eggs are gonna get sold out!” Aunt Nari answered you.

You groaned out loud as you get up from your mattress. Usually on Saturdays you would be sleeping in, you thought. Waking up early on a weekday was no problem for you since you’re used to getting up for work. But this early on a Saturday?? Absurd.

Your eyes glanced over the lifeless junk phone your boss gave you. You scowled at it, disappointed that you couldn’t do much with it at all. You couldn’t even text your Treasure friends because the only numbers saved by your boss was his mum’s, your team leader’s and some other colleagues from the HR department—in case you needed to extend your leave, he said. You rolled your eyes at the thought of extending your stay. If anything, you wanted to go back to working and meeting your friends.

Sighing out loud, you fold your mattress and bed cover lazily before shuffling to the bathroom to wash up.

 *

Haenam (still morning)

It was around 9am when the Treasure boys got off their van as their manager that drove them to Haenam that morning dropped them off at the small bus terminal located not far from the town centre.

Jihoon stretched out his arms, letting go of all the knots he’s gathered from sitting in the vehicle for four hours.

“Thanks hyung. See you Sunday night,” Hyunsuk said as he thanked and said goodbye to their manager before he drives off back to the city.

Seeing that their manager had drove off, Hyunsuk turns to face his other friends that had tag along on this trip in meeting you. “So, where to first?”

“Let’s get some breakfast first? We woke up at 5am today, hyung. I haven’t got to eat anything,” Jaehyuk whined whilst patting his tummy.

“Aigoo, we had to wake up early anyways. Y/n’s hometown is literally a 4-hour drive from the city,” Jihoon said.

Hyunsuk glanced over his watch, “It’s only 9am. I think there should be some food—Junkyu-aa what are you doing,” Hyunsuk stopped his sentence to call out to Junkyu who was roaming not far behind them all.

Oh? What’s that? How did Junkyu tag along when Hyunsuk was here as well? You see…Jihoon had voted for Hyunsuk the night before—making both of the boys having even votes; which leads to them both going because the whole room was too tired to do another voting round.

Anyways, back to the story:

Junkyu looks around, with his curious expression. “I’m trying to figure out where Y/n’s house is hyung,”

Jihoon snickered watching his friend’s adorable behaviour. Shaking his head, he said, “Yah yah, come back here. You might get lost. FYI, no one’s gonna help a lost adult—especially one well-dressed like you,” he points out at Junkyu’s choice of outfit today. Junkyu was wearing his light creamish yellow Supreme pants topped with his BonBon hoodie. “Instead, you might get robbed if you get lost,” Jihoon added.

Junkyu walked back to his friends, pouting.

Jaehyuk chuckles and ruffles his hyung’s hair. “It’s okay, hyung! We’ll find Y/n soon. Hyunsuk-hyung knows where Y/n’s house is, right?” he turns to look at Hyunsuk.

“What? Oh, oh sure, yeah. Soomin-ssi mentioned that Y/n’s house is not far opposite a small tea plant yard.”

Jihoon looks around the area they are in. “I don’t think I see any tea farm nearby, hyung. It must be a little away from this town here,”

“So uh, are we getting food first?” Jaehyuk asks.

“Sure, sure.” Jihoon smiles as he wraps an arm around Jaehyuk’s shoulders. “Oh, that looks like a market area, let’s head there and see if they sell any food,”

 *

Haenam (Local Market / Morning)

The Treasure boys entered the market, their eyes scanning each and every stall to see if there were any food to buy. Truthfully, there were plenty of foods being sold but they were trying to find one that suits their palette for the morning.

And of course, the moment they entered the market area, they were oblivious by the stares given by the local aunts, uncles, elders there. The people there couldn’t stop staring as the boys passed by them—exuding such an attractive aura around them. You know how like when the F4 boys enters a building in that kdrama series ‘Boys Over Flowers’? Yeah, they literally shine like that fhshshs.

Jaehyuk stopped over at one particular stall that was making potato jjeon. He smiles at the aunt who was busy making the pancakes on the pan, “Aunty, how much are you selling the jjeons?”

“Aigoo young man, can’t you see the sign?? It’s said there, right there. $3 for 6 pieces,” she answered in a nagging tone, her eyes and hands still busy cooking the jjeon.

“Ah, sorry, I didn’t notice the sign,” Jaehyuk smiles apologetically. “If that’s the case, I’ll have 6 pieces then,”

The aunt sighs as she places her spatula down. She lifts her head and was immediately taken aback to see four of the Treasure boys standing in front of her stall.

“Oh gosh! Omo omo! What are you doing standing so close to the pan?? It’s hot oh my god! It might hurt your handsome faces!” she gestured in a flustered way, asking the boys to stand at the right side of her stall.

“Oh sorry—” Jaehyuk apologised again, but was interrupted by the aunt.

“Nonsense! It’s not your fault at all! I should have put the pan somewhere far in the back!” she laughs. “Now, how much was it you wanted? 6 pieces. Aigoo, I’ll give 20—all on the house!” she hurriedly grabs a paper bag to pack the jjeons into the bag.

“Huh? W-wait—” Jaehyuk stuttered.

“Aunty no, no there’s no need for that,” Hyunsuk added, panicking because it almost seemed like they were taking advantage of the aunty.

“Aigoo! Handsome boys like you all shouldn’t eat so little,” she said as she smiles. She hands the bag over to Jaehyuk.

“Thanks,” Jaehyuk smiles again, swooning the aunt all over again. “Oh and sorry for not reading the sign earlier,”

“What? Pshh the sign is old! My handwriting is probably unclear too,” she said as she tosses the price sign away behind her. RIP sign.

The four of them smiles awkwardly at the aunt, feeling bad for receiving such special treatment.

“Are you boys from Seoul?” She asks, her eyes twinkling in excitement.

“Y-yeah,” Jihoon answers.

“Aigoo! How nice! Are you all here for a holiday?”

“Kind of. We’re meeting a friend here. Just a short trip,” Hyunsuk explained as he smiles.

Junkyu nods along. “Ah, right. Aunty, do you happen to know…Y/n? She’s from around here, from what we were told,”

The aunt stopped to think for a while. “Y/n? Oh? The girl who always wears her hair in a braid? There was a girl I know that likes to wear braids on her hair with the same name,”

The boys looked at each other. They weren’t sure if that was you though. You had always let your hair down at work, also when you all hang out together. The only time you ever braided your hair was when they had lunch with you that one time.

“Oh that…we’re not too sure…” Hyunsuk replied as he rubs the back of his neck.

“Hmm…Y/n… it could be her…” The aunt said to herself.

“Did someone mention Y/n?” A voice joined in on the conversation.

All of the Treasure boys and the aunt turned to look at the guy who was standing in front of the stall beside them.

He had straight, dark brown hair—hair worn down as it covers his forehead, showing his brown almond-shaped eyes. He also has a cute nose; paired with a cute smile.

“Y-yeah, do you know her?” Hyunsuk finally asks, almost getting distracted by this guy’s visuals.

“Depends. Are we talking about the same Y/n?” he chuckles as he hands the payment for the food he bought at the stall beside him.

“Well, she’s around this tall,” Jaehyuk pointed below his shoulder, “and has somewhat bright eyes, mid-length straight hair…”

“Ah, she likes to smile and laugh at every little thing.?” The guy adds in.

“Uhh…” Jaehyuk stopped describing. The boys weren’t too sure if that was you because you weren’t the type to smile all the time or laugh a lot around them. If any, you were quite formal around them, they realised.

“She has a pretty smile, she has an eye-smile too. Uhh, what else…” Junkyu says as he tries to describe you this time. “She has this habit of rolling her eyes when she disagrees with something, she uh—”

The guy beside them laughs slightly at their efforts of describing. “It’s okay it’s okay, I get it,” He walks up closer towards them. “You all from the city?”

The Treasure boys nod their heads at his question.

“I think I might know who you’re referring to though. In all seriousness. I’m meeting a friend of mine later on. You guys wanna tag along?”

“Erm…” the four of them looked at each other, wondering if they should trust this stranger.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefanfic #treasurefic #teufic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 28)

Chapter 28 - Warm

Word count: 5.4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello~ How’s everyone doing? Here’s the next chapter ^^ Hope you all have a good week too <3 love you all! 🧡

YGE Building (Cafeteria / Guest Room)

You hesitantly sat down in the chair Junkyu told you to sat in before he went scurrying out of the room.

You looked around, noticing the small paintings hung on the wall of the room. There was only one large, long table in the middle of the room, and you being the only person sitting at the edge of it only makes you feel smaller than you already do. You wondered what room this was and why did Junkyu took you here instead of the usual cafeteria area outside.

You sniffled, noticing your nose feeling runny again. Rubbing the side of your arms, you got out of your chair to check on the switches that were on the wall beside the door. You were hoping to find something that could help raise the temperature of the room.

You found a small monitor that was showing numbers and you recognised it as the AC/Heater control. You lift your fingers and tapped on the button to increase the temperature, but as soon as your finger lands on the button, the door beside you was pushed open.

“Whoa! Oh my god, Junkyu don’t scare me like that!” you chimed at him.

Junkyu entered and closed the door behind him with his elbow since his hands were occupied carrying a food tray.

“Yah, I’m the one who was supposed to be surprised! What are you doing hiding beside the door?”

You placed your hands on your hips and frowned at him. “I wasn’t hiding. I was trying to get the room warmer,” you lift your finger to point at the temperature panel beside you.

Junkyu shook his head at you and proceeds towards the table in the middle of the room. “Come on,”

You followed behind him, wondering what he has on the tray he was carrying.

Junkyu places the tray on the table, just in time as you popped your head from behind him and peeking over what he brought.

Junkyu smiled to himself, thinking that you were kind of cute, like a kid curious to know the insides of a cookie jar.

Still smiling, he pulled your arm gently and lead you towards the chair at the edge of the table, pushing you down to sit in it.

You followed his lead and watched as he lifts the medium-sized bowl of some broth and places it in front of you.

With his height hovering beside you, you raised your head to meet his eyes. You blinked a couple times, showing how you don’t understand what was going on.

Junkyu held himself back from pinching your cheeks as you stared at him with your clueless face. Instead, he rolled his eyes at you and points at the bowl.

“Eat up,” he said to you.

“What?”

“Gosh y/n, must I spell everything out to you??” he said in an annoyed tone, but he was smiling at you as he said this. He pulled the chair beside him and sat closely beside you. He passes you the spoon and scooped up some of the broth and showed it to you.

“Like this, get it? You eat this,”

You scowled at him and slapped his arm, making him break into a fit of giggles. Your scowl didn’t last long though. Because the moment you saw Junkyu’s playful laugh, you felt your heart doing flips. He looked ethereal even in this dimly lit room.

“I know how to eat,” you replied smugly at him and grabbed the spoon from his hand. You sipped the broth and instantly you felt a spread of warmth all over your cold body.

Junkyu noticed your expression staring at the soup in shock, “Is it that good?”

You turned to him, eyes sparkling in amazement. “I feel so warm already! It’s so good!”

Junkyu was amused by your reaction so unintentionally his hands went over and pats your head.

You were startled by his sudden act of affection so the spoon in your hand accidentally slipped out of your hand—but luckily it fell into the bowl in front of you.

“Omo, are you okay? Is your hand having a cramp?” his expression changed to concern.

You shook your head and grabbed the spoon again. You looked down at the bowl in front of you and began eating the soup a little quicker, avoiding Junkyu’s eyes that were looking at you.

“Ah! There are potatoes too in there,” he said to you, to which you nodded at without looking at him still.

You wondered what hit him though. Why was he being so nice to you today? Did he eat something wrong? Okay but to be fair, he’s always been nice when it’s just the two of you. It’s only when there are other people in the room that he acts mostly cold and doesn’t talk much to you. Why though?

You furrowed your eyebrows and placed the spoon down.

Turning to him, you asked, “Yah, Kim Junkyu. Why are you suddenly so nice to me? Last I checked, you were annoyed with me,”

Junkyu scoffed at you, “Yahh how could you do this to me. I told you I was sorry!”

“Sorry doesn’t heal my wounded heart, you know?”

“But I stayed in the cold with you! I mustered all my courage and apologised sincerely,” he said, patting his chest to show how sincere he was.

“Hmm sure,” you replied expressionlessly.

“Heyyy I really was being sincere! Look, I was so worried about you catching a cold I literally brought you to this room and got you some warm soup too. This room was supposed to be used for special guests okay! I didn’t even make any reservations—” he blurted out. “I really, really was worried for you—look, my hands are still cold too,” he added as he grabbed your hands in his.

His cold hands touching your hands that are warmer now caught you by surprise. It wasn’t just the fact that his hands were cold surprised you, but the fact that he was holding your hands firmly in his yet again.

You fell quiet. You felt your heart beating fast.

Junkyu too, fell silent when he noticed that you were staring at his hands holding on to yours.

Okay Kim Junkyu. You made your point. Let go of her hands now.

Now.

And 1..2..3.. let go!

His hands stayed holding yours. Junkyu gulped to himself. He didn’t want to let go. Your warm hands felt right being in his cold ones. He wants to just stay here, holding your hands.

“J-junkyu…” you said softly.

“I’m sorry,” he said in return.

You shook your head at him and smiled at him, “It’s okay. I forgive you,”

“R-really?”

You nod at him. “Yup. Thank you…for finding me, and trying to keep me warm,” you giggled slightly as you eyed the bowl of soup on the table.

Junkyu’s eyes landed on the bowl as well and he looks down in embarrassment, “I’m sorry, you should keep eating before it gets cold,”

“Okay,” you say as you slowly slip your hands out of his hold.

“Ah, wait!”

“Hm?”

“I…uh, can I uh…can I hold your hand for one more minute? Just to uh, make my hands a little warmer,” he asks, his cheeks turning red from the bold request.

“Okay, sure. Only if you help me finish this bowl of broth too. No offense but it’s a little too much for me,” you grinned.

Junkyu nods his head profusely at you, making you smile at his cute action.

 *

YGE Building (Treasure’s Practice Room / Evening)

Junkyu entered the room, startling all his other members who have just finished their own dance practice.

“Wahh Kim Junkyu! Where have you been??” Hyunsuk exclaimed as soon as he sees the tall member enter.

“Uhh, is practice over?” Junkyu asked as he gives his friends a sorry smile.

“We’re about to end. You can keep your belongings before we leave the room,” Jihoon answered him as he wiped his own sweat with the small towel he brought from his dorm.

Junkyu nods at his best friend and heads towards his bag, checking if all his stuff are inside it.

“Hey hyung,” Haruto said as he approaches Junkyu.

“Hey. How was practice?”

“Meh, same old. We did solo practice today,” the younger boy said.

“Ahh, I see,” Junkyu says back. He looked around the room and noticed that the rest of the group were keeping their stuff into their bags as well. He figured that they were all probably fine with him being gone for the couple of hours.

“Where were you, hyung,” Haruto asked, his eyes staring at his hyung.

“I…why? Was everyone worried?” Junkyu averted the question again, just like how he did when Hyunsuk asked earlier.

“Kind of. Hyunsuk-hyung almost ordered us to search for you but then Jihoon-hyung convinced us that you were fine and that we didn’t need to look for you,”

“Hm? Jihoon-hyung said that?” Junkyu’s eyes were now looking at Jihoon who was on the other side of the room, talking with Hyunsuk.

Again, Haruto shrugs. “We were just worried if you got caught by Chani-hyung since after lunch and getting punished he said he would continue searching for both you and y/n,”

“W-what? Why me as well??”

“I don’t know, he said something along the lines of you being the one hiding y/n something like that,” the boy replied him simply. “No offense but he’s probably imagining stuff,”

Junkyu chuckled nervously. It wasn’t entirely false to be honest. He was indeed keeping you safe from everyone else in the cafeteria’s guest room, and he did spend hours talking to you until you decided to call up Soomin and meet her somewhere else.

Grabbing his bag and wearing it, he gestured to Haruto saying that he was gonna head towards the exit of the practice room since everyone else looked like they were about to leave too.

But then, as soon as he passed by Hyunsuk and Jihoon, the elder leader stopped him.

“Junkyu, come here for a second,”

Junkyu walked over towards his hyungs. “Yeah?”

“You…Are you alright?” Hyunsuk asked, his eyes showing worry.

“Yeah, I’m fine,” Junkyu nods.

“Chani…didn’t do anything to you, right? Before he left us, he told us he’d be keeping guard near your studio,”

“Oh? He did? Ah, no worries there. I wasn’t in my studio at all,”

“Hm? Then where were you?”

Now, Junkyu was busy keeping eye contact and was totally immersed with his conversation with Hyunsuk that he didn’t notice Jihoon giving him glares to not reveal where he had been because all throughout practice Jihoon had been convincing (read: covering for Junkyu’s missingness) Hyunsuk that Junkyu was probably upset by you being missing which would be the reason why Junkyu was locking himself in his own studio.

Well, that plan didn’t work since Junkyu didn’t even spare a glance towards his best friend who was standing behind Hyunsuk.

Now back to Junkyu and Hyunsuk’s conversation:

“Ah, I was in the cafeteria’s private room— ah!” Junkyu covered his mouth with his hand when he realised what he had blurted out.

And then his eyes went to Jihoon who was groaning and shaking his head.

“What? What were you doing there?? We didn’t have a reservation for that room, Kyu-aa. You could’ve gotten into trouble!” Hyunsuk began to nag.

“I uh, I was…”

“You were…?”

“I was…with y/n there…”

“What?! You found y/n??” Hyunsuk said, a little too loud, causing the rest of the members to turn their attention towards the three of them.

“I’m sorry, hyung. I was—I was just helping her out. I found her unconscious and out in the cold so—”

“Why didn’t you tell us??” Hyunsuk interrupts Junkyu’s explanation.

“I didn’t have my phone with me, hyung,”

Hyunsuk lets out an exasperated sigh and turns to Jihoon behind him. “Did you know about this? Is that why you kept telling me to not go look for him??”

“Whoa, whoa. Chill it, you both. I really had no idea Junkyu had been with Y/n. I was just covering for him in case Chani wanted to hunt him down throughout the whole building,” Jihoon answered back, both his hands raised as he defends himself.

The whole room went quiet. Everyone could tell how frustrated Hyunsuk was right now just by the way he kept sighing and pushing his hair back.

Jihoon, Junkyu and Yedam though, were the only ones that knew why Hyunsuk was this upset. Of course, he must’ve been crazy worried about you, especially since he clearly has feelings for you, they thought.

The silence was broken when Junghwan, who was originally far in the back of the practice room, approached Junkyu closely to ask, “How…is Y/n-noona now, hyung? Is she okay?”

Junkyu turns to look at the maknae and nods at him, “She’s all better now. Her team leader offered to send her home just now,”

“That’s nice,” the youngest boy sighed in relief. “Did she tell you what happened?”

Junkyu nods his head slowly. “I’ll…I’ll tell you all about it when we get home,”

 *

Y/n’s Apartment (Evening)

“Thanks for sending me home, eonnie,” you thanked her again for the third time since the start of the trip home.

“Enough already, it was no biggie at all,” she chuckled at you.

You poured her a cup of some hot tea you made as soon as you entered the kitchen earlier. You carried the cup towards Soomin who was sitting at the small dining table in the middle of your kitchen, along with an extra cup for yourself.

“Here you go,” you said as you pushed one of the cups towards her.

“Thanks,” she said. Her dainty fingers traced the outline of the cup, probably checking if the tea was too hot to drink.

You sat yourself down in the chair opposite her. You lift your cup of tea towards your lips, blowing it a little before taking a small sip.

Soomin watched as you sip on your tea, her doing the same after she was convinced it was drinkable.

Coincidentally, the both of you placed your own cups down onto the table at the same time.

The both you made eye contact with one another—again, at the same time.

Soomin cleared her throat and leaned in close towards you, “So…”

You braced yourself. You had a feeling that Soomin would eventually want to talk about something with you. But you weren’t sure what about. Which was why after you had spent the whole afternoon in hiding with Junkyu, you had told him that you felt that you should go and meet your team leader to know what you should do next.

“…about today—”

“I’m sorry,” you croaked softly before Soomin could finish her sentence.

“Wait. You’re sorry? No, but why are you sorry?? Y/n, sweetie, it’s not your fault at all!” she quickly grabs your hands, holding onto them on the table.

“I…I mean, I ruined today, didn’t I? It was horrible. And I know, we were supposed to be celebrating for finishing up our final presentation for our clients and oh gosh…today just…went so awful,”

Soomin shook her head after listening to your rant. “No way, Mr Ahn, the shareholder loved our presentation. You heard him, didn’t you? It just went downhill after that,”

You slowly eased your hands out of your team leader’s hold and lets out a sigh. “I guess,” you leaned back into your chair. Your eyes were no longer staring back into Soomin’s. You were looking down at your thighs instead now.

“Y/n…I’m sorry too,” Soomin said softly.

You lift your head back up to look at her. “What? N-no! None of this is your fault either!”

“It kinda is.” She said, her eyes glistening with guilt.

“Wh…at?”

Soomin took a deep breath before proceeding to say what she wanted to say. “About your academic qualification. I knew from Mr Bae, our company’s Director. But it wasn’t because of anything bad, really!” she said before you could start assuming badly of her.

“He mentioned it to me because I was literally begging him to let you become my team member. I wanted you to join me. I like your works and all, Y/n.”

You blinked a couple times, your eyes roaming, trying to find something to stare at.

“And when he mentioned it to me, I wasn’t bothered one bit by it. I still wanted you to work with my team…” she continued. “It only turned badly today…because I told Bomin about it…”

This time, your eyes went back to staring at her. “But why…?”

Soomin licked her lips before she took a big gulp from her cup, thinking of a way to break the news to you.

“Well…I uh, well, I talk about you a lot with Bomin,” her fingers trailed against the teacup in her hand.

“It’s only because I keep talking about how reliable you are even though you were a new team member, though. It just slipped my mouth about how you’re only a high school graduate. He didn’t to be that interested by that fact at the time though.” She explained further when she sees you not responding to her.

“Eonnie, I…I’m not ashamed of who I am. I just felt humiliated and hurt because my skills and ability were judged based on my academic level. I only have a high school certificate, sure, it’s crazy how I end up being in your Comms Team. But having you dragged into this, how people view our team as incompetent all because of me—”

“No! No, no, Y/n! Listen, they know nothing. You’re efficient and competent! I’m your team leader, I would know,” she interrupts you.

“But then it’s all over now, right?” you asked her, your voice slightly cracking. You were holding in your tears. You keep thinking about how you would face your teammates tomorrow.

“They can’t say anything. They wouldn’t. I’ll make sure.” Soomin said firmly.

You looked down at your hands.

“Y/n…I’m so sorry. I really am. And if it makes you feel any better, I gave Bomin a good scolding earlier too,”

You giggled a little, imagining how funny it would be to have your team leader scolding Bomin who is scary to you.

Soomin smiled, seeing that you were still able to laugh.

“Really though. I gave him an earful,” Soomin added, giggling as well when she sees you smiling even more.

“It’s funny how he’s that much afraid of you though,” you said in between your giggles.

“Oh, that.” Soomin pushed her hair behind her ear before leaning forward towards you. “Of course, he ought to be afraid of me. After all, I am his girlfriend,” she blushed as she says this.

Your jaw fell. “What??” You hurriedly covered your mouth with your hand. “I’m sorry, I wasn’t shocked because it’s a bad thing—I was just surprised because when you first brought me to meet him, you said you were both high school friends, that’s all,”

Soomin chuckles at your response. “We were! We just…started dating not too long ago…” her eyes looked away from yours since she felt shy with her confession.

You smiled at your team leader. You felt a little better seeing her smile like that to be honest. You just didn’t want her to be upset or affected by what’s happened today.

But wait—

You shook your head, realising something.

“Hold on, eonnie. You’re dating Bomin?? Bomin, the man who kept treating me like an intern and made me run random errands??”

Soomin smiled apologetically at you, and then nods. “Yeah…but he isn’t like that at all! Usually, I mean. He’s just…intimidated,” she tried to explain.

“By me?” you asked her back, giving her a strange look.

“No, silly.” She chuckled. “He…told me what happened.” Soomin inhales again before getting ready to tell you the real story about her boyfriend.

“Ahuh…” you nod.

“Bomin finds…Chani intimidating.”

“Chani? My friend, Chani?”

“Yup, the one and only,” she nods. “Did you know? Chani and Bomin are stepbrothers?”

Your eyes widened at this. “What? For real??”

“Yup. Their parents got married around 5 years ago? Something along those lines. And Bomin’s mother seems to favour Chani more than him too. It kinda sucks I guess, since if you think back—Bomin has to compete with Chani’s dad and Chani for his own mother’s attention,”

“Huh…” you said. Things are making sense now. No wonder he’s always so mean to Chani. And you being close to Chani only gave him more reason to be mean to you as well, you thought.

“He’s also upset that he has to enrol Chani as an intern here since his mother kept on begging him to do so. I guess she wanted them to get along better but well,” Soomin paused. “We can see how that doesn’t work,” she scoffed.

“True…”

“She even made Bomin promise to make sure Chani gets hired here once he finishes his internship.”

“Okay…but Chani told me he’s been an intern here for almost two years now? How is that even logical? Shouldn’t he become an official employee by now??”

“Ah, about that.” Soomin cleared her throat and fixed her sitting position in her chair. “Well, uh, Bomin sort of explained to me he kind of uh, did something that made Chani’s best friend who was interning here before to quit and uh…that kid kind of moved away and stopped talking to Chani.”

“What…exactly did he do…?”

“I’m not sure either. He wouldn’t go into details about that,” Soomin sighs.

You shook your head after listening to her explanation. “Wait—he made Chani lose his own best friend. That’s like, a total red flag.” You pursed your lips for a second before saying, “Why are you dating this guy again?”

Soomin laughs at your question. “Oh come on, Y/n! I told you, he wasn’t naturally like that. He just…acts that way ever since Chani came into his life.”

“Oookay…but he humiliated me,” you lift an eyebrow at your team leader.

She slapped your hand gently and laughed again. “Hey, I told you. I’ll make him apologise to you later. He has to.”

“Sure, eonnie.” You said as you shook your head at her. There was no way you could convince her how much of a red flag Bomin is for her right now. She seemed so smitten by him. But then again, you still couldn’t believe the drama behind Bomin and Chani’s relationship. It’s almost like you’re hearing about a K-Drama series, you thought.

“Enough about me, though,” Soomin said, interrupting your thoughts.

“Hm?”

“That boy who was with you when I came to get you at the cafeteria.”

You blushed to yourself. You knew who she was referring to of course.

“Isn’t he one of the guys in that group? What was it again? Treasure?”

“Y-yeah,”

“Hmm. Interesting. He was the one we passed by in the hallways the other day, right?”

“Yeah.”

“So…are you both a couple now?” she grinned.

“Eonnie! Shut up!” you stammered from her sudden question. You could feel your cheeks burning.

“Gosh. You must really like this guy, huh. Your face is deep red right now,” she teased as she leans back into her chair.

“I uh, I’m gonna make us some more tea,” you ignored her as you got up from your seat to head towards the kitchen counter on your left.

 *

PEWA Groups (The Next Day)

The next day, instead of showing up at the YG Building, you have made your appearance at your own company’s building. Soomin had given you the day off from her team since she felt that it wouldn’t be exactly a good time for you to show up in front of your other team members since they had started gossiping about you now.

Although you were dismissed from your team, it didn’t stop you from attending work in your own office—especially since your President had requested to meet you in his office today.

You walked up the steps that led to the second floor of the building, where your department was located. As you entered the main door of your department’s office, some of the staff from other teams glanced up to look at you.

Instantly you felt goosebumps all over. Usually when you enter the doors of your office, the staff would take a quick glance at you and then resume to whatever business they have. However, today, all eyes were on you—and they stayed looking at you.

You tried to ignore and pretend that you didn’t realise their stares on you as you walk up to your desk on the other side of the room. You checked on the files and documents that were placed onto your table.

Shaking your head at the mess that was left by your other colleagues ever since you had switched teams and went to work at YGE for almost a month, you muttered to yourself, “Geez, and they still pile up all their workload here. It’s not like I’m the general clerk here anymore.” You let out a sigh. “And to think that I still have to tend to these whilst working for the other team.”

Suddenly you felt your phone buzzing in your bag. You pulled your phone out to see a text from your President.

 Mr. Bae: You in the office already? I’m free right now. Come here.

 You frowned at the text. You could feel your nerves shaking. Even though your boss’ text seemed casual like he usually is when he’s around you, you couldn’t help but worry what was the reason for him to call you into his office.

You left your desk after categorising the paperwork left there for a minute or two.

And the moment you entered your president’s office, you saw him sitting in his big swivel chair, his eyebrows furrowing as he read whatever file that was placed in front of him.

You closed the door behind you and cleared your throat to signal that you were there.

“Oh, Y/n! Nice to see you! Have a seat,” his eyebrows no longer furrowing as he glanced up to look at you.

You bowed slightly and walked up towards the chair located opposite him, sitting down as soon as you arrived.

“Hello again, Mr. Bae,” you greeted him.

“Aish, you know you don’t have to be so formal around me. We were less formal too, back then,” he smiled at you.

“Ookay…”

“I told you before, didn’t I? You being my mother’s favourite student should make us more of like—” he pauses to think for a while for the right word, “ah, right. Like, siblings?”

You choked on your own saliva when you heard him say this. As if being related to your boss’ mother wasn’t awkward enough to be reminded by from time to time; now he wants you both to act like you’re both siblings??

“Oh gosh, are you coming down with something? Do you need water?” Mr Bae asked, worried since you started coughing in all of a sudden.

You shook your head and tried to stop yourself from coughing any further. “No, no,” you coughed. “I’m fine. I was just…wait, what? Siblings??”

“Oh sorry,” he laughed a little. “I guess that was way overboard. Maybe I should have said we’re more like…cousins now?”

You showed him a thumbs up and nod slightly, agreeing that this was indeed better to describe the closeness between you and him.

Mr Bae smiled at you again, his eyes staring at you intently, as if waiting for you to say something else.

You blinked couple of times and pretended to look down at your shoes instead.

Why isn’t he saying anything?

What’s the point of me coming here if he’s gonna stare at me like that?

Gasp! Wait, has he heard of what happened to our team at YG’s recently??

Your eyes widened at this thought.

And as if he’s read your thoughts, your president broke the silence between you two by asking, “How are you holding up?”

You raised your head to look at him. “I…I’m sorry?”

“Working with the new team…how’s that going for you?”

“It’s all good…”

“What about the workshop you all conducted at YG’s? Everything good with our clients?”

“Uh…yeah, everything was fine. We finished up our final presentation yesterday too,” you answered him, uncertainty in your voice.

“I see.”

“Yeah…”

Mr Bae leaned forward towards his desk, his elbows supporting him. “I…heard of what happened yesterday.”

“Oh,” you could hear the drop in your own voice. Almost as if you’re giving away of how upset you were of what had happened.

“Y/n…”

Before you could let your boss say anything further, you instantly stood up from your seat and bowed whilst saying, “I’m so sorry, sir! I really am! I have no intention of bringing shame to our company, really,”

“Y/n,”

You shook your head, still in a bowing position. You refuse to look up at your boss. You could only imagine how much you have tainted your company’s name. And to think your company just recently had a big merge with another well-known company. The rumours of PEWA hiring an employee that was academically unfit for one of their most efficient teams must have spread around.

“Y/n…sit down,”

Slowly, you let yourself plop back into the chair behind you. Still, you refused to look up at your president.

“I want to apologise for what happened,”

Your head snapped back up to look at him. “W-what?”

“If I hadn’t told Soomin about your qualifications…”

“No, she had to know. After all, she was the one who requested for me to be in her team, no? I mean…it only made sense for you to tell her…”

“Still, I’m sorry for what happened yesterday,” he said again, his voice firm.

You nod and chuckled sympathetically at yourself. “It happened.”

Mr Bae nods back at you. “Which is why I have a favour to ask you. Wait, no. It’s more of an order,”

You tilt your head slightly. “Hm? What is it?”

“I want you to take the week off.”

“What??” You couldn’t believe your ears. Wait, why? Why are you being let off work??

“I want you to lay off any social media platforms too.”

“W-wait, why? It’s only Wednesday, sir.”

“Exactly. I want you to take today off, until Sunday. You can come back to work next Monday,”

“Hold on…are you trying to fire me off discreetly…?”

“What? No way! You’re such a good employee, that would be stupid!” he started laughing at your silly assumption.

You frowned at him. “Okay then, why cut me off work and I don’t know—THE WORLD FOR THE WHOLE WEEK?”

“Calm down, y/n,” he said, still laughing at your outburst. “I just want you to take a break from what’s happened. And—” he stopped to search for something in the lower drawer from his desk.

“This.” He slides a small box at you and you catch it before it slid off the table.

“What’s this?”

“Open it,”

You open up the box—to see an unused phone in it.

“I—what?” you asked him, confusion at 200% written on your face.

“You,” he points at you. “—will be using that phone throughout the time you’re off work this week. I’ve saved in my mother’s number, Soomin’s—”

“Wait—but I have my own phone too,”

“Oh I’ll be holding onto your phone for the time being. That is, until you return to work on Monday.”

“Huh?? But why?”

“Because I’m pretty sure you’re gonna creep on our company’s forum section to see all those people talking and posting about you. The phone I gave you doesn’t have internet access and its wifi connection is faulty too, mind you. So simply saying I’m giving you a junk phone,” he chuckles.

You fell silent, your eyes looking away from him. It was true though, you had trouble sleeping last night since you kept reading all the negative comments written by your colleagues about you, your team leader and even your president. Okay but cutting you off and giving you a junk phone?? A little too much, no?

“We’re gonna make sure the forums are cleaned so don’t worry too much, okay?”

Still, you kept quiet.

“Ah, right. Did I mention? With your temporary phone—you’ll be sent back to our hometown to stay with my mother. Just so she can keep an eye out on you and make sure you don’t get stressed out over what happens at work,”

This made you lift your head to look at him. “Hold on—WHAT?” you asked him, baffled.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefic #teufic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fanfic #junkyu fic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 27)

Chapter 27 - Is it still cold?

Word count: 4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hi! Here’s the next chapter ^^ Let’s get the ship sailinggggg~ (Well, technically, it hasn’t fully sailed but you know, we’re getting there fhdjsjs) Hope you all like this one btw <3

YGE Building (Cafeteria/Rooftop Balcony)

Junkyu stared at the being underneath the table. His knees were starting to feel numb from kneeling at this point.

He had searched the whole 1st floor for you, and never would it cross his mind that you’d literally be underneath a table—at the far end of the balcony, where it’s most exposed to the cold breeze outside too.

Junkyu sat himself down comfortably and scooted closer towards you, him being directly facing you; and struggling to fit himself underneath the table as well.

He lifted his finger to poke your hands that were hugging your knees close to your chin.

Cold. Too cold. How long have you been out here?

Junkyu gulped to himself. Fearing the worst. Is y/n even alive at this point?

He leaned in closer to your face and lifts his finger towards your nose to check on your breathing.

“Ah, she’s still breathing. Thank goodness,” he muttered to himself as he felt warm air against his finger.

But Junkyu was still worried. Why aren’t you moving? Why are your eyes closed even when he poked you?

“Ah, right! I should give Jihoon-hyung a call,” he began rummaging through his pockets—only to realise that he had left his phone in his small bag in the practice room. Junkyu groaned to himself, disappointed that he had rushed off to find you without at least grabbing his phone.

“What should I do now? Why are you unconscious out here?” He asked you even though he knew you wouldn’t answer him.

Junkyu sat there for a minute, taking in your image in front of him right now.

Your head leaning forward, chin resting against your hands—arms hugging your knees close to yourself. You looked like you were in a deep slumber, he thought. Few strands of your hair were covering the sides of your face, making your face look small. Even with your skin turning pale by the second because of the cold breeze outside, Junkyu thought you looked pretty.

Junkyu wanted to maybe stroke your head, maybe push your strands of hair away from your face but he didn’t want to come across as creepy.

His eyes fell towards your hands. Your fingernails were turning blue.

“Ah, you must be really cold right now,” he said, panic in his voice. He realised that this wasn’t the time to stare and be mesmerised by how pretty he thinks you look—he needed to do something.

Should he go downstairs and call for his friends? Should he try to wake you up? But what if you didn’t want to see him? It had been clear that you were avoiding him.

Just what should he do now?

 *

YGE Building (Staircase Loft)

“Hyung! You should eat it this way,” Jeongwoo said as he demonstrated how he dipped his kimbap slice into his ramen broth. He pressed the kimbap into the broth, letting it sit in there for a couple of seconds.

“That’s…kinda weird…” Chani said as he watched the younger kid in front of him. “Besides, I thought your ramen finished long ago,”

“Oh, this isn’t mine. It’s Doyoung-hyung’s,”

Doyoung choked on the drink that he was drinking from, earning a slap on his back from Mashiho who was seated beside him on the staircase.

Doyoung wiped his mouth after he was done coughing. “Hey, why’d you soak the kimbap into my broth??” he pulled back his bowl from Jeongwoo’s hands.

Jeongwoo snickered at him. “Heheh I was just teaching Chani-hyung how to properly enjoy the kimbap.”

Chani shakes his head. “Nope, not gonna try it.”

“Aw come on!”

“I’ll try,” Yoshi said with his small smile. He grabbed a piece of the kimbap with his chopsticks and dipped it into his ramen broth, eating it after letting it soak for a while.

Everyone watched Yoshi munched on the kimbap.

“Hmm, good,” he said, his voice slightly muffled as he chewed on the food in his mouth.

“See? It’s good, hyung! Try it!” Jeongwoo said, still trying to convince Chani.

“I don’t know…I mean, I’m not—”

Chani got interrupted when in all of a sudden Doyoung raised his hand.

He lifts a finger to his mouth and whispered, “Shh, I think I hear footsteps approaching,”

Everyone fell silent for a while. They waited to hear if there were any more sounds.

“Hm. Nothing.” Jeongwoo said, assuming that there was nothing else to be heard.

And just as they all resumed to eating their food, they heard a loud gasp coming from behind Mashiho and Doyoung.

All of them turned their heads to look at who it was.

“Oh??” Jaehyuk said as his head popped up behind Junghwan.

“What are you doing down here??” Junghwan asked, his face in shock.

Everyone turned to look at Chani.

“Wait, you mean, me??” Chani questioned as he points at himself.

Junghwan shook his head. “Sorry, I meant—what are you all doing here?? I thought everyone was supposed to go search for Y/n!”

“Uhh, what are you guys doing here?” Chani asked Junghwan’s team back.

Junghwan, Asahi and Jaehyuk all exchanged looks with one another.

“Uhh…” Junghwan scratched his head and looks away from all of his hyungs.

“Ooohhh you’re all here to go sneak and buy some snacks from the convenience store!” Jeongwoo said, teasing the other team.

All three whom were standing on the top part of the staircase began to blush, embarrassed that their plan was exposed this way.

“Yahh, you’re all eating and having fun anyways. Why can’t we do the same?” Jaehyuk said this time, a slight whine in his voice.

“Okay, okay. Let’s not argue,” Doyoung said, getting up on his feet. “Come here, Junghwan. Here, have some of my kimbap,” he held out his ramen bowl to the maknae.

Junghwan leaned forward, peeking into the bowl. “Hyung…There’s nothing left in there…”

“Eh??” Doyoung said loudly. He checked his bowl and uses his chopstick to pick up the already broken kimbap in his broth. “What are you saying? There’s still some kimbap here. If that’s not enough—my love for you will keep you full,”

“Eyyyyyy” Everyone groaned at his pickup line.

“Noooo hyunggg don’t start,” Jeongwoo begged.

Junghwan giggled at his hyungs’ antics and shook his head. “Fine, fine. We’ll join you. What else do you all have here?”

 *

YGE Building (GS25 Mart / Ground Floor)

“That’s weird. I thought Mashiho and Jeongwoo were in charge of being down here,” Jihoon said, as both him and Yedam stood in front of the convenience mart.

Yedam looked around, “Huh. You’re right. I don’t see them around at all,”

The both of them were approached by Hyunsuk and Haruto not long after, both looking tired and hungry.

“Jihoon-aa, where are the rest?” Hyunsuk asked as he walks up towards the two in front of the store.

“Beats me,” Jihoon shrugged. “I told Yedam to text them just now though,”

Haruto pulled out his phone from his pocket and tried to dial Asahi’s number. He shook his head when the hyung failed to pick up his call.

“I guess not all of them brought their phones with them. I saw Junghwan sending his bag to the practice room earlier. He must’ve left his phone in his bag,” Hyunsuk reasoned.

“Yeah, sure, but some of them must have carried their phones with them too, you know?” Jihoon replied.

The four of them looked around the area, noticing how deserted it was considering its way past lunchtime now.

“Oh well, I guess we can buy some food first and wait for them out here after that,” Jihoon suggested. “You okay Ruto? You must be hungry, huh?” he asked the youngest among the four of them there.

Haruto nods back at his hyung, “Somewhat hungry,”

Jihoon snickers at this and gestured them all to follow him into the store. “Come on,”

And just as the four of them were about to enter the convenience store in front of them, they heard the door not too far on their left opening.

It was the door leading to the staircase loft.

The four of them turned their heads just in time to catch—

Jeongwoo and Junghwan walking out of the door and chatting with each other; oblivious that their hyungs were watching them.

“Yahhhh I know that sunbae!! He picks on the girls in my class too! Aish, what a douche!” Jeongwoo said to the maknae who was walking beside him.

“Really?? Aigoo. He should know his limits though! One time, he came over to my class to pick on the girl sitting behind me too! The sunbae said to the girl; ‘your hair is so springy like noodles even my dog wouldn’t date you’,”

Jeongwoo lets out a loud gasp. “That’s so rude?! So, if her hair is super-straight, he would’ve said said ‘my hedgehog wouldn’t date you’??” Jeongwoo said in annoyance.

The both of them stopped by the trash bin at the center of the floor and Jeongwoo discards the ramen bowls he collected from his hyungs before this.

“Oh, right. Let’s stop by the store and grab some soda for the other hyungs,” Junghwan said. Jeongwoo nods back at him.

But then, as they turned around, they saw Jihoon already standing right in front of them, a smirk on his face.

“Having fun, kids?”

“Uh oh,” both the maknaes said at the same time.

 *

YGE Building (Cafeteria / Rooftop Balcony)

You felt cold all over. You were starting to feel numb when you felt something poking your arms.

You scrunched your nose, feeling itchy in all of a sudden.

“Yahh, why won’t you wake up? How long do you want to stay like this? It’s cold here,” the voice whined.

You stirred from your position, trying to grasp the feeling of your numb body.

Slowly, you opened your eyes, expecting for your face to be hit by the bright sun despite the cold wind that you felt the whole time.

But then, instead of the sun rays hitting your pupils—you opened your eyes to meet bright, dark brown orbs staring back at you.

The both of you gasped at the same time.

You hugged your knees closer to your chin, surprised to see Junkyu sitting right in front of you, him looking as surprised as you were.

When did he get here? You were sure you had been alone earlier.

And wait—how did you not realise him being here??

Another gasp left your lips when you realised—that you had cried yourself to sleep before this.

You touched your cheeks, feeling the sticky residue from your dried-up tears. You groaned to yourself. You probably look like a mess right now.

Junkyu watched as you touched your face, shaking your head on your own and then rubbing your eyes slightly before finally looking at him again; as if you’d just remembered him being there.

“I uhh,” you began to say. “You…what are you doing here…”

“I should be asking you the same thing. Why are you huddled up here—” his eyes looked around as if judging you for choosing to sit underneath the table. “—and out here too, where it’s cold,”

Your body shivered after he pointed out the weather being cold. He was right though. You still couldn’t feel the tip of your fingers too. Your body must’ve absorbed all the cold whilst you were out asleep, you thought.

“Let’s go, we might catch a cold if we stay here any longer,” Junkyu said when you didn’t respond to his question.

“What—wait, go where?” you asked, your mind still groggy from the sleep you had.

Junkyu looked at you as if he was mortified by your silly question. “Anywhere, duh. You don’t want to stay here, do you??”

You looked away from him. A little taken aback by the way he responded to your question.

Junkyu noticed your expression changing after what he said, making him feel a little guilty. His tone must’ve sounded a little harsh, he thought.

“Look, I didn’t mean to say it like that—let’s just get back inside, okay?”

“Why are you here, Junkyu?” you asked him back, your eyes now on him again.

It was Junkyu’s turn to fall silent now, him being taken aback by your sudden question.

“You…Junkyu, look. I had a bad day. And you being here, after what happened between us; it’s all just making my head hurts. I can’t. I really can’t deal with everything like this, not all at once,” you huffed.

“I know. I’m sorry,” you heard him say, with a small voice.

You sniffled. The crying you did earlier plus the coldness out here must’ve made your nose runny, you thought as you tried to keep your runny snot from dripping out your nose that you couldn’t seem to feel at this point.

“Y/n, I know… what I said had hurt you. And I’m sorry. I really am,” he paused, staring at your eyes, trying to assure you that he meant what he said.

“I hope you know…that I didn’t mean what I said the other day,” he continued.

“But you did.”

Junkyu shakes his head, “No, I really didn’t! I just—I just…” he lowered his gaze, not looking into your eyes anymore.

You let out a sigh. Taking in a deep breath, you tried to move your legs just to make sure it doesn’t stay numb.

Junkyu kept quiet as he watches you again. His mind racing, thinking on how to make it less awkward between the both of you. He said sorry didn’t he? But why is it so hard for you to accept his apology?

After making sure that you could somewhat feel your feet as you tapped your feet against the cold floor, your eyes looked back at Junkyu, noticing that he had been watching you since just now.

“What?” You asked him.

“Where are your shoes?” He asked, curious as to why you were barefoot.

You looked down at your feet, embarrassed that he questioned you this.

“W-well, my feet were hurting from wearing my heels. Also—I don’t see the point of wearing it when I’m sitting down here, duh,”

Junkyu shrugs at your reply, not knowing what to say now.

“You don’t have to stay here, you know.” You said.

“What?”

“Wait, no. You haven’t answered my question though. What are you doing here??”

Junkyu shifted in his position, trying to make himself comfortable whilst sitting in front of you. He looked down at his hands for a while before looking back at you whom was waiting for his response.

“Well…Chani told us you had gone missing. So, we went around the building searching for you…”

“Wait—we?”

“Yeah, me and the other boys. And well, Chani too,” he added as he rolled his eyes at the moment Chani’s name came out of his mouth.

You stared at him in shock. “Whoa.” Just how did it come up to this? Why would they search for you though?

“Hold on, but you’re here,” you pointed out.

Junkyu nods at this.

“Does that mean…you’re the one that found me first?”

Again, he responds with a nod.

“Huh…” you wondered how much of a coincidence that the only person you dreaded to meet after what happened was the person that succeeded in finding out where you were.

You sniffled again, trying to stop yourself from shivering. One thing you were glad was that you had worn your slacks instead of your skirt today. At least you’d feel less cold out here.

“Y/n,”

You looked at Junkyu who was giving you a serious look right now. “Hm?”

Junkyu was determined. He was determined to explain himself to you. Sitting out here, underneath this secluded table; the cold wind slowly making his ears feel numb, he realised that this was indeed the only time he would have to actually tell you everything.

When would he get the chance to be alone with you again, right?

And so, with his trembling hands, he reached out to grab your hands in his.

“J-Junkyu,” you stuttered as soon as you felt his warm hands touch yours. What’s going on right now?

Junkyu took a deep breath before saying, “Y/n, listen, okay? I want you to listen to what I have to say.”

You blinked a couple times, your heart beating fast now. You nod your head slowly.

“Okay,” he said before swallowing the lump in his throat as he felt even more nervous now that you’re really focusing on him.

“I…I may have said some words that hurt you. And I regret it. I really did. I couldn’t sleep just thinking about how much I have hurt you. I saw how you looked at me that day—and it pains me to have you look at me that way. That isn’t the way I want you to see me as,” he shook his head.

“Y/n…I really am sorry. I really am. You might think that I have meant what I said, but I didn’t mean it. No way. You’re not annoying, not at all,” he continued.

You felt your eyes welling up. You could tell that he was trying his best to apologise sincerely but then, him talking about what happened just reminded you of how painful it was to hear him say those words about you. It hurt you so bad—to think that the person you like would have the guts to say that about you.

Junkyu felt your hands tensing up in his, so he gently rubs his thumb along your knuckles, trying to calm you down. “Y/n, look at me,” he said.

You didn’t realise that you had averted your gaze from him while you were reminiscing on what happened that day. Slowly, you lift your eyes to look at him again.

“I am so sorry. I was annoyed—yes, I admit it. But it wasn’t you I was annoyed with. I was just…upset at the time, you see. Your name crossed my mind at the time, but it wasn’t you that was annoying to me, I swear!”

You reluctantly nod at his explanation, trying to understand what he was trying to say.

“Y/n, I…Actually I…” Junkyu took another deep breath, gathering his courage. “I uh, I like—"

“AHCHOO!”

Junkyu froze in his spot, surprised by the sudden intrusion as he was about to confess his feelings for you.

“Oh my god, Junkyu! I’m so sorry, I didn’t mean to—” you panicked as you saw him freeze and not blink after you had accidentally sneezed in his direction.

Pulling your hands out of his hold, you looked around, as if you’re looking for something.

“Damn, I didn’t bring ‘em,” you complained to yourself since you were sure you had tissues in your bag.

You turned your attention back to Junkyu who was still silent, probably still in shock of you sneezing at him. Great, he probably thinks I’m gross now, you thought.

“Junkyu, I—”

“Do you want to go inside?” He suddenly says, interrupting you from panicking any further.

“S-sure,”

 *

YGE Building (3rd Floor / Treasure’s Practice Room)

“Hold ‘em straight! That’s right, just like that,” Jihoon’s firm voice boomed in the walls of their practice room.

“Hyungggg please, my arms are screaming at me, can we please not do this??” Jeongwoo cries out, his arms shaking from holding it up straight for the past 10 minutes.

“It’s only been 10 minutes Jeongwoo,” Jaehyuk said to him.

“Still! I’m tired!” Jeongwoo continued whining.

Jihoon shakes his head at the younger boy and scanned his eyes around the room to see if anyone was trying to get out of the punishment.

The only boys who weren’t punished were of course, Jihoon, Hyunsuk, Haruto and Yedam. The other three aside from Jihoon were sitting comfortably on the floor, eating up hot ramen from their purchase earlier.

“This isn’t fair, my team was the last to join them eating, hyung. We didn’t loiter as long as they did,” Junghwan complained, pointing out that the other teams had indeed stopped their search way earlier than he did.

“Now, now. You all have another 10 minutes to go. If I hear any more complaints, I’m adding another more 5 minutes, get it?”

“Awww nooo hyung!” “No way!” the younger kids in front of him groaned as they struggle to stay still.

“Aigoo Jihoon-aa. Just let them go already. Come here and eat with us, will ya?” Hyunsuk called out to his co-leader.

Jihoon looks back at the boys in front of him before shrugging and attending to Hyunsuk’s side. He sat himself down beside his hyung and grabbed the bowl of noodles in front of him.

“Here, hyung,” Haruto handed him a can of cold drink as he took one for himself.

“Thanks,” Jihoon said, earning a nod from the boy.

“Yah, aren’t you gonna let them go just yet?” Hyunsuk asked again, concerned that the kids might feel too tired for practice later.

“I want to. But I can’t yet.”

“Why not?”

“Because,” Jihoon stopped stirring his halfway-soggy noodles to turn and look at the rest whom were still raising their hands up. His eyes fell upon a specific person, making him smirk as he turns back to Hyunsuk who was still looking at him with concern. “I think it’s kinda fun. Don’t you think so, hyung?”

Hyunsuk furrowed his eyebrows and looks over at the others. “Jihoon…I know what you’re doing,”

“Aigoo, hyung. He deserves it too, no? He’s been bothering you and Junkyu’s minds lately—as if I don’t know that,” Jihoon chuckled, finally taking a big slurp from his bowl.

Hyunsuk looks over at the rest again and mouthed a ‘sorry’ to them since he couldn’t help them much.

“Yah, Kim Doyoung. Stop moving about, will ya? You’re distracting me,” Chani complained.

Doyoung rolled his eyes at the boy. “I wasn’t moving at all. I was just scooting next to Asahi-hyung,”

“Hey, no moving about!”

“There was no rule about changing seat positions, though,” Yoshi defended Doyoung.

“Yeah, he’s just scooting over. Chill it, will ya?” Junghwan replied in annoyance at the hyung.

“This is stupid. Why am I even here anyways,” Chani huffed, dissatisfied as to how he was getting punished as well.

“Yeah. Why are you here, huh?” Jaehyuk asked back.

“Beats me. Your hyungs brought me here along with you guys. This is stupid, I’m putting my arms down—”

“If Chani puts his arms down, I’m adding 10 more minutes for you all,” Jihoon’s voice said in all of a sudden.

Instantly, all the boys surrounded Chani and forced him to raise his arms up all over again.

“Hey, hey! What are you all doing?? Let go of me! Hyungggg they’re all breaking the rules!”

“Hm?” Jihoon tilts his head as he watches his kids and Chani struggling to push one another.

“Yah, yah, yah! That’s dangerous! Stop it, kids!” Hyunsuk said to them but they all ignored him.

Haruto and Yedam stayed put in their spots laughing as they watched Mashiho managed to hold both Chani’s arms up and the rest of the boys laughing and cheering at him.

Jihoon too, giggled as he watched this. “Hmm, Hyunsuk-hyung is right. Kids, you all can stop.”

“Oh?” The boys stopped and turned to look at Jihoon.

“Yup, you all are free,”

“YAYYYYYYY FREEDOMMMMMM” Jeongwoo ran around the room, chanting the word freedom over and over.

“Except for Chani,”

“What?” Chani looks at him in disbelief.

“Hey, I would’ve let you go but you were the noisiest at the end,” Jihoon shrugs.

“No way,”

“Okay kids, make sure Chani stays putting his arms up for another 10 minutes,” Jihoon said casually before returning to eat his food.

“Hey, that’s not fair! I’m not even your team member. Where’s your sidekick, huh? Shouldn’t he be getting punished too?”

“Huh, he has a point though. Where is Junkyu anyways?” Hyunsuk asks Jihoon.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefic #treasurefanfic #treasure members #all treasure members #treasuremembers #alltreasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 20)

Chapter 20 - A little rivalry?

Word count: 4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello! Gosh it feels so long since I last updated! Thank you for waiting, everyone. Hope you all enjoy this one.🧡

It had been an hour after your lunch with Chani, and of course you didn’t know about your friend’s trip to Bomin’s office after he dropped you off on your floor from the elevators earlier. You were growing restless since you had gone through your modules for the 4th time by now and the more you read the words in the papers, the more you swore you wanted to just throw up all the words onto the floors of the meeting room.

You leaned back into your chair, staring at your own reflection in the wall mirror that was opposite you. You could see how tired you look at this point, even your makeup couldn’t make your face look even more alive.

You sighed.

You suddenly miss your old post at your own office back in your company’s building. It fitted you well. All you had to do was receive orders from your higher ups and prepared materials for them. No matter how heavy the workload was, you enjoyed doing it all. Sometimes you even had to do clerical work even when it wasn’t in your job scope but hey, at least you were doing something. This new post you were given….this team you’re working in…it’s almost as if you had joined in simply because you were made to do so by your President, and of course, your team leader had requested for you to be transferred into your team.

Now, the question is, you have been in this team for almost 3 weeks and still, they only let you ran small errands for them. Do they not believe in your capabilities?

Of course, you didn’t know that the reason you had so little task to do was because Bomin had countlessly convinced Soomin that you weren’t qualified enough to work on them, hence, which led up to even this week’s tutor session being a big failure to you. You had no staff signing up to be under you. At this point, you were convinced that you weren’t needed at all in this team. Your insecurities drove up by the minute, and the more you stayed alone in your assigned meeting room, the more you keep telling yourself that maybe, just maybe, you should ask to be demoted to your old post.

You didn’t realise you had been gripping your module tightly the whole time you had been thinking to yourself, and by the time you had decided to get up from your chair, you were surprised to see the crumpled-up module in your hands.

You let go of the module and backed away from the table. Again, your eyes meet your lifeless reflection in the mirror. You shook your head and rashly head out of the meeting room.

                                                                   *

 “Junkyu, are you okay? You’ve been to the toilet twice since the last hour.” Hyunsuk asked, concerned seeing Junkyu informing that he’d be leaving for the restroom the third time now.

Junkyu flashed a sorry smile to his hyung and simply nodded, “I’m fine, hyung. I think I had too much ice cream earlier, that’s all,” he said, simply adding a reason of him going out of the practice room too many times in the last hour.

“Hmm, okay. It’s okay, we’ll work on your part when you get back then,”

“Alright.”

Junkyu left the practice room and closed the door behind him. His eyes gazed over the other side of the building, and of course, on the floor where he last spotted you.

Just as he was about to walk away from where he stood, he noticed a figure suddenly approaching the rails on the floor above on the other side.

Y/n!

He watches you as you grip the rails tightly, how you let out an exasperated sigh, making the sound echo throughout the halls—in which he was convinced only he could hear since he was the only person out in the open hallways.

Junkyu gulped to himself. This was it. He had been upset when he heard you mentioning Chani’s name yet again earlier during lunchtime, but then he didn’t want to waste this opportunity he had to make another interaction with you since he had been pretending to go to the restroom several times in the last hour just so hopefully, he would bump into you somewhere.

And this was it!

Sure, you’re both on different floors, but this was as good as it gets, he thought to himself.

Since when did he started craving for interactions with you, though?

Junkyu cautiously approaches the rails on his side of the hall and lifted his head to look at you. Now, how is he going to get you to look at him down here?

You on the other hand, were busy staring straight ahead at the empty hallways in front of you. All you wanted to do is just let time pass by quickly. You wanted to head home. Your motivation was draining and you admit that nothing can lift your mood right now.

Nothing.

Well, nothing that is until—

Beep!

You were surprised by the sudden notification sound coming from your phone. Pulling out your phone from your skirt’s pocket, you noticed a text from Junkyu.

“Hm?” you hummed to yourself.

 (Text Conversation: Junkyu and Y/n):

Junkyu: You okay?

Y/n: Oh? I’m good. Why the sudden text?

Junkyu: I don’t know, I’m just wondering if you’re okay

Y/n: Lol. Go back to practice Junkyu.

Junkyu: I will. Look down for a while.

Y/n: ?

 Junkyu’s text asking you look down makes you wonder what he meant by that. Your phone still in your hands, you glanced down to look at the floor where you last saw him that one morning.

A small gasp left your mouth when you saw him leaning against the railings opposite you, only a floor lower. That very same spot you saw him that morning.

And just like that morning, Junkyu raised his hand awkwardly to wave at you.

You blinked a couple times before raising your hand to wave back at him.

You were expecting him to maybe run off again like that time but instead, you were caught by surprise when you see him smiling at you.

You felt your heart skipped a beat. Literally.

You lowered your hand and placed it on your chest. Noticing that your chest stung a little from the sudden heart skip beat, you decided to just ignore it for now.

Your eyes looked back at Junkyu who was no longer waving at you by now. Instead, he was making random hand gestures, trying to communicate with you from afar.

You narrowed your eyes, trying to understand what he was saying.

Nope. This is bad. No matter how hard you tried to understand his body movements, he was moving too much for you to make sense of what he was saying. Instead, he looked like a moving mime to you at this moment.

You pursed your lips together, trying not to laugh at his repetitive movements, still not giving up on trying to make you understand what he was saying.

You shook your head at him and raised your phone, implying that you know, the both of you could just text each other instead of him making a goof out of himself out there with his random gestures.

Junkyu saw the phone in your hand and he shook his head back at you.

“No,” he mouthed.

This you understood.

You leaned forward towards the railings, wondering why Junkyu didn’t want to just text you instead.

                                                                 *

 Junkyu noticed you leaning in now, maybe trying to understand him.

He didn’t want to text you because he wanted to look at your expressions since he had the chance to see you out here, right now. If the both of you were to text each other, then he wouldn’t be able to have you looking at him like how you’re doing at the moment.

Junkyu raised both his hands to his shoulder and pointed at you, mouthing, “What are you doing there?”

He saw a small smile forming on your face. Maybe you understood him now?

You gestured back saying you were bored so you had come out to the hallways.

Junkyu nodded back at you, implying he understood you back.

“What are YOU doing out here?” You gestured.

Junkyu pointed to the right side of the hallways. “Restroom”

You scrunched your eyebrows. “What?? What are you doing standing there?! Go, deal with your business first!”

Your aggressive hand movements asking him to leave and use the restroom made him laugh. He thought that you looked cute trying to nag at him even with only using made-up sign languages towards him.

Junkyu couldn’t stop smiling watching you. And just as he was about to reply to your gestures, he heard the sound of the door behind him opening.

Junkyu turned around quickly, to see Asahi closing the door behind him.

Asahi saw Junkyu’s face showing terror, making him confused as to why his hyung was looking at him that way.

And then his eyes travelled towards the figure standing on the other side of the building.

A small knowing smirk formed on his lips.

Asahi patted his hyung’s back and whispered, “Don’t take too long with your love talk, hyung. They’re wondering why you hadn’t returned from the restrooms,”

“W-what?” Junkyu said, surprised to hear what Asahi just said.

“I’m going to the restrooms. Tell your girlfriend I said hi,” he simply said as he left Junkyu.

Junkyu could feel his face heat up. “H-hey! She’s not my girlfriend!”

Seeing that Asahi is no longer responding to him, Junkyu turned his attention back towards you, who was now showing a concerned expression on your face.

You pointed to the direction where Asahi had left to, and mouthed, “Is Asahi okay?”

Junkyu nodded at you. “Restrooms,” he mouthed.

“Ahh,”

Junkyu suddenly felt worried if any of his other members might come out to look for him if he took too long out here so he hurriedly gestured to you that he had to leave.

“I have to go, bye bye!” He gestured as he pointed at the door behind him.

“Okay,” you signalled with your fingers. Waving your hand at him, you mouthed “Bye,” at him.

You watched as he clumsily ran back into the practice room behind him, making you giggle at his cute antics.

                                                                  *

Junkyu entered the practice room, closing the door behind him a little too hard.

The hard sound of the doors gained the attention of all the rest of his members.

“Are you okay, hyung?” Doyoung asked.

“Uh, yeah. I was just—I just wanted to hurry back. Sorry for the loud slam on the door,” he replied to his friend.

Junkyu walked towards where the rest of them were standing, all in their specific formation spot, practicing their moves on their own while waiting for Asahi to come back from the restrooms.

Junkyu looked around the room and started stretching some more just in case his warmup had worn off earlier.

Not long after that, the door to their practice room opened. Asahi enters with his usual emotionless expression.

“Ah great! All 12 are here now. I’ll give you all 10 more minutes then we can start with the first track again, aight?” Hyunsuk said.

All of his members nodded at this and started prepping for their practice.

Asahi passed by Junkyu as he was on his way towards his formation spot, and he managed to whisper to his hyung, “How was your love talk with your girlfriend, hyung?”

This made Junkyu stare at him in horror again. “W-what??”

Asahi smiled innocently, his deep dimple showing.

“Y-yah, Asahi, don’t say things like that,” Junkyu stammered.

“Oh? Why not? Was I wrong? Ah, you don’t like her?”

Junkyu fell speechless. First he had to endure Jihoon’s teasing and now, Asahi is teasing him too?? But how did Asahi know about him liking you??

Junkyu’s horrified expression made Asahi chuckle, and he pat his hyung’s back, trying to calm him down. “Hyung, relax. I know.” And with that, he hurried back to his own spot, leaving Junkyu baffled and confused as to what was going on around him.

“Kim Junkyu, why do you look like you’ve just seen a ghost? Here, here. Look here, we’re starting practice now,” Jihoon said as he noticed his best friend’s reflection from the mirror.

Junkyu blinked several times to bring his focus back on practice. “Okay, I’m present!” he announced randomly, making few of his other members giggling at his random chant.

                                                                 *

 (The next day)

 The next day came along, and Junkyu had made it a point to wake up early today.

Why?

Well, he was planning to get himself some breakfast from that one fried sandwiches shop which was around 2 blocks further from their company building. Seeing that it might take some time for him to get there and wait for his order to complete—and then return to their company after that, he figured that he might as well just leave early.

Junkyu pulled on his Fila jacket over his white tshirt, paired with his black sweatpants and then he grabbed his yellow Treasure sling bag he’s always used, keeping his phone, hand sanitizer and wallet into it.

He was about to leave his room when he turned around to quickly grab one of his small perfume bottles to be kept into his bag.

As he exited his bedroom, he bumped into Yoshi who had just woken up.

Yoshi rubbed his eyes, noticing that his friend had already gotten dressed and looked like he was about to leave home already. “Junkyu? Why are you up this early?? Are you leaving for work already??”

“Hyung! I uh, yeah. I’m leaving early today, actually.”

“You going to the company with Jihoon-hyung?”

“No…I’m just going alone,”

Yoshi looked at Junkyu in a surprised manner. “Wow, that’s rare of you to go alone this early,”

Junkyu smiled apologetically at his hyung.

“Ahh, I get it. You must be working on that song of yours, right? You must have caught onto some inspirations last night so that’s why you’re going to the studio this early,” Yoshi said, making his own guess that maybe Junkyu wanted to work in their studio this early.

“I guess—”

“Well, don’t let me stop you. Hwaiting, Junkyu!” Yoshi said cheerfully before he proceeded to his own room, covering his mouth as he yawns out loud.

“Ookay…” Junkyu said to himself.

                                                                  *

 YGE Building (4th floor) – 9.07 a.m.

 You stepped out of the elevators on your floor, making your way towards your meeting room.

Your steps were slow and slightly demotivated to be honest, because once again, you would have to sit in that empty room and stare at the goddamn modules all over again whilst your own reflection would be watching you do all that from that large wall mirror placed against the walls opposite your usual seat.

“Wednesday, today. It’s okay, y/n, just another 2 more days and then you’ll have the weekend to yourself,” you sighed to yourself as you walk.

Beep! A message notification sounded from your phone in your bag.

You stopped walking to search for your phone in your unorganised bag, hoping that it’s not your team leader telling you that she had noticed your lateness to work today.

You breathed a sigh of relief when you saw that it wasn’t Soomin, but instead, it was Junkyu.

“That’s strange. Junkyu’s never texted me in the morning,” you said to yourself as you pressed your thumb against your phone’s home key, unlocking it to view the text. Now that you thought about it, the first time Junkyu had ever texted you personally was yesterday.

 Chatroom (Y/n and Junkyu):

Junkyu: Hey, you at work already?

Y/n: Hm? Yeah, I’ve just arrived on my floor. Why?

Junkyu: Okay. I’ve just reached the main entrance of the building. I’ll go to your meeting room in a bit.

Y/n: Erm, sure?? Wait, why are you suddenly coming over? What’s going on??

 You stood in the empty hallways, waiting for Junkyu’s reply. But then, as 5 minutes passed by, you still hadn’t received any response from him.

You wondered if something had happened to him or any of his members. He seemed so serious in the text, so maybe he wanted to ask you for help on something? It’s not impossible for that to happen since the dynamic of your friendship with the Treasure members mostly were derived from you all helping one another.

You shrugged to yourself and kept your phone into your bag again, deciding to just head to your meeting room first and think about whatever that was coming from Junkyu later on.

As you approached your meeting room, you felt a strange feeling creeping on you. You couldn’t grasp what it was but this feeling was making you uncomfortable.

You twisted the doorknob of your meeting room, your eyes meeting the dark room, since you had to manually press on the light switches beside the door.

You sighed as you thought of another long day at work in this room. You stepped inside, leaving the door slightly ajar to help light up the room slightly as you attended to the light and air conditioner switches beside the door.

As soon as the lights went on, you heard a voice speaking up—

“You’re late, Miss Y/n.”

You felt chills all over your back when you heard that voice.

                                                              *

 Chani was taken aback when he saw your bag flying towards him. He quickly caught it in his hands, saving your bag from hitting the floor instead.

His eyes glanced over to you, who was kneeling on the ground, eyes closed and your head ducked down facing the floors.

“Please, please, please. Take whatever you want from the bag but please just don’t kill me,” you muttered loudly.

Chani was too startled to even say anything. Did you think he was a freak that had broke into the office and was gonna rob you??

Okay but to think back, he had been waiting in the dark for half an hour, waiting for you to arrive and it certainly didn’t help that he had used a different tone of voice to call out to you when you first entered the room earlier. Okay damn, maybe that is kind of creepy to experience if he was in your shoes.

Chani stood up from where he was sitting and placed your bag onto the table.

Slowly, he approached you, not wanting to scare you. He knelt down to where you were and your eyes remained shut, not wanting to look at him.

“Y/n…”

“Please, please. Please don’t,” you begged, still.

Chani placed his hand on your shoulder, earning a scream from you. Chani, not wanting your scream to cause any misunderstandings from the people in the building, hurriedly shook your shoulders, “Hey, hey, it’s me. It’s me, CHANI,” his voice raising by now, trying to snap you back into reality.

Your eyes snapped open when you heard Chani saying this.

“Ch-Chani?” you said, slightly panting from the scream you made earlier.

Chani’s grip on your shoulders remained strong, but his voice was softer now, “Yes, it’s me.”

“Oh…” You looked around you and noticed that the both of you were on the floor. You pulled his hands away from you as you tried to get up from your position.

Chani stood up as well, his height looming over yours once again.

“What the heck was that about?” he questioned.

“What?”

“Earlier. You literally threw your bag at me and started screaming like as if someone was trying to murder you,”

You swallowed the lump in your throat. “W-what about it?? I was just being defensive!”

Chani chuckled. “That is no way to defend yourself.” He lets out a sigh before saying, “I guess there’s more I need to teach you,” his hands patting your head now.

You rolled your eyes at him and scowled at him. “What are you doing here, Chani?”

“Oh? Wouldn’t you like to know?” he smiled at you.

You looked over at the table not far from the both of you and noticed a medium-sized paper bag with a familiar symbol printed on it.

“Oh my god,” you chuckled. “You brought McDonald’s breakfast for me?”

“For us, you mean,” he said, a smug smile on his face now that he had succeeded in making you smile.

“Huh. We’ve been having lunch together everyday Chani. And now you’re sticking with me for breakfast too? Tsk tsk, isn’t that too much?” You said, folding your arms against your chest.

“Believe me, Y/n. Breakfast and lunch isn’t the only time you’ll be seeing me,” he said with a smirk.

“Whatever do you mean by that?”

But then, before you could hear Chani’s response to your question, you heard the door to your meeting room getting knocked on.

“Who is it?” You asked, turning around.

“It’s me,” the familiar, spongey voice sounded from the other side of the door.

“Oh hey, come on in!”

The doorknob twisted, opening the door and Junkyu’s head popped up inside the room.

“Y/n, look! I brought breakfast—” he stopped his words when he fully entered the room to see Chani standing behind you.

Chani smiled brightly when he saw Junkyu. “Hyung! What are you doing here so early??”

“I…” Junkyu’s eyes trailed over towards the McDonald’s paper bag on the table not far from you and Chani. His head lowers down to look at the paper bag he was holding.

You noticed the paper bag in his hands and suddenly you understood what was going on. Junkyu had texted you because he must’ve wanted to share his breakfast with you!

“Junkyu! What’s that in your hands? It smells good!” You said, smiling.

“Oh, I uh, I left home early today. And I, I thought that you were always early to work so I thought of just getting some breakfast for the both of us since I don’t have anything to do yet this morning,”

“Aw, that’s so sweet of you, Junkyu. I would love to have breakfast with you,” you said cheerfully.

This earned you a warm smile from Junkyu.

You were about to approach Junkyu when in all of a sudden you felt a hand holding onto your shoulder.

“Oh, hyung? What a coincidence. I came to work early to have breakfast with y/n too,”

Junkyu’s smile faltered. His grip on the paper bag in his hands tightened. He could see through the smile Chani was giving him. It wasn’t the same smile Chani had always given him. His smile was no longer cheerful, instead, it seemed…intimidating.

This guy wouldn’t let y/n go this easily, he thought.

Chani on the other hand, felt annoyed that Junkyu had interrupted his moment with you. He literally woke up early, got to work early, waited in this dark stuffy room alone just so he could have his breakfast with you. And then Junkyu came in with his tall, good-looking features and giving you his well-known charming smile, and suddenly you were completely swooned over. Now this is annoying.

“Oh come on you two. What are you both blabbering about? Let’s just all have breakfast together,” you said, pulling them both back to reality from their piercing glares at each other.

Again, you tried to walk towards Junkyu, but Chani’s strong grip on your shoulder made you stay in place. It’s almost as if your heels were planted to the floors right now.

“What are you talking about, y/n? I was here first,” Chani said, his eyes still glaring at Junkyu.

Junkyu pursed his lips together, feeling anger creeping up on him. He didn’t like how Chani was claiming you.

“Sure Chani. You were here first. But I met y/n first,” Junkyu said in a sharp tone.

You could feel the tension in the room rising and to be honest, it made you uncomfortable as hell. What in the world is going on with both of your friends right now??

 To be Continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #treasuremembers #treasure members #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members #JunKyu #kim junkyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #ALIY #sandwichrin

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 25)

Chapter 25 - Bridge Burn

Word count: 6.4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hi! :’) Here’s the update! Also, this chapter’s a little longer than usual-- I hope you all don’t mind 😥 also! Hope you all enjoy this one, please look forward for the next one <3

“I just don’t get why he’d ask you to run errands for him like this,” Soomin nagged as she helped grab several napkins and paper straws from the side of the counter.

You were standing beside her, a receipt in your hand as your eyes scanned the items in the list, making sure that you’ve ordered every single one that Bomin had asked for.

“Aigoo, unnie. Just let it be. It’s the least I could do anyways,” you said with a sigh.

Soomin shook her head at this. “Erm no way. I’m not putting up with this. He was never like this, you know? He’s always been a gentleman, respectful to everyone,”

“Sure, unnie,” you replied, not paying full attention to what she was saying as your head kept glancing over at the order pickup counter, in case your order has completed.

“Did you see the glare I gave him when he called you to gather orders from everyone in the room? The nerve! Asking my staff to run around taking orders like a waitress!” she continued nagging, clearly dissatisfied as to how her very own best friend was treating her staff—well, you in particular.

You chuckled, “It’s fine, unnie. I don’t have much tasks to do anyways.”

Soomin frowned at you. “Don’t let people step on you like that, y/n.”

“I won’t.”

“But you’re complying to whatever he tells you to do,”

“We’re working with him, unnie. Doesn’t that make him sort of my boss too for the time being?”

“Yeah, but I’m your leader. I get the final say,”

You let out another sigh, aware that you’re not going to win this argument with your leader. You simply nodded and replied an ‘okay’ to her to make sure she drops the subject already.

You glanced over the watch on your wrist, noticing that it was almost lunchtime.

“Oh, right,” Soomin’s voice said, making you turn to her again.

“Hm?”

“Do you have something going on with that guy?” Soomin asked casually as she fixed her strand of wavy hair to the back of her ear.

You tilt your head in response, not knowing who she was referring to.

“Oh come on, y/n. Don’t give me that look.” She chuckled. “Everyone on the 5th floor has talked about it,”

“Talk about what?” you asked, clearly confused as to what was going around about you.

“Oh, you know. You and Chani.”

“Oh, that.” You laughed. “We’re just good friends. I mean, I’ve only known him when we started this workshop in this company,”

“I see. You both look kinda close to each other. Some of the staff said you both were dating,”

Your eyes widened when she said this. You shook your head, denying what you heard. “Pfft, no way! We’re just friends, really.”

Soomin chuckled at your response. “Alright, I trust you.”

 *

 YGE Building (Junkyu’s studio)

Junkyu stared blankly at the screen in front of him. He was supposed to be working on the lyrics of one of his own self-written songs, but instead he was letting himself get distracted.

He pulled off the headphones from his head and placed it onto the table.

Pushing his chair to the back, Junkyu leans into the chair and lets out a sigh.

He wasn’t in the mood to write the song at all today. He took out his phone from his pocket and unlocks the home screen.

He checks up on the text he’s sent you and noticed the ‘seen’ sign underneath the message he sent.

He squints his eyes and stared at the screen up close like as if he’s searching for a hidden message in the chat.

Junkyu shakes his head, realising that staring at the screen up close wouldn’t make you reply to him any sooner. But then again, when would you reply then?

He had sent the text to you that Saturday and he was expecting you to at least say something. An emoji? A mad text? A simple ‘no’ would’ve made him feel less guilty.

He sighs heavily and shakes his phone in frustration.

“Hyung?” A familiar voice said from his studio door.

Junkyu stopped shaking the phone in his hand and turns his chair around to see who it was.

Jeongwoo, who was standing at the doorframe of his studio, gave his hyung a strange look. “Are…you okay? Why did you shake your phone like that?”

Junkyu immediately stood up from his swivel chair and tucks his phone into his jacket’s pocket. “N-nothing. I was just…” he blinked a couple times, trying to think of a way to change the subject. “W-what brings you here?”

Jeongwoo pushed the door open wider and enters himself inside the studio fully now, “I’m taking a break from the online task my teacher gave earlier. I wanted to get something to drink from the cafeteria so I wondered if you wanna tag along,”

“Ahh, right. You had to skip school today because it’s your turn to film a T-log with Mashi, right?”

Jeongwoo nods his head.

“Well, I’m hardly progressing with my song anyways. I guess I could use a break,” Junkyu said as he turns around to grab his wallet from his small yellow treasure merch bag.

“Cool! Then maybe we can get some of those mashed crab sandwiches from the store downstairs too!” Jeongwoo said excitedly, making Junkyu shake his head in amusement at him.

 *

 YGE Building (Outside cafeteria)

Both you and Soomin were bringing bags consisting of takeaway-cup drinks in both of your hands and the both of you were somewhat arguing over who should carry less than the other.

“No, unnieeee. Just give me that extra bag! Who’s gonna help me open the door if your hands are full like that??”

“Ugh no way! You should give me your bag! You’re carrying 12 drinks in two hands, that’s ridiculous as it is!” she shot back at you.

You rolled your eyes at her and tried to snatch one of the drink bags from her hand with your fingers but then you ended up losing balance and almost falling down.

“I told you!” Soomin said as you tried to keep your balance in front of her.

“Shut up,” you said to her, your face turning red in embarrassment because of how you almost fell down in front of your leader.

Soomin lets out a small laugh, “You’re quite stubborn, aren’t you? Aigoo, just let me help you,”

“Fine,” you sighed. And just as you were struggling to hand over the bag consisting of 4 drinks to your leader, you heard a familiar voice calling out to you.

“Y/n, is that you?”

You lift your head up to see Jeongwoo and Junkyu heading towards your direction.

“Jeongwoo-aa…” you said in an unsure tone.  You were distracted with the fact that your heart was suddenly beating fast from seeing Junkyu heading to where you were standing.

Soomin looked at you, wondering why you were suddenly acting all flustered after the younger boy had greeted you.

“Unnie, I think we should hurry,” you blurted out nervously.

“Hm? But I think your friend just called out to you?”

“N-no! It’s okay,” you gave her a small smile. “We need to head back before Bomin wonders why we’re taking so long, no?”

“Uhh, sure,”

And just as soon as Jeongwoo and Junkyu had arrived closely to where you were standing, you hurriedly walk past them and told Jeongwoo that you were in a rush so you couldn’t stay to chat with him.

Soomin followed closely behind you, wondering why you were acting all weirdly the moment you saw those two boys.

Jeongwoo turned around as he watches you pass by him and his hyung, your figure slowly disappearing from his sight.

“Huh…I guess she’s busy,”

Junkyu nods slowly at this. He noticed that you were avoiding to look at him earlier.

“She…was avoiding me,” Junkyu said softly, making Jeongwoo turn to look at him now.

“Hyung…”

Junkyu lets out a small chuckle, although he wasn’t smiling. “I guess it’s over now, isn’t it?”

“No hyung, don’t say that! She’s just busy that’s all. You saw how full her hands were, didn’t you? I bet she was in a hurry for a meeting or something,” Jeongwoo added, trying to assure his hyung that everything was indeed okay.

Junkyu sighs and shakes his head. “Come on, let’s head in,” he said as he steps forward towards the cafeteria entrance.

 *

 After bumping into Junkyu and Jeongwoo, you kept walking at a fast pace, forgetting that your leader was still behind you, trying to keep up with your pace.

“Y/n, you might want to slow down. You’re shaking those drinks around too much,” Soomin said, making you slow down as you realised how much the drinks had been shaken and that some have started spilling into the paper bag you were carrying.

“Oh gosh, sorry,” you said as you stopped walking.

Soomin stood beside you and watched as you busied yourself with checking the drinks in your bags.

“Hey, you good, y/n?” she asked.

“Hm, what?” you raised your head to look at her.

“You seem…kind of bothered,”

“What? No, no! I was just—I was just worried if we took too much time being away from the meeting room,” you said, giving her a sorry smile as you lied your way through her.

“Uhuh…” Soomin gave you a thoughtful look for a couple of seconds. “If you say so,” she shrugged in the end, deciding not to ask further since she didn’t want to invade your private life too much.

“Alright then, let’s just head back now.” Soomin added as she starts walking forward again, this time with her being in front of you.

You nod your head and followed behind her.

“Oh and y/n?” Soomin said, her head still staring straight ahead as she walked.

“Yes?”

“I’d like to discuss something with you later. I wanted to ask you this earlier but I almost forgot about it,” she chuckled. “We’ll discuss this when we reach the meeting room, okay?”

“Sure, Soomin-unnie,”

 *

 (The next day/Tuesday)

YGE Building – Main Meeting Room

“You WHAT?” Bomin’s voice boomed loudly throughout the empty meeting room.

“Shh, keep it down, will you?” Soomin said in a softer tone compared to him as she looks around, even though it was clearly just the both of them in the room.

Both Bomin and Soomin regularly meet up with each other at an early time before work begins, hence, them both being the only people in the room whilst waiting for the rest of Bomin’s staff’ and Soomin’s Comms Team members to arrive.

“Soomin, as much as I support you in everything you do—you know I always support your decisions, right?”

Soomin nods at this.

“Okay, good. Now listen to me jagi,” he said as he stands closer to her, “I care about you so much. But deciding this on your own is ridiculous,”

Soomin shakes her head. “First of all, I told you—” she paused as she took a step back to distance herself from him. “I told you that we shouldn’t make it too obvious that we’re together, Bomin.”

“And, what makes you think my decision this time is ridiculous?” she asked.

Bomin presses his fingers against the middle of his forehead, hissing in frustration. He lets out a sigh and looks at his girlfriend that was standing right in front of him right now. He loves her, he really does. And he’s always wanted the best for her, of course.

Bomin had always had feelings for Soomin, since they had been close ever since their high school days. But then he held himself back from confessing to her for couple of years because he believed that a wonderful person like Soomin deserves only the best—in which he proved he managed to achieve after he secured his post as one of the head staffs in the YGE Company.

The collaboration between Soomin’s team and his made him believe that it was fate that brought them to work closely together, and for him to finally confess his feelings towards his very own close friend, which led him to today—dating the beautiful and sophisticated Soomin, and being able to call her as his girlfriend finally.

Soomin, who had only recently began dating Bomin, was happy to accept his feelings, working with him has made her feelings for him resurfaced from when they were in school back then. But she was determined to keep things professional at work. She’s that type of person.

But judging from Bomin’s careless behaviour, she could tell that Bomin isn’t trying to keep things between them as professional as she was.

“Well?” Soomin said, pushing for an answer from him since all he did was just stare at her without saying anything for the past minute.

“Tsk. Soomin. You know why I’m against this specific idea of yours,”

“No, I don’t. All I know is that you’re being a judgemental person,” she replied, implying that she does indeed know why Bomin was against her idea this time.

Bomin looks up at the ceiling, taking in the insult his girlfriend just said to him.

“Bomin, look at me,”

Bomin looks back at Soomin’s face, her eyes wider this time as she waited for his answer to her question.

“Look, babe—I mean, Soomin. You know,” he paused. “Ugh, you know I don’t like how you’re giving her special treatment all the time,”

Soomin scoffs at him, bemused. “I’m not giving her special treatment. I believe she has what it takes to do this,”

“She’s only been in your team for what—a month?? One of the company’s shareholders is going to be here today, and you have the nerve to take this stupid risk?”

“Don’t talk to me with that tone,”

Bomin groaned in frustration, seeing that he had somehow ticked Soomin’s mood off as well. He’s probably in for a bad day.

“Look, I already briefed her yesterday. I even sent her the materials for her to rehearse too. She’ll do fine!” Soomin added.

“You don’t get it! The reason I wanted you to be the one handling the presentation is because I want you to be recognised for your hard work! Now look at you, blowing your chance away!”

“That’s not true. You and I both know that half of the paperwork and data gathered for our presentations were gathered and done by y/n.”

“Even so—”

“Even so, I’m not doing it, Bomin. Y/n deserves to present her hard work for my team, and if you’re going to argue further about this…” Soomin looks at the door behind Bomin. “then I have nothing else to talk about with you.” With that, Soomin grabbed her handbag and headed towards the door, exiting the meeting room.

“Damn,” Bomin muttered to himself as he hurriedly left the room to chase after his girlfriend.

 *

 You arrived at the meeting room to see some of your team members already in their seats, all making small talk with one another. At the front of the meeting room, you saw Soomin with another one of your team members who was always in charge of fixing technical stuff for your team’s meetings so you assume that he’s probably setting up the slides and all that for today’s meeting.

Of course, you didn’t know the drama your team leader had with her boyfriend earlier today that had indirectly involved you.

Soomin was happily setting up the needed materials for your presentation, her face beaming as she was happy that she had won in the argument with her boyfriend too, enabling her to proceed with her plan of having you present for your company’s team today. As soon as she saw you putting your bag under the table of your seat, she gestured you to approach her.

You nod and made your way towards her and as you were doing so, you realised that Bomin was somehow glaring at you. Which made you shudder. What is with him today?

“Y/n, I’m so glad you made it here early. Sam is putting up your slides and notes on the screen for your reference so you can check on them before we start later on, okay?” Soomin said as soon as you were near her.

You nod at her, understanding what she said.

“Oh, and, have you read up on the materials I attached last night? Sorry for the late info, by the way. I didn’t mean to drop everything on you in all of a sudden,”

“It’s alright. I read up on them last night…though I can’t promise that it’ll be perfect today—” you grinned at her.

Soomin rolled her eyes at you and snickered, “Please—you’ll do great. I have a good feeling about today.”

“I don’t,” you joked.

“Please,” she laughed. “Okay, I think you can swipe through the slides now. Thanks Sam,” she said to him as he bowed and left the both of you alone.

You took over Soomin’s spot in front of the monitor and checked on the slides as you pressed the arrow button on the keyboard.

“Oops, incoming,” Soomin said in all of a sudden, making you stop what you were doing.

“Hm? What is it?”

And instead of Soomin answering you, you heard another voice approaching you.

“Y/n! You look so pretty today!” Chani said happily as he popped out of nowhere. He wasn’t in the room when you first arrived and in all of a sudden, he’s standing in between you and Soomin, a silly grin on his face.

Soomin smirked at the both of you and excused herself, “Well, I should get back to my seat. Good luck for today!” she pats your back before leaving.

“Hm? Good luck for what?” Chani asked as he turns to look at you directly now.

“Soomin-unnie is letting me present the final progress report for this workshop,” you replied, a smile on your face.

“Hmm,”

You stopped scrolling through your slides and turned to him. “What? You think I can’t handle today’s big meeting?”

“Well…I’m not even gonna lie, one of our company’s shareholders is gonna be here today…”

You scowled at him and punched his arm, making him laugh at you.

“I’m just kidding! I mean, I’d be nervous but hey, I think you’ll do fine. Just…don’t smile too much,”

“Hm? Why not? The shareholder doesn’t like it when people smile??” you ask him, dumbfounded.

“No, that’s not it,” he laughed. He leaned close to you to whisper, “I just think you look super pretty today and I’m afraid if you smile too much, he might fall for you like I did,”

You punched his arm another time, making him distance himself from you, “Ow, hey!”

“Cut it out, Chani. Go back to your seat,” you grumbled at him.

“Aww are you blushing? You’re shy, aren’t you? You like it when I tell you you’re pretty,” he teased you.

He wasn’t lying though. You could feel your cheeks heating up from him being so close to you like that. Not that it meant anything to you though. You were just surprised by his daringness today.

Chani has always been caring and affectionate towards you, but him flirting?? That’s new.

You shook your head at him and was about to nag at him about him bothering you too much when your eyes fell upon the people in the room. You noticed that most of them were watching you and Chani.

Have they been watching over the both of you the whole time?

“Look at them, I told you they’re dating,”

“Gasp, really? The nerve. Who does she think she is? With Chani??”

“Eh?? They do look good together…”

Suddenly you could hear them all talking about the both of you.

You were so distracted by everyone else that you didn’t realise Chani was busy looking through your notes and talking to you about what he had for breakfast.

You turn to look at him, his head lowered down as he read your notes on the screen. It seems like Chani was oblivious as to what was going on in the room.

How does he do it? How is he not bothered by what other people are saying? Is he really okay with the rumours everyone was spewing about you two?

“…seem fine. I’m sure you’ll do good today, don’t worry too much,” Chani said as he places his hand on your head, patting it.

You were too busy listening to everyone else’s whispers that you had missed out on what Chani was saying.

You pulled his hand away from your head, and smiled awkwardly at him. “Yeah, sure. Thanks. I uh, I’m gonna look through the slides one more time. You should go back to your seat,”

Chani noticed your sudden stiff expression so he decided to just comply and return to his seat.

And just as he sat down in his chair, still feeling puzzled by your sudden switch of mood, he noticed Bomin eyeing him, a smirk on his face.

Chani frowned at him, annoyed that this man is watching over him as always. He looked away and cursed the man under his breath.

 *

 After a good 20 minutes of presenting your company’s findings on the progress of the YG staff your team have mentored and tutored for the past week along with the intended future merges and implications, you swallowed the last bit of air you needed to conclude the presentation and thanked all the people in the room for listening.

“And that is all from us, are there any questions?” you asked, your voice sounding slightly hoarse as you felt it dry up from non-stop talking for the past 20 minutes.

Everyone else in the room shook their heads, to which you felt grateful for since you were sure that the presentation was made clear for everyone to understand fully.

You released a breath of air you didn’t realise you had been holding in when suddenly, the YG shareholder that had attended the meeting today raised his hand.

“Y-yes, sir? You have a question?”

“Hmm…well, frankly I’m not directing this only to you, but to everyone in this room,” he said as he turns to look at everyone in the room.

“This isn’t a question, but just want to say that I think everyone here is satisfied with your team’s plans and efforts as compared to last year. You all simply have improved much,” he continued, a smile on his face.

“Uhh, thank you, sir,” you answered back.

“That was a very insightful presentation too. I liked how your company arranged the new system. I say, a big round for PEWA Groups!” he exclaimed proudly, to which he clapped his hands to, earning everyone else’s applause as well in the room.

You bowed and smiled happily, locking eyes with Soomin who was also grinning as she clapped her hands.

“Thank you so much for the high praise, sir. We couldn’t have done a great job without your great staff here too, so, we’re equally grateful to have such wonderful clients this time around,” you responded to the shareholder.

“Well, if that is all, I believe we can adjourn the meeting?” you asked everyone, excited to end the meeting already.

“Ah, wait. I didn’t quite catch your name. What was it again?” The shareholder asked you.

“Oh, it’s y/n,”

“You did well, y/n,”

“Oh, no, really, I owe it all to my team leader, Soomin-ssi right there,” you pointed towards your surprised team leader.

“Oh gosh, no, no. He was right, you did a great job y/n. You handled the presentation really well,” Soomin complimented you with her bright smile.

You were getting embarrassed so you simply nodded and smiled before shuffling back towards the monitor screen at the front of the room to take down the meeting slides from the screen.

“Alright then, this marks the closing of our workshop with PEWA then?” you heard Bomin’s voice asking the room, to which was responded with loud cheers by everyone.

Mr Ahn, the shareholder, thanked everyone another time and said his goodbye as he hurried out to leave for another one of his own appointments.

You smiled to yourself as you waited for the computer in front of you to shut down. How many days left were you to work here before going back to your own office? A week? A week plus? Oh, right. Your last day here would be next Friday.

When the computer finally shut down, you hurried back to your seat since Bomin was telling everyone to quiet down before he dismisses everyone for their lunch break.

As soon as you sat down, you felt Chani’s hand patting your head and you turned to smile at him briefly before returning your attention back to Bomin who was standing up by now.

“It has been great pleasure to work with you all,” Bomin said as he turns to look at Soomin. The both of them exchanged knowing smiles with one another.

“And of course, again, thank you, y/n, for delivering such a great presentation today!” he looked at you this time. You smiled and nodded at him.

“I mean, sure, I wasn’t expecting it to be this good considering that you’re just a high school graduate,” he added, still smiling at you.

You felt your smile freeze on your face.

Wha…t?

Suddenly, the whole room went quiet.

You licked your lips that was beginning to feel dry by now and your eyes searched the room for your team leader, who had an expression just as shocked as you were.

“Oh? Why is everyone so quiet? Didn’t you all know? Y/n is the only employee in the PEWA’s Comm’s Team who owns just a high school certificate,” Bomin asked, amused with everyone’s reaction.

You felt everyone’s eyes on you.

But how…? The only person who knew about this…was your company’s president—Mr Bae. Then how?

And in a quick second, you heard people’s voices talking all at once.

“What?? So we’re literally being educated by someone who has no skills in this field?”

“Wait, isn’t the Comms Team from PEWA the highest ranked team in their company? What??”

“Yah, are we being conned? We literally let that kid educate us throughout the workshop,”

“Bomin-ssi! How did you let an unqualified person like that have control over our staff??”

You lowered your head, unable to look at the people who have started talking about you.

Chani moved in his seat, unhappy with what was going on in the room.

“O-okay, everyone, quiet down. Meeting is over,” you heard Soomin’s voice say.

Though you could hear no one listening to her. They continued talking to one another, dissatisfaction spewing out of their mouths non-stop.

“Yahh what an embarrassment!”

“Omg and to think she’s been working with us for almost two years. Just how did she get into the company??”

“Soomin-ssi, did you know this? Is that why you favour her over us?? We’ve been working by your side for years and yet you never let us do any of your tasks for you! Yet, you’ve asked her plenty of times!” you heard one of your team members asking Soomin.

Great. Now your own team is turning on you. You grip the sides of your pants, your head feeling heavy from all the loud voices you’re hearing.

“Would everyone, please, just quiet down—” Soomin tried to calm the room but she was interrupted by Bomin’s voice,

“Aigoo. I didn’t know this would bring so much chaos. I’m so sorry, y/n.”

You could hear the smirk from his voice even when you’re not looking at him. This man…just what is he thinking?

The room wasn’t getting any quieter, yet, it seemed like everyone has started asking questions.

“Omo omo, how did you even get the job to be in PEWA?? Did you use a back door??”

“My gosh, imagine if half of the PEWA Group was actually made up of staff that are underqualified,”

“Hey, don’t start spouting nonsense!” you heard Soomin arguing back.

You couldn’t take this. How did this happen? Everything was going so well. How did it all turn so badly in a blink of an eye??

You stood up from your seat, making the loud noise in the room lessen, but then you could still hear some of them whispering to one another.

You lift your head to look at Bomin. “Thank you, for congratulating me on my efforts today.”

“And yes, what Bomin-ssi said was true. But I assure you all, none of the PEWA staff are underqualified.” You swallowed a breath before continuing, “I am the only staff that has…just a high school certificate.”

“Gasp! This is so funny! We literally let someone like her lead the workshop??”

“Tsk, Soomin-ssi, I’m so disappointed in you. I was wondering why a newbie like her was added into our team so suddenly. You must’ve felt sorry for her,”

You felt a pang of hurt in your chest. You didn’t like how Soomin was getting dragged into this. If anything at all, Soomin had been the nicest person to you in your company.

“I…I’m so sorry,” you apologised. You could feel your eyes tearing up. “I’m so sorry,” you bowed at everyone.

“What? No, y/n, no this isn’t your fault,” you heard Soomin say.

You grabbed your bag under the table and backed away from your seat. Your eyes fell upon Chani.

He had a surprised look on his face as well. He shook his head at you, noticing your tight grip on your bag. It seemed like he knew what was on your mind right now.

“I’m sorry,” you whispered before running out of the meeting room.

As soon as the door closed behind you, Chani heard the whole room talking all at once again. He was getting tired of the loud noise.

He got up and marched towards Bomin.

“Yes, intern? Is there something—” Bomin’s word was cut off as he felt Chani’s fist landing against his right cheek, causing him to fall to the floor.

“Get up.” Chani said. “I said, get up!”

Bomin huffed angrily as he got up on his feet. He swung his arm and punched Chani in his stomach.

Chani groaned loudly in pain. “You piece of shi—”

“What? You’re gonna curse? That’s the best you could do??” Bomin taunts him, a smirk on his lips.

Chani grabbed Bomin by his collar and gritted his teeth, “Yah, Bomin! You have really crossed the line this time!”

“Aw? Why? Did you feel bad because you couldn’t stand up for your friend like last time?” Bomin scoffs, “I wonder how she’d react though? Because as I recall, back then, it didn’t work out well with you and your old friend, no?”

“Why you—” Chani was about to punch him again when Soomin stepped in between them to stop them.

“Stop it you two! Everyone is watching!” she whispered loud enough for the both of them to hear.

Chani looked around the room and noticed that what she said was true. Everyone else had stopped talking now and were focused on the little fight going on between him and Bomin.

Chani pushes Bomin roughly aside and glared at him.

Bomin shook his head, his annoying smirk still visible on his face. He fixed his collar as he said, “Tsk. Violence doesn’t always work out, you know,”

“Shut up,”

“Okay that’s it, you both. Enough.” Soomin chimed. “And the rest of yous! Leave the meeting room! Quit staring already!”

Everyone else in the room slowly gathered their stuff, some of them still whispering to each other as they left the room.

All three of them stayed quiet as they watched the rest of the staff leave the room.

And as soon as the last person exited the room, Soomin quickly closed the door and turned back to look at the two men in front of her.

“Have you both no shame?? Fighting like that in front of everyone?? And you, Bomin, why did you have to say that about y/n?!”

Bomin kept quiet, not knowing what to say as he notices how angry his girlfriend was with him.

Chani clicked his tongue. “Pfft. Doesn’t feel nice, does it? Having your girlfriend being mad at you. Maybe you should’ve thought more clearly before creating a mess like this, idiot,”

“Wait—you know?” Soomin asked him.

“What don’t I know?” Chani answered smugly. “Look, I’d love to tell you everything I know about your boyfriend but right now, I can’t stand to be in here.”

Chani approached Bomin again to say, “You may think that you’ve won this again, but I’m telling you, I’m not letting you get away with this. I told you before, not to hurt y/n. You…I’ll deal with you when I get home, hyung.”

With that, Chani shot him a piercing glare before leaving him and Soomin alone in the room.

“…hyung?” Soomin looked at Bomin questioningly.

 *

 YGE Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

“and 5,6,7,8—bam bam bam dda, dda da da da ddum!” Hyunsuk’s voice chanted as he guided his group’s movements according to his beat count.

“Okay, and then after this part here,” Hyunsuk stepped out of his spot in the formation and demonstrated another move to his friends, “After the right leg out part, step out your left leg further front and then we all turn clockwise before we enter the next formation, got it?”

“Okay hyung,” Jihoon answered.

“Okay let’s all try individually for a while, I’ll count,” Hyunsuk said. “ and 5,6,7,8— bam bam bam dda, dda da da da ddum, okay, right leg, left out, turn! Alright, NICE!” Hyunsuk cheered as he notices everyone’s movements sync with his count even when they’re all practicing on their own.

“Woooo yeah!” Mashiho cheered as well, his charming smile beaming. He wipes the sweat on his forehead with the towel he grabbed from his bag and complimented everyone on their hard work.

“Yayyyy! We’re good to go for the first part of this song! Great job everyone!” Jaehyuk said this time.

Hyunsuk showed a thumbs up at everyone. He walked towards the water dispenser and poured himself a cup of water to drink.

Jihoon approached him and pat his back before getting himself a cup of drink as well. “Great job today, hyung,”

“You too, Hoon-aa, good job.”

“Hyung, will we be leaving for lunch later then?” both the leaders heard Yedam ask, making both of them turn around.

“Yeah, sure. Text the kids too, and tell them that we’ll meet them at the cafeteria later on,” Hyunsuk answered, reminding Yedam to inform the maknaes whom were in school to meet them later when they get to the building.

Jihoon left his hyung’s side to approach Junkyu who was sitting on the floor, chatting with Haruto, Yoshi and Asahi.

“…and then before you proceed to the next level, make sure you collect the diamonds from the hidden bags in the rooms—” Haruto explained to Asahi, his fingers moving as he tapped on his phone.

Junkyu and Asahi nods at his explanation, trying to understand what he was showing them.

“What are you kids watching?” Jihoon asks as soon as he sits down beside Junkyu.

“Haruto’s just explaining how this game he’s been obsessed with works,” Junkyu answered, his eyes still plastered on Haruto’s phone screen.

“Tsk, it seems like a lot of work though,” Asahi said, making Yoshi giggle.

“Yahh hyung! Just—just watch how I do it first. It’s easy!” Haruto insisted as he pushed his screen closer to Asahi.

Junkyu turns to Jihoon who was amused by Haruto’s nagging, “No kidding, hyung. This is the second time he’s explained it to me. It’s still confusing to me,” he complained.

Jihoon nods, “Sure Junkyu. Oh right, what are you having for lunch later?”

“I’m not sure yet. I’ll see what choices they have on the menu today I guess,” Junkyu shrugs back at him.

Suddenly, they all heard a loud knock on their practice room’s door.

‘knock knock knock’

“Oh? Someone’s knocking on the door?” Hyunsuk asked.

‘KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK’ the knocking was louder this time.

“My gosh, who would knock like that??” Jihoon asked this time. “Who is it??” Jihoon yelled, asking the person outside the door.

The door opened to reveal a flustered-looking Chani.

“Chani?” Yedam asked, surprised.

Chani enters the room, looking around for something—or someone.

His eyes landed on Junkyu.

“Yah, Kim Junkyu. Where is she?”

Junkyu turns around to look behind him. He turns back to the front to look at Chani who was standing not too far from him. “Me?”

Chani rolls his eyes at Junkyu’s confused expression. “Yes, I’m talking to you obviously. Quit playing dumb. I know the both of you are kinda close to each other so just spill it. Where’s she?”

“Where’s who??” Junkyu asked, his eyebrows furrowing in confusion.

“Oh my god. Are you really gonna keep it at this??”

“Hey hey, chill it, Chani. That’s your hyung you’re talking to,” Jihoon reminded him.

“I don’t have time for this, hyung! Y/n! Where’s y/n?!” Chani responds rather impatiently.

Everyone in the room exchanged puzzled looks with one another. Is Chani drunk or something? Obviously they all hadn’t met you today—let alone hang out with you after the small dispute Junkyu had with you.

Chani noticed how clueless everyone looked, making his expression soften. “Wait…no way…none of you’ve seen her?”

Everyone shook their heads.

“Agh, this is crazy!” Chani exclaims as he ruffles his own hair. “I’ve been trying to call her but she hadn’t been answering,”

Hyunsuk approaches the frustrated looking man who was standing in the middle of their practice room. “Why? Did y/n not come to work today?”

Chani lets out an exasperated sigh. “Hyung…you gotta help me find y/n. Bomin-hyung…he did it again…”

Hyunsuk’s eyes widened upon hearing this. “Wh-what?”

“He’s trying to drive y/n away from me, hyung! He said something during our meeting that made y/n ran off and now, now—” Chani swallowed his breath before continuing, “I can’t find her anywhere!”

“What…?” Junkyu’s voice said, earning the attention of everyone in the room.

Junkyu was already standing by now, his concern rising as he heard Chani’s story.

“I thought you’d know where she is, hyung!” Chani exclaimed.

Junkyu shook his head at the younger man. “Whatever. Thanks for telling us what happened, Chani,” He immediately walks away from everyone and heads for the door.

“Wait, Junkyu, where are you going??” Jihoon asked him.

“What’s it look like I’m doing?? I’m gonna go look for y/n!”

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 21)

Chapter 21 - Confessions.

Word count: 4.8k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Good morning! Chapter 21 is up! Thank you all for supporting this fic. I couldn’t have done it without all y’all’s love and continuous support. Enjoy this one 🧡

“What?” Chani scoffed in disbelief.

“Y-yeah! It’s true, I met Y/n first!”

“Oh, so we’re playing firsts now, huh?” Chani said, his tone giving a hint of sarcasm.

“You started it first! I was only countering what you said!”

“Yeah well,” Chani paused, trying to think of what else to say. “Well, I was the first friend Y/n met here,”

“Hah! Jokes on you! The first friend y/n made here was Hyunsuk-hyung! They met each other before any of us did,” Junkyu said, happy that he was able to beat Chani’s statement.

“Fine. But I’m pretty sure I’m the first person who’s ever fed y/n food among you guys,”

“Oh really? When was that?” Junkyu asked smugly since he knew you’ve only known Chani for over half a month and not as long as you’ve known him or any of his members.

“Duh, it was recent. Sometime in this week,”

“Hah! You’re beat! Hyunsuk-hyung fed y/n food that one time when we came over to her house,” Junkyu was slightly jumping now, excited that he was winning at this argument.

“I—”

“You lost! You have nothing else to say yayyyy,” Junkyu said happily with his cute smile.

Chani lets out a heavy sigh, slightly disappointed by the fact that the Treasure members had already visited your home and yet you’ve never invited him over.

“Yah, y/n. How come they get to visit your home but I never got the chance to go there?” he asked you.

You kept quiet.

Junkyu’s happy expression slowly faded when he noticed how upset you looked.

“Y/n?” Chani said when he realised you’re not responding to him. He lets go of your shoulder that he’d been holding on to since just now and he moved in front of you, wanting to check if you were okay.

Chani froze in his spot when he saw the look you were giving him.

“U-uh, hyung…I think we should leave…” Chani said to Junkyu. He knew that look on your face. Working with you has made him familiarise with the different moods you have, and right now, he knows, if he stayed any longer, he would receive and earful of nagging from you.

“Oh ho don’t you dare move,” you said, making both of them not moving an inch.

“How dare you guys…how dare you both come in here and make a big deal about having breakfast when in reality, we could all have breakfast together,” you continued. “And then you both started off that stupid feud about ‘firsts’ involving me! What am I, an object for you both to banter about??”

“Y/n we don’t mean it that way,” Junkyu said, feeling bad now.

You kept quiet, shooting glares at the both of them.

“Y/n…I just wanted to spend time with you, that’s all…” Chani said in a slow voice.

This earned a scoff from Junkyu. He was annoyed that Chani had the nerve to say that. Chani got to spend his every day with you and yet he wants more? Pathetic.

“What? You have an opinion on that??” Chani asked when he heard Junkyu’s scoff.

You rolled your eyes at this. Looks like this feud isn’t gonna end here.

You grabbed your bag from the table and headed towards the door of your meeting room.

“Wait, y/n, where are you going?” Chani asked, surprised by your action.

“Somewhere I can get some peace and not where my friends are acting weird and arguing about me,” you huffed.

You were standing in front of Junkyu now, since he was standing directly in front of the door.

“Move, Junkyu,”

“But y/n…” Junkyu said softly to you.

You saw the worried look in his eyes and you couldn’t help but feel soft for him.

“Please move, Junkyu,” you said more gently now.

Junkyu looked into your eyes for a moment and then he complied and moved aside, letting you leave the room.

Chani hurriedly walked over towards the door, wanting to follow you, but then he heard you saying from outside,

“I want none of you following me! If I catch a glimpse of you within my eyesight, I’ll really stop talking to any of you,” you said in a warning tone.

This made Chani stop.

Junkyu closed the door of the room, leaving only him and Chani in there.

“This is all your fault! Why can’t you just let y/n go today??” Chani said frustratedly at him.

“Me?? You have her by your side every day! How is this my fault??”

“I only get her to be with me for lunch! Oh come on, you have the upper hand here! You get to visit her freaking home,” Chani added, dissatisfied.

“Upper hand in what?? Hey, you’re the one that keeps on sticking to y/n to the point the only choice I have to even catch a glimpse of her was FROM AFAR,”

“Lol you’re making it seem like as if I’m taking too much of y/n’s time away from you, when in reality you could’ve just, I don’t know, pull her away from me,” Chani responded, a smug tone in his voice.

“H-how?? You’re literally stuck with her! Like earlier, you wouldn’t even let her go! You know what, you’re a leech!” Junkyu argued back. He could hear his own ragged breathing now. Wow, he must be really angry at Chani right now.

“What?” Chani asked back, amused.

“That’s right, you’re a leech! You stick on Y/n, and you wouldn’t come off until someone puts a fire near you,”

“Wow, I really can’t believe you’re comparing me to a leech, hyung.”

“Yup, I watch documentaries too,” Junkyu said proudly.

Chani lets out a small laugh. “Okay hyung, enough, okay? You and I are friends. Why are we arguing about y/n like this? She’s our friend too. Let’s not make things worse, okay?”

Junkyu blinked a couple times. His breathing was calmer now. Chani was right though. Fighting any longer wouldn’t bring you back here.

“So…what do you suggest?” Junkyu asked.

“Hmm,”

Junkyu fixed the paper bag in his hand. The food he bought for the both of you was getting cold and he couldn’t help but pout as he stared at the wrapped-up sandwiches he bought. He had really wanted to give you one of these, he thought. It was one of his favourites and well, he’d like to share the things he like with you. It’s just the things people do when they like someone, no?

“Okay, here’s what we do.” Chani said, earning Junkyu’s attention again. “You…should go back to your studio or practice room or wherever your schedule wants you to be—and I’ll look for y/n,”

Junkyu scoffed out loudly as he listened to this guy’s ridiculous plan. Isn’t it obvious that he’s just trying to stick to you all over again?

“What?? What are you not satisfied about??”

“Why do you have to be the one looking for her? Why can’t it be me??”

“Because, hyung,” Chani smirked. “I’ve changed group leaders. So, technically, as of today y/n is my group leader now.”

“What…”

“Exactly. So what I’m saying is, legally I am allowed to stick to y/n,” a smug smile formed as he said this.

“Huh. I can’t believe we felt sorry for you. You’re just as selfish as he is,”

This statement hits Chani hard. His eyes widened. “You did not just say that, hyung,”

Junkyu walked up closer to Chani, having more courage to face Chani now. He knows how much Chani hates being put in the same place as that person.

“Yah. I won’t let you cling onto y/n like that,” Junkyu said in a soft but menacing tone.

“What’s your deal?! It’s not like you have a crush on y/n like I do,”

Junkyu’s mouth fell open.

Did Chani just confess…about liking you??

Chani too, looked as shocked as Junkyu was. He didn’t expect those words to come out of his mouth.

“W-wait. That doesn’t make any sense. You’ve only met y/n this month. You’ve only known her for several weeks!” Junkyu reasoned, not believing what he heard.

“Look, I feel like it’s nonsense too, believe me! But…I don’t know…I’ve spent my every day with her. And even if it’s just for a couple of weeks…I like being around her. Even when she nags and rolls her eyes at me all the time. I can’t stop thinking about her ever since I met her. Even when I get back home from work, I keep looking forward to meeting her the next day.” Chani looks at Junkyu in the eyes and said, “You know how miserable it was for me, interning here. You know what went down before this, don’t you hyung? Ever since y/n came here, I feel like I’ve gained more courage, I get happier even when I get treated like shit here,”

Junkyu was quiet for a moment. It hurts how he couldn’t get angry at Chani anymore after what he said. Because…he knows how Chani feels.

“I know how you feel…Believe me, I do, Chani.”

Chani lets out a sigh. He watches as Junkyu stares at the paper bag in his hands.

Wait a minute. Could it be?

“Hyung…don’t tell me…”

Junkyu nodded, a solemn smile on his face. He locked eyes with Chani as he opens his mouth to say the one thing he’s never straightforwardly said to anyone—

“Yeah. I like Y/n a lot,”

                                                                 *

 YG Building (Cafeteria / Balcony)

 You woke up to feel the Sun’s rays shining against the clear glass roof, giving you a warm feeling throughout your upper body. Lifting your head from your arms that had supported you throughout your nap out here, you let out a soft sigh, slightly stretching your arms against the table in front of you.

How long have you napped?

Feeling a little panicked inside, you hurriedly grabbed your phone from your bag on the chair located on your right.

10.17am.

You let out another sigh.

“Crazy. I actually napped for almost an hour,”

Placing your phone on the table, you rubbed your tired eyes gently, still trying to fully wake up.

What happened earlier? Why are you out here again? You asked yourself these questions. Ah, right. You had walked out of Junkyu and Chani’s silly argument earlier.

“Those kids. The nerve of them arguing like that. I wasn’t arguing with them and yet I feel so drained. Now look what they’ve done. I don’t even remember falling asleep out here,” you mumbled to yourself.

“Ah, I see the sleeping beauty is awake right now,” a voice said.

You swiftly turned your head to your left to see who it was.

And there he was, Jihoon, grinning at you as he held his phone in one hand—probably scrolling through it before this.

“Whoa. What are you doing here?” you asked, still a little groggy from your nap.

Jihoon pulled out his airpods from his ears and kept them into their case.

Still smiling at you, he finally responded to your question.

“Hm? I was just scrolling through my phone and waiting for a certain princess to wake up from her deep slumber,”

You frowned at him. “How long have you been watching me sleep, huh?”

Jihoon lets out a chuckle, “Oh hey hold your horses, princess. I’m not some creepy stalker, okay? I’ve only been here for like, 10-15 minutes tops,”

“Hmm okay. But why are you here?? Shouldn’t you be running off to practice or working out or something?”

“Why do you think I’m here?” He asked you back, leaning his chin against his hands as he stared at you with his mischievous smile.

“You…wanted to get some fresh air?” you guessed.

“Bingo! You almost got it right!” he grinned at you. “Ah, but I was here for another matter,” he paused, making you wait for his sentence to finish.

“Oh? Aren’t you gonna ask me what the other reason is?” he questioned you.

“Oh my god, Jihoon. Cut the suspense and tell me already!” you groaned.

Jihoon giggled at your impatience and decided to just tell you already why he was there.

“Okay, fine, fine. Well, Junkyu called me up,”

“What? Why??”

“What do you mean, ‘why’?? You stormed away from him and threatened not to talk to him ever again if he looks for you. Why do you think he called me to come here instead of him being here on his own?”

“Oh…”

“Yup,” Jihoon sat up straight now, leaning in close to you. “Now y/n, I don’t know the full details on what went on today but when Junkyu called me, he was a panicked mess. I just hope you know how worried he is about you. I mean, he literally begged me to come over and look for you immediately! I had to rush over here too, okay? Look at me, I even forgot to put on sunscreen because of the rush,” he said as he chuckled.

“Ah but then, after I sent him a picture of you napping, he was calmer so yeah, you don’t have to worry too much,” he continued.

Jihoon leaned back against his chair, smiling at you. “Oh! And I had a hunch you’d be here. Luckily, my hunch was right. I didn’t have to roam around this huge building looking for you,” he added proudly.

You blinked a couple times, trying to discern what Jihoon had told you.

“Hm? You’re a little quiet today. Usually you’re so feisty around me,”

“Oh shut up,” you said as you lightly slapped his shoulder, making him giggle at you.

You pursed your lips together, trying to think of what you want to say to Jihoon.

Junkyu had called him up because he was worried about you.

Junkyu was too afraid to look for you because he didn’t want you to stop talking to him.

Jihoon said Junkyu was a worried mess when he called him up.

All these things swirled up in your head, making it hard for you to focus on Jihoon who was still staring at you, waiting for you to speak up.

“Jihoon…”

“Hm?”

“I…I don’t know what to say. This is a bit too much to handle right now. I…I’m sorry that you had to rush over here…and forgot to put on sunscreen…” your voice trailed as you noticed that even with his bare face, your friend still looked glowing and handsome under the warm Sun rays.

“Nah, it’s no big deal. I’ll put some on later,” he smiled at you. “But really, what happened just now?” he asked, since he didn’t manage to get the full story from Junkyu earlier because his best friend spoke too fast on the phone and kept on begging him to come over to the company to look for you.

And so, you told Jihoon. What went down earlier in your meeting room. Right from the very beginning including the part where Junkyu had texted you the moment you stepped out of your floor’s elevator.

Jihoon listened carefully, nodding at some parts, implying that he understood what you were trying to tell him.

And after your whole story-telling session was done, he kept quiet. He waited for you to calm down before deciding to say anything to you.

You pushed your hair back with one hand, letting out a sigh.

“And so, Jihoon. I had to storm off. I mean, it’s weird enough that these boys are coming to me first thing when I arrive at work—which is a first for me today, and then they start bickering with one another like as if I was some sort of Olympics trophy!”

Jihoon giggled when he hears this. “That’s a little too much, y/n. You’re not an olympic’s trophy. That’s too valuable,”

You scowled at him and punched him in the arm, hard.

“Ow! Okay, okay I was just joking!” he laughed. “You are valuable,”

But then you were already annoyed by what he said so you simply rolled your eyes at him.

“Aw come on. Are you sulking right now?” Jihoon asked, amused with your behaviour.

You shook your head at him but then you weren’t looking at him.

“Aww y/n! Here, here, look! Look at this picture of you that I sent to Junkyu. You looked like an angel sleeping. Of course you’re important and valuable to us all,”

You subtly turned your head to look at his phone that he was holding out to you.

“Wow…the lighting was so good. That picture actually looks good…” you said softly, hardly believing that the soft-looking girl sleeping in the picture was you.

The picture showed an up-close shot of your face, half covered by your arms that you were resting your head on, making the features of your long lashes and your nose and a part of your covered lips accentuated under the sun-kissed rays shining on you.

As you were gaping over the skilled picture Jihoon took of you, Jihoon smiled to himself, feeling proud that he managed to make you stop sulking by now.

“I’m pretty sure Junkyu must be thinking the same thing as you do when he looks at this picture,” he said, making you look at him.

“W-what?”

“It’s a good picture, isn’t it? I’m sure Junkyu’s staring at this picture like a goofy idiot right now,” Jihoon said again, trying to tease you.

“Yah! What are you saying?? Why would Junkyu be staring at my picture, huh??”

“Aww look at you! Your face is turning red,” Jihoon smiled as he kept his phone into his bag.

“W-what? No way! You’re the one that’s turning red!” you blurted out at him.

Jihoon laughed out loud at your reaction. “Oh gosh, y/n. Look at you. Denying how you feel.”

“Look at you. You’re making random conclusions on your own,” you said in an annoyed tone.

Jihoon stretches his hand out to pat you on your head before saying, “Okay, okay. Enough with teasing you. Let’s get back to serious business.”

You looked at him confusedly. “Business?”

“Yeah. What are you going to do about Junkyu and Chani? You know you can’t run away from them and throw threats at them forever, right?”

You groaned. “Aw man, I can’t? Damn it, I was hoping to just avoid them until the end of the month,”

This earned you a soft bonk in the head by Jihoon.

“Silly girl. Of course you can’t.”

“Fine,” you sighed out loud. “I mean, I don’t like it when people fight because of me…” you said as you looked down.

“Neither do I. But you need to understand that they’re fighting over because of one thing, y/n,”

“And what’s that?”

“Duhh, they both want to spend time with you!”

“Then they can! They can just come up to me and spend time with me!”

Jihoon shot you a ‘really, girl??’ look at you.

“What? They could!”

“And they did go to you. See what happened today??”

You let out another exasperated groan, “Ugh okay then what should I do, Jihoon??”

“Come on y/n. You know what to do. You need to decide yourself who you want to spend time with. It’s not only depending on them too, you know. You’re a person too. You get to decide too.”

You kept quiet, eyes staring down at the table again. Jihoon was right. You can’t let your friends fight over you simply because you never openly said to them who you wanted to hang out with truthfully.

Jihoon leaned his chin against his hand again, waiting for whatever you were going to say next.

“Who…do I want to hang with…” you said softly to yourself.

“Be honest with yourself, y/n. If you were to be put into the same situation as this morning all over again, who would you pick to have breakfast with?”

“Well…” you blinked a couple times. A name popped into your head and instantly you felt your heart racing.

“Hm?”

“Well…I g-guess it would be Junkyu…”

“Oh? That’s an interesting take. Why so?”

“I mean…I like hanging out with Chani, I really do. He’s a great friend to spend time with. He gets me so well and oh my god he handles my mood swings so well too! He’s so sweet and caring towards me…” you paused for a bit.

“But then Junkyu…even when he treats me coldly at times or how awkward it feels to be around him sometimes—" you giggled slightly thinking of all your awkward encounters with him. “Around Junkyu I feel different. Whenever he smiles, I feel warm all over. I don’t know, I don’t hang with him much but there’s something about him that makes me feel this comfortable aura around me. It’s like I feel safe whenever I see him. Just seeing him makes me want to smile sillily but ah! I don’t know what I’m saying hahaha let’s not talk about this anymore!” you ended your rant with an apologetic laugh.

You turned to look at Jihoon who had been staring at you the whole time you were talking just now.

His eyes continued to stare at you as if he was in a trance, his eyes gently blinking as you leaned in close to his face to see if he’s okay.

“Hello? Earth to Jihoon,” you said as you waved your hand in front of his face.

“Oh?” Jihoon sat up straight, fixing his posture as soon as he noticed your face was inches away from his.

“Oh my god. I can’t believe you were daydreaming the whole time I was ranting about them,” you said in disbelief.

Jihoon chuckled nervously. “What? No, no no! I was listening, I just…might have gone into another world for a bit,” he joked.

“Whatever Jihoon. It’s fine.”

“So? Have you decided on what to do?”

“I…guess? But let’s hear out what you have in mind since you went to visit another planet while I was talking earlier,” you teased him.

“Pfft. Easy. You just have to talk to them and tell them whatever epiphany you just had earlier,”

You scoffed at him. “I knew it! You weren’t listening at all! Bye, I’m gonna find a new best friend,” you said sarcastically, pretending to grab your bag and leave.

Jihoon grabbed your arms and made you stay in your seat as he cooed, “Aww I’m your best friend? I didn’t know I was that special to you. I thought you hated my guts,” he said in between giggles.

You scowled at him and rolled your eyes. “Enough. Stop teasing me, Jihoon!” you huffed.

                                                              *

 YGE Building (4th floor – Y/n’s assigned meeting room)

 You walked up towards your meeting room, your high heels clacking in the empty hallways.

Just as soon as you arrived in front of your meeting room’s door, you swiftly turned the doorknob.

And as you stepped into the room, there you saw, Chani sitting in one of the seats, slightly hunched as he focused on the slightly-thick pile of paper in front of him.

You felt your heart soften for your friend. Initially, while you were on your way back to the meeting room, you had been thinking of all the words you wanted to say to him. Yes, you had plan on nagging at him like you usually do. But then when you saw him being all focused and serious doing work…you felt like it wasn’t fair of you to hurt his feelings at all.

You let out a sigh as you closed the door behind you.

Your sigh caught Chani’s attention, making him lift his head to look at you.

“Y/n,” he said, a slightly surprised look on his face.

You smiled a little at him and then walked up towards your usual seat which was facing the mirrors. Placing your bag onto the table, you let yourself plop down into your chair, a few seats away from your friend.

Chani placed the pen he was holding onto the table and scoots over towards you.

“Hey, are you okay? Where have you been? I’m so sorry—”

You raised your hand, making him stop talking.

“Look, Chani…” you paused. You took a deep breath before turning to him. His eyes scanned yours, a hint of worry showing on his face as he wondered what you were going to say to him.

“I…I’m sorry for storming off like that this morning. I didn’t mean to get mad at you both like that, really,” you said.

Chani lets out a sigh of relief. Relieved that this wasn’t another one of your angry nagging sessions.

“No, no! If it’s someone that’s going to say sorry among us, it’s me. Really, y/n. When you stormed off like that, it got me thinking…I just—I can’t imagine not talking to you at all,”

Chani’s eyes stared into yours, making you feel bad for always being cold to him or not treating him as well as you treat your other friends.

You also realised this as you stared into his eyes—that Chani has big, beautiful dreamy eyes. How did you not notice that before?

You shook your head and lowered your eyes, breaking his gaze on you. “Don’t stare at me like that. What, are you trying to hypnotise me or something?” you said in a monotonous tone.

Chani grinned, happy to see you being your usual self—that’s always indifferent around him.

“Hey, we still can have that McDonald’s for lunch. Sure, it’s a little cold now but if you don’t mind it—”

“Sure. Sounds good,” you smiled a little at him.

“Aigoo! You’re so cute when you’re being so nice to me,” Chani said as he grinned happily.

“Oh my god, get a hold of yourself. I’m still a little mad at you, okay?” you said as you rolled your eyes lightly at him.

“Aww! There’s that eyeroll! I’m so glad you’re still here with me!” he said as he pulled you into a hug.

“Nooooo no no no, I refuse to get your dose of sappiness today, Chani. Now, let go of me,”

Chani continued wrapping his arms around you, making you feel trapped in your seat. “No way, you don’t know how happy I feel right now,” he said, with his eyes closed and smile beaming as he leaned his head against yours.

“Okay, okay! Personal space invasion!” You said as you gently pushed his arms away from you.

Chani pulled away from you, “Sorry. I’m just really happy,”

You shot him a weird look. “Obviously. Ah, but what happened to Junkyu and you when I left this morning? Don’t tell me you both continued fighting,” you said, giving him a warned look.

“Well, we debated for a bit…”

You raised an eyebrow at him.

“But we’re fine now! We cleared out some…understandings about each other…”

“Huh…”

Chani flashed you a convincing smile, not wanting to expose the full conversation he had with Junkyu earlier. The last thing he wanted to do was tell you how Junkyu had caught feelings for you. I mean, why would he? After all, he likes you just as much too.

“Well, that sounds good then. I’ll just send him a text later to check up on him.”

Chani nods at you.

“Oh and Chani?”

“Hm?”

“If you act mean towards Junkyu like today again next time, I’ll stop talking to you for real, okay?” you said nonchalantly, your eyes scanning the paper on the table.

This made Chani stop smiling. “What? Why?”

You flipped the paper, revealing another page. You took a deep breath before you turned to look at him.

“Because— Junkyu is a nice person. And I…like…being around him too.”

Chani fell quiet.

Suddenly he lets out a soft laugh.

“What’s so funny…” you asked, confused.

“Nothing,” he said still laughing. “I mean, why are you making it sound like as if I’m the one that’s holding you back from spending time with him?”

You folded your arms against your chest, shooting him a questioning look.

Chani’s laugh eased a little, his smile still visible on his face though. “Oh come on, Y/n. Of course I’ll treat Junkyu-hyung nicely. I like him too! He’s a nice hyung,”

“Okay good,” you smiled a little.

“Also—” Chani added.

“Hm? What is it?”

Chani uses his fingers to pull you by your chin, making you face him closely. “This isn’t the way I plan to say this y/n, but since you worry about Junkyu-hyung more than you worry about me…”

“What? No, what are you saying? I don’t worry about Junk—”

“I like you, y/n” Chani said quickly, cutting your sentence before you could finish it.

“W-what?”

“Listen to me carefully,” he said slowly, his dreamy eyes still staring into yours, his face inches away from yours as well. “I like you.”

You felt your ears heating up in all of a sudden. What nonsense is this kid rambling?? Is he even in his right mind??

You couldn’t tell if Chani was being serious or if he was pulling a prank on you…

 To be continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefic #treasuremembers #alltreasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #JunKyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #ALIY #sandwichrin

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 19)

Chapter 19 - Some truth

Word count: 4.8k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hi~ Chapter 19 is here, yay! Hope you all enjoy this one 🧡

The next day came along, and as usual, you arrived at work early since you were still hoping that maybe the staff that you should be tutoring might come and see you today.

And so, just like yesterday, you waited in your seat in the meeting room on that 4th floor that you’ve been assigned to.

As you were staring into space, a familiar figure entered the doorframe.

“Oh my god look at you…” the voice said, startling you.

You turned to look at the owner of the voice—you rolled your eyes the moment you saw who it was.

“Chani, what are you doing here,”

Chani leaned against the doorframe, crossing his arms against his chest and smirked at you, “I just wanted to see how you’re doing today. You seemed really down yesterday so I expected you to be all mopey or I don’t know, maybe laying on the floor and crying but nope! You seem fine,”

You narrowed your eyes at him. “Ha ha,” you laughed sarcastically. “I’m not that dramatic. Besides, they’ll show up today! I just know it!” you said in a very motivated tone.

This earned a laugh from Chani. “Okay y/n. Just let me know if you need anything, okay?”

You smiled a little at him. “Sure.”

“Okay then,” he said as he clapped his hands once. “I better get going, my group leader is kind of strict so, I’ll see you at lunch?”

You nodded at him. “Bye, Chani.”

“Bye,” he said. He closed the door behind him and once again you were left alone in the quiet room.

                                                               *

That very same day, as usual, the Treasure boys were practicing for their choreography.

Their practice room was filled with the sound of shoes screeching and the members counting along their steps together.

After running the full choreography of their song three times, the leaders called out to their members to take a break.

“Ahhh I love the cold floor!” Yedam said as he laid down on the cold floor.

Jeongwoo crawled up towards him and laid down closely beside him, his eyes slowly closing.

“Good job, everyone! Everyone’s dance move was very accurate! If we keep it up like this, we’ll have a very sharp formation too, soon,” Hyunsuk praised his members as he held onto his water bottle in his hand.

Jihoon, who was beside him, wiped his own sweat off with a small towel he brought from home. “Yup! You all did very great today. Especially Kim Junkyu,” he said as he smiled.

Junkyu, who was sitting on the floor next to Doyoung, looked at his friend in confusion. “Me?”

“Yeah, you. You seemed really…energetic today,” Jihoon said to him.

“Thank you?” Junkyu responded, still confused.

“Hyung! Can we go get ice cream today?” Yoshi asked as he raised his hand.

Suddenly the whole room started making noise, supporting Yoshi’s idea. Some ice cream after a great practice sounded really good to them at the moment.

“Hush hushh,” Hyunsuk shushed the kids as he waved his hands in the air, signalling them to calm down. When the whole room quieted down, Hyunsuk turned to look at their other leader beside him. “What do you think?”

Jihoon smiled at the rest of them, his usual bright smile, “Hmm, I guess we deserve some ice cream…”

“YAYYYYYY” the maknae line started jumping around the room, high-fiving each other, all excited that their hyungs are going to treat them with some ice cream today.

“Okay, okay but calm down!” Jihoon said. “Is there anything else you all want today? My treat.” He added, making all of their members in the room more excited, including Hyunsuk.

“Burgers!! Hyung, can we have burgers for lunch today??” Junghwan’s voice shouted amongst his other hyungs who were talking in the room.

“Okay okay! Okay, listen up everyone!” Jihoon said again, ordering them to calm down. Even though his tone was firm, his face still showed his warm smile since he was happy to see his kids all excited.

“Okay,” he said once the room quieted down again. “So today, I’ll get us some ice cream and burgers,”

“YAYYYYYY” the boys cheered happily.

“BUT—” Jihoon said, implying to them that he still has more to say.

“Shh, shh! Let Jihoon finish talking y’all,” Hyunsuk said, shushing them this time.

“Thanks, hyung,”

Hyunsuk smiled at him.

“As I was saying, I’ll buy all those stuffs but—let’s play a game to decide who gets to help receive the food at the building’s front lobby downstairs,” he grinned.

“Aw man! I knew Jihoon-hyung wouldn’t be this generous without another scheme in his head,” Jaehyuk groaned.

                                                                   *

 YG Building (Front Lobby)

“How long until the deliveryman arrives?” Junkyu asked Yedam who was holding onto Jihoon’s phone in his hand.

“Hyung, it’s only been 2 minutes since you last asked this. And just like 2 minutes before, the deliveryman is still a block away,” Yedam reminded his hyung.

Asahi, who had lost in the game earlier as well, kept quiet beside the two boys.

Junkyu lets out a whine. “I don’t get why we are the ones who lost in that game. That game’s stupid,”

Yedam chuckled at him, “Hyung, the three of us were unlucky because we drew out Jihoon-hyung’s name for the arm-wrestle match. It would have been easier if we got Haruto or Asahi-hyung,”

“Hey, I’m right here,” Asahi said, breaking the silence he had been holding onto since they lost the game earlier.

Yedam wrapped an arm around his hyung, “Exactly! You’re here because we all lost against Jihoon-hyung,”

This earned a small chuckle from Asahi, his dimple showing.

Suddenly, Jihoon’s phone vibrated, a call coming in.

“Hyung, hyung! Someone’s calling!” Yedam panicked as he held out the phone towards Asahi and Junkyu.

Both Junkyu and Asahi exchanged looks with each other.

“You answer it, Asahi!” Junkyu said as he pushed the phone into Asahi’s hands.

“Are you kidding me? I’m Japanese!” Asahi said as he pushed the phone back into Junkyu’s hands.

“Eyy don’t give me that reason! I’ve heard you talk to Jaehyuk-hyung on the phone that time when he kept calling you every day when you were in Japan. Your Korean was fine,”

“Okay but still, you answer the phone,” Asahi pointed at the vibrating phone in Junkyu’s hands.

“Noooo I’m an introvert! You should know I don’t like answering strangers’ phonecalls,” Junkyu reasoned.

“I’m an introvert too! I’m only 3% extrovert!” Asahi argued back.

At this point, Yedam was too worried that they might miss out on an important call, so while his hyungs were busy arguing about who was the most introverted amongst them both, Yedam hurriedly snatched the phone from Junkyu’s hands and answered it.

 Phonecall Conversation:

Yedam: Hello?

Caller: Hello? Mr Park Jihoon? Sorry for bothering you, but we are from S&S Closets.

Yedam: Uhh, I uh--

Caller: I’m just calling to confirm with you if you have received your parcel yesterday.

Yedam: Oh, that. Parcel??

Caller: Yes, our delivery staff said that a person named Park Jeongwoo helped sign the package off for you yesterday.

Yedam: Ah, Jeongwoo! Ah yes, yes, that’s our friend. In that case, yes, the package was delivered safely to my side.

Caller: Alright then. Don’t forget to rate our product and service at our website! Thank you and have a nice day!

-Call ends-

 Yedam stared at the phone confusedly after the call ended.

Junkyu and Asahi on the other hand, were no longer arguing since Yedam had chosen to answer the call for them.

“Who was it?” Junkyu asked.

Yedam shrugged, “I’m not really sure either, some company called S&S Closets? I guess Jihoon-hyung ordered something from them?”

“Oh? Jihoon-hyung ordered a closet?? That’s random,” Junkyu said, his face showing a thinking expression with his lips slightly pouting.

“Yeah, I guess that is kind of random,” Yedam said.

“That’s not it. S&S Closets is a Japanese clothing line company. My mum usually buys my sister some outfits from that site too,” Asahi explained.

“Ahh, I see.”

“Oh? Then what could Jihoon-hyung have bought from there??” Yedam questioned.

“I don’t know. I just know that it sells woman’s clothings,”

The three of them fell silent.

“Hey…do you guys think…Jihoon-hyung…” Yedam said slowly,

“What? What is it?” Junkyu prodded him, curious to know what Yedam might be guessing now.

“Do you guys think Jihoon-hyung has bought his Halloween costume for this year?? He bought Elsa last year, didn’t he??”

Asahi shook his head in disbelief, since he knows that the specific clothing line his mum used to buy doesn’t sell costumes.

“I don’t think so. That company doesn’t make costumes,”

Junkyu gasped out loud. “Then, what did he buy from there??”

“I guess we’ll just have to ask him later. For now, let’s get our foods first,” Yedam said as he showed the indicator on Jihoon’s phone. “The deliveryman is close by now.”

                                                                 *

 Lunchtime arrived and so you decided to just leave your meeting room, with a disappointed look on your face considering again today, none of the staff had visited your session. At this point you had already given up on the hopes that these people might even come see you after today.

Grabbing your bag, you exited the meeting room, making sure you closed the door behind you.

You walked up towards the elevators, wanting to head towards the cafeteria and probably just meeting Chani at your usual lunch spot.

As the elevator reached your floor, you entered it and pressed the button leading to the cafeteria floor.

It wasn’t long until you heard the elevator’s ding!

You were about to step out of the elevator when you heard a voice saying “Hold the elevator! Our hands are full!”

Feeling panicked because you were the only person in the specific elevator, you hurriedly backed yourself into the elevator and pressed the “open doors” button.

Three guys entered the space beside you, all gasping from the running they did just to simply catch up with the elevator.

“Oh? You guys!” You said, as you noticed that the three boys were none other than your own friends.

Yedam raised his head from his panting and turned to see who it was that had greeted them.

“Y/n!” Yedam exclaimed happily.

This made Asahi and Junkyu immediately turning to look at you as well.

You smiled at them and pointed at the paper bags in their hands, “Delivery?”

“Yup, Jihoon-hyung is treating us today,” Yedam answered.

“Nice.” You said as you nod.

“Aren’t you gonna close the doors?” Yedam asked, noticing that your finger never left the “open doors” button.

“Oh! Oh gosh, I was heading out just now,” you said as you pulled away your finger from the button.

The door started closing and by the time you realised the elevator was already moving, you panicked on your own, “Wait, oh my god I was supposed to exit the elevators BEFORE the door closes ahh!”

Yedam, Junkyu and Asahi smiled apologetically as they watched you make your careless mistake right in front of them.

You were too embarrassed to face them now, knowing that you had acted like a fool in front of them so you just kept quiet while you stared down at your feet as the elevator brings the four of you to the 3rd floor.

When you all reached the 3rd floor, you pressed on the “open doors” button for them as you watched them all exit the elevator.

You noticed that Asahi was struggling with his heavy-looking paper bag, so you asked him, “Hey, Asahi. Do you need help with that? You look like you’re having a hard time with that,”

Asahi, who was already right outside the elevator doors, turned to look at you. And then he stared down at the paper bag in his hands. He glanced over towards Junkyu and Yedam who were a few steps in front of him, both waiting for him.

“Uh, sure. I could use some help,” Asahi said.

With that, you stepped out of the elevator, letting the doors close behind you.

“Here, let me help you carry that,”

Asahi moved away from you, making you stare at him in confusion.

“Asahi?? You said you needed help, I’m here to help,” you said to him.

Asahi ignored you and started jogging towards his two friends in front. The moment he reached them, the both of them too, gave him a confused look.

“Oh my god, why did you run off??” you said as you reached their spot as well, slightly huffing since you chased after him in your work heels.

“Hyung, is everything okay?” Yedam asked him, slightly worried.

“Yeah, I’m good.” Asahi turned to you, as if he hadn’t made you chase after him earlier, and said “Oh right, y/n, you wanted to help, right? Could you help Junkyu-hyung? His bag was the heaviest.”

“Ah? Yeah sure, I mean, you could’ve just said so instead of making me chase after you, you know—”

You hadn’t finish your sentence when you noticed that Asahi wasn’t listening to you at all. Instead, he was already dragging Yedam with him to head towards their practice room, leaving you and Junkyu behind them.

Junkyu and you exchanged glances with each other.

“I…I wasn’t done talking,” you said.

“That’s Asahi. No surprises there. I can never figure out what’s in his mind, honestly,” Junkyu responded.

“Yeah I guess…”

You held out your hands to Junkyu, to which he raised his eyebrows at since he wasn’t sure what you were doing.

“Let me help.” You said, your hands still waiting for him to give you one of the paper bags he was holding.

“Oh. H-here,” he said as he pushed one bag into your hands.

The both of you walked side by side, at a relaxed pace since you both figured out that it was impossible to catch up after Asahi and Yedam by now.

“I honestly thought Asahi wasn’t the type to be into jogging or running. But hey, he was quite fast just now don’t you think?” You said, still weirded out as to why Asahi had dragged Yedam with him that quickly.

“Trust me, I’ve never seen him walk that fast either,” Junkyu snickered.

This made you giggle slightly. “I guess he’s just excited to eat lunch. It’s nice of Jihoon to treat you all good foods like this,” you praised.

Junkyu nodded at this. “Yup, he’s full of surprises like that. He’s a really great leader, both him and Hyunsuk,”

“That’s sweet of you to say that,”

Junkyu blushed slightly from your compliment. He glanced over at you whom was looking straight ahead, just simply walking casually beside him.

From your side profile, he noticed your eyelashes were quite long. Your cheeks had a tint of blush to them, probably from your makeup, and he noticed the smooth texture of your hair falling against your shoulder.

“…pretty…” he mumbled softly.

You turned to look at him, “Hm? You said something?”

“Ah?!” Junkyu froze in his spot. “I- I uh, I was wondering uh, if you were going to have lunch too,”

“I will, don’t worry,” you smiled.

Junkyu blushed again, this time he could really feel his cheeks heat up.

He started walking faster, wanting to reach the practice room quicker.

You noticed his steps quickening so you tried to hurry after him, your heels clacking against the floor.

“Okay Junkyu, I know you’re in a rush but could you maybe slow down a bit? I can’t walk that fast in heels,”

This made him slow down. He looked at the black pumps you were wearing and felt bad for making you chase after him.

This time, the two of you were walking side by side again.

“This better?” he asked.

“Yup, way better. Thanks,” you smiled again at him.

Junkyu felt his grip on the paper bag in his hand tightened. He hoped to reach their practice room fast, because he wasn’t sure if he could handle seeing you smile at him like that all over again.

                                                                   *

 Treasure’s Practice Room

Asahi opened the doors of the practice room, his hands shaking from carrying the paper bag in his hands.

Jihoon walked up towards him and noticed that Yedam was the only one who entered after him.

“Asahi? Yedam? Where’s Junkyu?”

Asahi lets out a big sigh and hands over the paper bag from his hands towards his leader.

Jihoon, a little confused, accepted the paper bag, and was surprised by the sudden cold contact that touched his skin. “Ah! You’ve been carrying all these ice creams on your own??” Jihoon’s voice raised a pitch due to the sudden cold contact he had.

Asahi pushed his hair back with his hand, “It’s okay, I did what I had to do,” he said as he passed by Jihoon, making his way towards the centre of the room where the other members are.

Jihoon watched as his friend walks over to the other side before he turns to face Yedam who was also catching his breath after getting dragged by Asahi to hurry back towards their practice room.

“Hold on hyung, let me catch my breath,” Yedam said in between pants. After feeling better, he pulled out Jihoon’s phone and hands it over to him.

“Here’s your phone by the way,”

“Thanks,”

“Oh, by the way, you had a call so I answered,”

“Hm? Who was it?”

“Someone wanted to confirm about your package from S&S Closets something?” Yedam shrugged as he said this.

“Ahh, that. Okay thanks,” Jihoon answered simply.

“Yup. Okay I’m just gonna head in and put this bag in the middle there,” Yedam said as he leaves Jihoon as well.

Jihoon nodded at him and proceeds to wait at the door of their practice room since he wondered where his best friend was, and as soon as his head peeked out of the practice room, he saw from a distance, was Junkyu and you walking towards where he was.

He noticed the both of you making small talk with each other. He smiled as he waited for the both of you to reach a close enough distance with him before he opens his mouth to say, “Ahh, there they are. I’ve been wondering where Junkyu was. Turns out he was occupied with you, y/n,”

You smiled at him and nodded, “Hey there, Jihoon. I bumped into your boys as I was leaving for lunch. Don’t worry, you can have your boy back,”

Junkyu pursed his lips and fell quiet. It seemed like as if he couldn’t talk naturally now that Jihoon was here in front of him. Now this is weird, he thought. He was totally fine when it was just you and him talking before.

“Aw, why give him back to me? You could stay and have lunch with us too, right Junkyu?” Jihoon said, shooting his friend a teasing glance.

Junkyu blinked a couple times as he thought of what to answer.

Not noticing that Junkyu was really thinking of what to say to you, you immediately answered Jihoon, “Nah, it’s okay. I better get going. Chani’s probably waiting for me at the balcony. Man, he’s gonna give me an earful if I keep him waiting for too long,” you laughed as you said this.

Junkyu rolled his eyes when he heard you mentioning Chani’s name. And then suddenly, he felt annoyed.

“Aww that’s too bad. I guess we’ll see you next time then?” Jihoon said to you.

You nodded at him. You turned to Junkyu and handed the paper bag in your hands to him, to which he hastily grabs from you.

You were taken aback by his behaviour but you just thought maybe he didn’t mean to react that way so you decided to brush it off.

“Well, I’ll be going now. Bye Jihoon, bye Junkyu,” you said.

“Bye y/n~” Jihoon said in a sing-song tune, giving you his eye-smile.

Junkyu said goodbye to you but he avoided looking at you as you went off, making you feel slightly puzzled because you were sure the both of you were talking fine earlier but then Junkyu had suddenly switched to his cold behaviour.

You shrugged to yourself as you made your way back towards the elevator at the end of the floor, hoping that Chani wouldn’t nag at you for making him wait.

                                                                *

 Junkyu didn’t even wait for you to completely leave both his and Jihoon’s sight. He immediately enters the practice room, carrying the paper bags in his hands but then Jihoon stopped him.

“Here, let me help you carry that,” Jihoon said as he grabbed one of the bags from Junkyu, making himself carry two paper bags in his hands now.

“Thanks,” Junkyu mumbled.

“Hmm. You seem moody. That’s weird, I thought you said you felt good being around y/n,”

“It’s nothing,” Junkyu said, not looking at his best friend. “And hey, what’s with you ordering stuff from that women’s clothing line?” he asked, suddenly reminded of the call Yedam answered earlier.

Jihoon’s eyes widened slightly. “How did you know it was a women’s clothing line?”

“Asahi said it’s the one that his mother usually buys from for his sister,”

Jihoon lets out a small laugh, “It’s nothing, really. I was just interested in the limited-edition box, that’s all.”

“For a box??”

“Yup. Wait a minute—” Jihoon said, his expression changing to panic when he realised that he’d been hugging the paper bag containing the ice cream close to himself all this while. “Oh my god I forgot Asahi handed me the bag with the ice cream!”

Junkyu noticed the paper bag in Jihoon’s hands. “Yah! Park Jihoon, you better get that laid out on the cold floor now!”

The both of them scrambled towards their members in the middle of the practice room.

                                                                 *

 Lunchtime ended and luckily for you, Chani was in a good mood so even when you ended up meeting him later than usual after helping out your Treasure friends carry their food to their practice room, Chani didn’t nag at you for your tardiness at all.

Right now, you and Chani were heading towards the elevators, wanting to go back to your own respective floors and to continue your sessions with your assigned groups. Well, to be precise, only Chani had a group to return to. You? Yeah well, you just had to head back to your empty meeting room that was also strangely the only one located on the 4th floor of the building.

“You know what bothers me the most?” You said, as the both of you walked leisurely towards the elevators.

“What?”

“I honestly, have come to accept the fact that maybe no one signed up to be in my group. I mean, still, it hurts—but what bothers me most is that why is my meeting room the only one on that deserted floor?? Everyone else’s sessions were held on the 5th and 6th floor!”

Chani kept quiet for a while, processing what you said. There was some truth in your words. He was puzzled as well as to how and why did you end up not having any staff to tutor. Not to mention, your meeting room was the only one that was the smallest and to be honest it was never ever used before.

“But the tutor sessions only lasts for a week, and it’s only Tuesday so…I guess I’ll get by,” you chuckled to yourself. “Besides, I can complete my modules on my own…”

Chani gave you a quick light slap on your arm after hearing your pitiful rant.

“Ow! Hey, chill it with the abusive behaviour, Chani,” you reacted exaggeratively.

Chani rolled his eyes at you and flashed you a smile.

“Don’t say things like that. You’re making me worry and feel sad for you. Worrying is one thing, but I didn’t sign up for any sadness when I decided to be friends with you,” he joked.

The both of you entered the elevators in front of you since coincidentally the doors opened the moment you both arrived at the waiting space.

Chani pressed on both the 4th and 5th floor’s buttons for the both of you.

You folded your arms against your chest and sighed, a small sigh.

Chani turned to you and smiled at you.

“What?” You asked, noticing that he was smiling for no reason.

“Nothing. I just…I have a feeling your troubles will be over soon.”

“Yeah, right. Thanks for the optimism Chani, but honestly, I’ll be fine. Don’t worry, okay?”

“Sure,” he answered simply.

The door opened up on the 4th floor and you stepped out of the elevator.

“See you tomorrow, y/n!” Chani said cheerfully to you.

You turned around to wave at him before the door closes.

And as soon as the door closes, Chani’s finger instantly tapped on the 6th floor’s button. The door opened up on the 5th floor, which was where his assigned meeting room was, but Chani ignored it and lets the elevator doors close down. After all, he was planning to get off on the 6th floor this time.

                                                                   *

YGE Building (Bomin’s Office)

Bomin had just returned from his lunch with his favourite person, Soomin from the PEWA Group when he found Chani standing in his office, a dissatisfied look on his face.

“What are you doing here??” He asked, startled to see the young man being there without any appointments being made.

Chani scoffed at his question. “Don’t give me that. I wasn’t the one coming in late after lunch all ‘cause I was busy being smittened by my high school sweetheart,” he said sarcastically.

Bomin felt his ears burn up. Just how did Chani knew about his relationship with Soomin? Ah, y/n must have told him. After all, both you and Chani are close.

Bomin feigned an uninterested look. He walks up towards his desk and proceeds to sit in his swivel chair behind the desk.

“What do you want, Chani?”

“Why doesn’t y/n have any staff to tutor?”

Bomin lets out a chuckle. “Seriously? Did she send you to march up here and get mad at me??”

Chani walked up closer to Bomin, leaning towards the desk that was separating the both of them.

“Y/n knows nothing so leave her out of all of this, you bastard,” he said in bitter tone.

Bomin leaned into his chair, intertwining his fingers together. “Hmm, interesting. It seems like you’re standing up for your friend, unlike last time,”

Chani glared at Bomin, furious that he has the nerve to bring up what happened last year.

“I’m being serious here,” Chani said, his fist clenching.

“Sure. I know you’re being serious. I’m serious too. No one signed up to be in y/n’s group. You can check the namelist I pasted on the notice board outside our main meeting room downstairs.”

“You’re full of crap!” Chani yelled. “What, you expect me to believe that stupid sheet of paper?? I was up here earlier than you were. Did it not cross your mind that I might have snooped in on the work laptop on your desk?” he scoffed.

Bomin sat up straight after hearing this. “You…what?!”

“That’s right. Y/n had 4 people signing up for her session. And yet, you edited their names into other groups just so it would seem like no one signed up to be in her group. What nerve you have.”

“She wasn’t even qualified enough to tutor any staff! I’m just doing it for the sake of our staff!” Bomin said, his voice raising now.

“Don’t give me that! What do you know about qualification?? I listened to her explaining about the modules couple times before this! And guess what? She was good! Freaking good! And she was looking forward to doing these tutor sessions but you had to take it away from her, didn’t you?! All ‘cause I was close to her, right?!”

“Not everything is about you, Chani,” Bomin muttered angrily.

“You’re right, it’s not. Because everything is about YOU. Too bad for you, I’m not taking your crap anymore. You can just do whatever you want. I won’t let you hurt y/n in any way.”

“Hah! You can’t say that. You literally work under me.”

“I won’t stand still. Since you’re allowed to do what you want, from here on, I’ll do what I want.” Chani responded.

“What nonsense are you saying now, Chani?” Bomin said, calmer now, although he was gritting his teeth when he said this.

“You don’t need to know the details, sir. I’m going back to my session now. I need to have a talk with my group leader too, anyways. See ya,” Chani smirked as he said this.

Bomin watched as the younger staff exited his office. Feeling angered by what just happened, Bomin slammed his fist hard onto the table. He hated that boy’s guts like crazy.

 To be continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #treasuremembers #treasure members #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members #JunKyu #kim junkyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #ALIY #sandwichrin

[sandwichrin]

Hi, may I request a party with the boys where you end up playing truth or dare with them. With your crush Jihoon. ~Fluff/Jihoon

🙊

A/n: Hi! Sure! I hope you like this one <3

(Requested) Jihoon x reader (Fluff) “Y/n let’s go! You have to try! At least one time, come on!” Jeongwoo urged you, as he noticed that you were just sitting alone in the corner with your soda in your hand.

“No, it’s fine Jeongwoo, I’m no good at that,” you declined politely, implying that you’re no good at playing that fighting game they’ve been paying attention to on the TV screen. Which was indeed true. You could hardly tell which buttons to press on the controller, which only makes sense not to try and embarrass yourself to try.

Not especially when your crush is in the same room as you.

“Ayyyyy! You did it!!” Hyunsuk cheered loudly when he saw Asahi beating Haruto in the game.

You smiled to yourself, seeing them all happy and having fun makes you happy too. 

“Having fun?” a voice appeared beside you.

You turned your head and there it was, Park Jihoon, the guy that you secretly have feelings for.

You flashed him a small smile, quite surprised that he had chosen to sit beside you, instead of joining his friends near the TV.

“Yeah, I’m having fun. You?” You asked him back.

He took a sip off his drink and nodded as well.

Your attention averted to the rest of the boys again when Doyoung switched off the TV and called everyone to gather in the middle of the living room.

You stood up and joined them as well, since he looked like he had something important to say.

Once Doyoung had everyone seated in a circle, he began to speak, “Okay! Now that everyone is here, we are going to play a game that can include all of us. And yes, that includes you too, y/n,”

You rolled your eyes at him and pretended that you’re already bored by all of this.

The rest of the group laughed out loud at your response.

“Ha ha very funny, y/n. You’re our special friend, you know that right? And tonight’s party wouldn’t have been as fun without you,” Doyoung added.

You smiled at this. You knew Doyoung had always been a sweet person, but he rarely says anything like this to you. Usually it was Yedam who would say these kinds of things to you.

“Yeah, without y/n’s special baked mac and cheese casserole, this party would have lived off only on regular takeout foods,” Jihoon jeered.

Again, this earned giggles from the room. You nudged Jihoon’s elbow, as he was sitting beside you.

“Ew, you’re no sweet at all. Switch seats with the person beside you, Ji. I don’t want to sit beside you,” you pretended to sulk.

Jihoon laughed and wrap an arm around your shoulder, pulling you close to him. “I’m just kidding! You’re the bestest girl best friend to have here,”

You blushed to yourself, knowing that Jihoon was pretty close to you right now. 

However, his arm didn’t last long around you, since Doyoung still wanted to talk you all into joining him in his suggested game.

“Oh alright, Doyoungie, what game do you want to play?” Hyunsuk said, giving in since Doyoung wouldn’t stop interrupting everyone’s small talk by saying that he wants everyone to play this game with him.

“Ah! It’s Truth and Dare! I’m sure everyone here wants to play that,” he said happily, now that he’s got everyone’s attention again.

“Oh? And we’ll spin a bottle for the turns?” Yedam asked.

“Yeah, sure, something like that,”

“Here! We can use this bottle!” Yoshi held out a bottle he found sitting behind Hyunsuk.

“Hey, that’s mine,” Junkyu pouted.

“Yeah, but you’re not drinking this anymore right?” Haruto said.

“No...”

“Okay, great. Here you go, hyung,” Haruto grabbed the bottle from Yoshi’s hand and passed it to Doyoung.

Doyoung placed the bottle in the middle of the room and explained the rules of the game.

Soon, without realising, everyone began having fun, laughing at the weird truths being told and ridiculous dares done by almost everyone in the circle.

Now, throughout the whole game, you had been nervous about the bottle landing its point on you, since you weren’t sure what kind of truths or dare would they ask of you since you’re the only girl in the room.

But you felt glad that your lucky stars were on you that night, since an hour passed by and the bottle never landed its pointer on you.

As if.

Mashiho spun the bottle, after blabbering the truth about why he bought Junghwan a new lego set after he accidentally vacuumed few of the pieces when he went over to clean their dorm. 

The rest of the room watched as the bottle spun. Round and round. 

And it landed on you.

Your eyes widened. 

“Whoa. Finally, it landed on y/n!” Jaehyuk exclaimed excitedly.

“Alright! Here we go, y/n! Truth or Dare?” Hyunsuk asked.

You thought carefully. Maybe truth was the right one to do. 

“Hmm...Truth,” 

“Okay! Who do you like? Like, have a crush on?” Hyunsuk asked.

You froze in your seat. Oh shoot. You weren’t expecting them to ask that sort of question to you, this soon.

“I...uh...” you stammered, not sure if you want the whole world to know that you’re crushing on one of their friends, who was literally sitting beside you in the room.

“No, wait!” Yedam interrupted.

You turned to look at him, slightly relieved that he interrupted your answer.

“We shouldn’t simply ask y/n questions without thinking about it! This is important, you know! It’s rare enough to get the bottle to land on her, we must really be specific on picking out a question,” he added.

You squinted your eyes at him. “That’s not fair, Yedamie,”

Yedam smirked at you. “Trust me, if I let you answer Hyunsuk’s question, you could have easily admitted that you have a crush on any celebrity out there, or heck, a fictional character,”

Okay, now he has a point. You should have just answered Hyunsuk’s question immediately by saying you have a crush on Draco Malfoy from Harry Potter or something.

“Okay, now what question do you have in mind, Yedam?” Junkyu asked.

“Alright y/n,” he said.

You gulped. What is he going to ask now?

“Do you...have a crush on anyone in this room, right now?” he asked carefully.

Your eyes widened. 

Great. How are you ever going to get out of this question now?

You felt your throat getting dry. Not to mention, the whole room’s eyes are focused on you, all interested to know your answer.

You mentally cursed Yedam for putting you in this spot. But then again, it was a vague question, right? You could just say yes, which is the truth, and you didn’t have to say who it was.

You took a deep breath before answering him, “Yes.”

Most of them gasped out loud, probably not expecting you to like any of them, since you had always been chill and laidback around them.

Yedam smiled, satisfied with your answer. “I knew it.”

“Whoa, y/n! Who is it??” Doyoung asked.

“Whoaa hey now, it’s only one question per truth, right?” you reminded him of the rule he explained earlier before the game.

Doyoung groaned. “I shouldn’t have said that,”

“Okay okay, we’re moving on! I’m gonna spin the bottle now,” you said as you leaned forward to spin the bottle.

The bottle spun around for a few seconds before landing on...Jihoon.

“Whoa. Exactly on the person beside you too!” Junghwan exclaimed.

“Alright pretty boy, your turn,” you said to Jihoon beside you.

Jihoon grins at you and pushed his hair to the back with his hand. “Alright! I pick dare,” he said confidently.

“Ooohhh” Hyunsuk said as he giggled.

“I knew he was going to pick dare!” Jeongwoo stated.

“Hmmm, alright then, who has a dare for Jihoon-hyung?” Doyoung asked.

“I do!” Jaehyuk raised his hand.

Jihoon nodded at him, signalling him to tell him what the dare is.

“I dare you to...call up the person you like. Not the regular kind of like, the person you have a crush on,” Jaehyuk said with a knowing grin on his face.

“Come on, really? This? Here?” Jihoon said,

“Come on, hyung, it’s about time you let her know how you feel!”

Jihoon rolled his eyes at his friend, “Fine,” he said as he took his phone out of his pocket.

You blinked a few times, feeling slightly distracted with the dare. So Jihoon likes someone? And apparently most of them know about it too. You felt a bit saddened to know that you had to be in the room and listen to Jihoon call up the person he likes.

You kept quiet and watched as Jihoon moved a little further from the circle and placed the phone against his ear.

Funnily though, everyone else’s eyes weren’t on Jihoon, but they were on you. 

And as if on cue, suddenly you felt a buzz in your pants pocket. 

Your eyebrows furrowed as you fished the phone out of your pocket.

Jihoon? Why is he calling you?

“Hello?” You answered the phone, a confused look on your face.

You turned your head to look at Jihoon, and there he was, staring back at you.

“I? What? Jihoon, I don’t know if you realise this but, you’re calling me,”

“I know,” he said, his voice small.

“Okay...? You’re supposed to call the person you have feelings for,” you said in a nagging voice, thinking he had dialed the wrong number.

Jihoon rolled his eyes and moved closer to you, his phone still placed against his ear.

“Yeah, dummy. It’s you. I like you, silly,” he huffed.

Your eyes widened. 

“OOOOOHHHHHHH” the whole room started saying loudly.

Your eyes wandered around, looking at all of them. What was going on?

“I like you, y/n,” Jihoon said, again.

And then it dawned on you. Omg. Your crush likes you??

“I...”

Everyone looked at the both of you, anticipating what you would say.

“That can’t be true...” you said.

“What? Why not?” Jihoon asked, slight disappointment showing on his face. Maybe you didn’t like him in return, he thought.

“Because,” You ended the call on your phone. You grabbed his phone from his hand, making him look at you more confusedly now.

“Because, I liked you first,” you said.

“Aaaaahhhhh!!!” Hyunsuk squealed out loud. “It’s like I’m watching a movie!”

Jihoon smiled at you. He pulled you close to him and wrapped his arms around you. “Silly, I’ve liked you since the day I met you.”

-End-

#treasure #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasurefic #treasure scenario #jihoon #park jihoon #jihoon scenarios #jihoon imagine #i hope this is good enough #thank you for requesting #jihoon fluff #🙊anon

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 15)

Chapter 15 - Almost there

Word count: 6.1k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello! Chapter 15 is here, and I’ve written this chapter longer than I did before this ^^ Thank you for waiting everyone <3 Also, I’ll be starting my chapter 16 a.s.a.p. too so I hope you guys are interested to know what goes on later after this chapter :D 

(Practice Room / Treasure)

“Hands up, straight!” Jihoon reminded his younger members.

All of the members that were younger than Jihoon and Hyunsuk were given a punishment in which they have to sit up straight whilst raising their arms straight, pointing to the ceiling above.

“I don’t get it, hyung. Why are we getting punished too? We weren’t involved in this stalking mission anyways,” Haruto whined, his raspy voice making it sound more of like a complaint.

The rest of the boys who were sitting in the back, Asahi, Junkyu, Mashiho, Yoshi and including Haruto himself started talking and whining all at once, making it almost impossible to identify what they were all trying to say.

Not to mention, it made the practice room noisier than it was before.

Jihoon raised his hand, signalling them to quiet down.

“Now, you boys in the back weren’t involved, sure. But you guys should’ve been more alert as well! I mean, did you guys not notice your friends acting fishy earlier today??”

“No…” Yoshi answered Jihoon’s question.

“Weren’t they all regularly fishy at all times?” Haruto asked back.

“Yeah, hyung. To be fair, we’re all weirdos here,” Mashiho added.

“Hey, hey,” Hyunsuk interrupted them. “Who said we’re weird?? We’re unique, okay”

“Didn’t y/n call us weird that one time though hyung?” Jihoon asked him back.

“Oh. Well then in that case, maybe we are weird huh,”

“Wait a minute, are you all trying to distract me?” Jihoon asked the rest of his dongsaengs who were sitting on the floor in front of him, with their hands resting by their sides by now.

“Woops,” Doyoung snickered.

“Hands up! Raise them high and straight!” Jihoon ordered them.

They all started groaning and complaining again, since their arms were tired from the punishment Jihoon gave them for the past 15 minutes.

                                                                *

 Fast forward to Friday, you were getting a hang of working in the YGE Building. You have already figured out your way to your preferred restroom, you have your own lunch spot which was the balcony, and you were fairly familiar where the other facilities are since you were frequently asked to run errands here and there regardless of which floor.

“Y/n, before you leave, can you help take out the trash?” Bomin asked you, his finger pointing at the bin by the door whilst his eyes were still busy reading the document Soomin was showing him.

You shut your notebook slowly and looked at Soomin, who was also looking at you questioningly.

You were about to say okay when Soomin suddenly spoke up, “Hm? Why are you asking Y/n to take it out? Can’t you ask one of your own staff??”

Bomin placed the document in his hand down onto the table and smiled at his friend. “Come on Soomin, it’s just taking the trash out. Besides, she doesn’t have much task to do in your team.”

You felt a pang of hurt when he mentioned that. But it was true, ever since you entered the team, you haven’t received any serious tasks to be done. Everyone else had their own specific roles in the team and to be honest, you felt a little out of place knowing that your tasks were mostly small errands like printing and sending the documents out throughout the week.

“Well, y/n helped us a lot too!” Soomin defended you.

Bomin grinned at her, “Aw come on, don’t be too worked up about this. I know she’s new to your team anyways. I just wanted to—”

“It’s fine,” you interrupted the both of them.

Both Bomin and Soomin turned to look at you.

“I’m heading out anyways,” you smiled at them. “I’ll take the trash out and just head back home,”

Soomin glanced over at her watch. “Oh? Omg yeah, I almost forgot we finish work at noon on Fridays! Thanks for the reminder, y/n,” she winked at you.

You grinned at her and got up from your chair, packing up your stuff into your tote bag.

“Oh wait, Y/n!”

“Yes, Soomin?”

“You don’t want to have lunch with us before you leave?”

“Ahh,” you looked at her and the rest of your team in the room who were busy chatting with one another.

“It’s fine, I’ll just head home,” you said to her, giving her an apologetic smile.

“Sure, it’s fine,” she smiled back at you. “Take care, okay? I’ll see you on Monday?”

You nodded at her, “Yup, see you on Monday!”

With that, you picked up your bag and head towards the door of the meeting room. You picked up the trash bag from the bin beside the door and left the room.

                                                                *

 You threw the trash bag into the larger bin at the end of the floor and entered the restroom to wash your hands for a while.

While you were drying your hands, you felt your phone buzzing from your bag.

Taking out your phone, you read the name on the screen. Chani. You answered the phonecall.

 Phonecall conversation (Y/n and Chani):

Chani: Y/n! Where are you?? Really?? I went to the restroom for a while and you just left me like that??

Y/n: Oh my god Chani, don’t make me sound that bad.  

Chani: Where are you?

Y/n: I took out the trash just now. I’m heading home now.

Chani: What? Why? Are you sick??

Y/n: Gosh, you need to chill. I’m fine, Chani haha. I finish work at noon on Fridays, just so you know.

Chani: So…does this mean I’ll be having lunch all alone today…

Y/n: (rolls eyes) Oh my god, you have other friends too. Remember what you told me? Everybody loves Chani.

Chani: (sighs) okay fine. I’ll see you next week then?

Y/n: Yup. Okay then, go and have lunch! Byee!

-End call-

 You looked at yourself one last time in the mirror before leaving the restroom.

                                                                 *

You were walking out of the restroom when you met Junghwan who was passing by.

Junghwan stopped walking when he saw you.

“Noona!” He greeted you cheerfully. He hurriedly approached you.

You smiled at him. “Junghwan.”

“Where are you going noona?”

“I’m about to head home. I get off work early on Fridays, remember?” you reminded him.

“Ahh, that’s right,” he scratched his head.

“Well, I’m going off now. It was nice seeing you. I need to make a quick stop at the convenience store out front too,” you said, referring to the convenience store you frequently visited which was opposite the YG Building itself.

You were about to walk away when Junghwan stopped you.

“Wait, noona!”

“Hm? What’s wrong, Junghwan?”

“Uhh, convenience store? W-we uh, have one here,” he started stuttering now that you were making direct eye contact with him.

You looked at him questioningly. “Ohh…Okay?”

“I mean—” Junghwan looked around. “Okay, come with me,” he grabbed your hand and pulled you along with him.

“Whoa, wait, slow down Junghwan!” you said, trying to keep up with his steps.

                                                                  *

 (GS25 Mart / YGE Building)

“Hyung, you’re getting that buttercream bread again today?” Haruto asked Jeongwoo who was at the bread aisle.

“Yup, it’s surprisingly good. You want one?” Jeongwoo asked him back.

Haruto turned to look at Jeongwoo before nodding at his hyung. “Sure,”

Haruto stood at the drinks aisle, still thinking of what drink to buy for lunch today. His hand reached out to his usual pick, cola, but then he moved his hand slightly to the grape juice on his left.

“Oh? That’s unusual.” A voice startled him. Haruto turned to look at the voice that surprised him.

Junkyu blinked curiously at him.

“W-what is it, hyung? Why are you staring at me like that?”

“Nothing, it’s just that, you’re getting grape juice??” Junkyu asked in disbelief.

“Whoa! What did you say?” Jeongwoo’s head popped up from behind the shelf near them.

Haruto blushed, “What?? I was just looking at it! I wasn’t really going to buy it!” he said, defending himself.

Junkyu lets out a laugh at his friend. “I was just kidding—”

“Here, here! Isn’t it cool?!” Junghwan’s excited voice boomed throughout the store in all of a sudden.

“Yah, So Junghwan, what are you being so loud for—” Jeongwoo stopped when he saw you and Junghwan outside the store. “Oh? Hey!” Jeongwoo hurriedly ran towards the both of you.

You nod and smiled at Jeongwoo as you saw him approaching you.

“What are you doing here, y/n? You here to buy some lunch?” Jeongwoo asked you.

“Ahh, I was actually heading towards the convenience store outside…” you said.

“Oh?” Jeongwoo said, surprised that you were here instead. Then he saw how Junghwan’s hand was still holding onto your arm.

Jeongwoo raised an eyebrow at the both of you. “So…Junghwan brought you here?”

You smiled apologetically and nodded at him.

Junghwan immediately lets go of your arm, “H-hey, I was just bringing her here since we have a convenience store here too!”

“Uh huh, sure,” he smirked at the maknae.

Your eyes looked around the outer part of the store and you felt amazed now that you were standing right in front of it.

“Wait, this store!” You ran to the front and pointed at the signage of the store.

“It’s the same store from that K-Drama, right?!” You fangirled excitedly.

Junghwan and Jeongwoo looked at you confusedly.

“Which drama, noona?”

“That oneeeee. The one with that Ji Chang Wook guy!”

Junghwan scratched the back of his head. “Maybe I should ask Yoshi-hyung if he knows that one, I haven’t watched many dramas,”

You took out your phone and posed for a selca with the smaller sign on the entrance of the store.

Jeongwoo shook his head at you. He turned to the maknae beside him, “You getting anything here?”

Junghwan blinked a couple times before patting his pockets. His face showed as if he just realised something and he turned back to his hyung, face in shock.

“What? What’s wrong?”

“Hyung…I left my wallet in the practice room…”

“Aish, don’t worry about that! I can pay for you too,” Jeongwoo said as he ruffled the maknae’s hair.

Junghwan grinned at his hyung. “Okay! I have a few things I want!”

“Hey, hey, I said I could pay, I don’t mean I’m buying you the whole store Junghwan-aa” Jeongwoo laughed.

Suddenly, another familiar voice called out to the both of the maknaes as they were about to enter the store again.

“Hey guys!”

Both of them turned around to see…

Chani skipping cheerfully towards them. He waved at them once he noticed they were looking at him.

“Hyung! Hi! What brings you here?” Jeongwoo greeted him.

Chani smiled at them, stopping right in front of both the maknaes. “I’m on my way to lunch, but I wasn’t in the mood to eat anything from the cafeteria,” he told them.

“Ahh. Oh? Are you going to have lunch at the balcony again today, hyung?” Jeongwoo asked since he knew how Chani was always having lunch with you at the balcony.

Chani shook his head, “Nah, y/n went home already. She told me she only works half-day on Fridays so,”

Junghwan and Jeongwoo looked at each other.

“So, you both buying lunch here too?” Chani asked.

“Uh, yeah,” Jeongwoo answered.

“Ah, you guys eating in the cafeteria today?”

“Oh, no. We need to catch up with practice so Hyunsuk and Jihoon hyung told us to just grab something and eat in the practice room,”

“Ahh, I see. Well,” Chani shrugged. “I wish y/n was here though. I don’t think I’ve brought her to this store yet. Oh well. Let’s go inside and buy some food together!” Chani said happily to the both of them.

Suddenly, Junghwan felt panicked. Instead of following Chani whom was heading towards the store, Junghwan immediately yelled, “OH? NOONA!”

Hearing this, Chani and Jeongwoo immediately turned around to look at Junghwan.

“S-sorry, I thought I saw Y/n-noona up there just now,”

“Oh? That’s impossible, she told me she was heading home just now,” Chani said as he took out his phone from his pocket.

Jeongwoo looked at his dongsaeng, confused as to what Junghwan was doing.

“She’s not answering her phone,” Chani sighed after he failed to call you. “She must’ve put it on silent again,”

“M-maybe,”

“Well, I’ll get going. See you all next time!” Chani said as he was about to leave the both of them.

“Hyung! You’re not buying food here?” Jeongwoo pointed at the store.

“Nah, I want to go check if y/n is up there. I’m gonna give her an earful of nagging for leaving without saying goodbye to me,” he complained. With that he waved goodbye at the maknaes and ran off towards the escalators heading up.

Jeongwoo shook his head and clicked his tongue, “Tsk tsk Junghwan-aa. Look at you,” he smirked at the maknae.

“I panicked! I’m sorry,” he said, meaning it too. “When he said y/n-noona went home, the only thought that crossed my head was that if he saw noona in the store, he might have dragged noona out to have lunch with him,”

Jeongwoo nodded, understanding why Junghwan did what he did.

“I mean, he gets to work with y/n-noona every day, he has lunch with her every day, and well, since noona is here today, I figured it’s only fair if I wanted to make sure we were the ones that get to have lunch with her this time,” he continued.

“Aigoo, you don’t have to get emotional about this,” Jeongwoo ruffled the kid’s hair. “I understand,” he said softly.

“Let’s get inside and grab lunch so that we can head back to the practice room soon, okay?” Jeongwoo added as he wraps an arm around Junghwan’s shoulder.

                                                                *

 After taking selcas at the front entrance of the convenience store, you excitedly entered the store and started scanning through the shelves to see the types of snacks and food sold there.

Now, because you were quick enough to enter the store without the maknaes realising it, you had no idea about what went on outside the store when Chani and the maknaes met.

Oblivious and excited about being in the store, you didn’t realise there was another guy on the same aisle as you until he walked up towards you.

“Y/n!”

You turned to look and realised it was none other than Haruto, holding a bottle of grape juice in his hand.

“Hi Haruto!” You smiled at him.

“What are you doing here alone?”

“Junghwan brought me here,” you grinned. “I just got off work and we bumped into each other in the hallways. I was actually on my way to the convenience store outside, but your little brother out there brought me here instead,”

Haruto chuckled at your explanation. “Makes sense of him to bring you here. This store is good too. They sell good stuff here,”

You looked around you. “I can agree to that.”

“So, what are you getting?”

You eyed the grape juice in his hand. “I might get one of that,” you pointed at it, making Haruto blush when he noticed you wanting to get the same drink as him.

“And a ramen cup I guess?” You added. “It’s Friday anyways,”

Haruto nodded at you even though he had no idea how Fridays and ramen cups are related to one another.

You hurried towards the shelf that were filled with different types of cup and bowl noodles. You eyed every single one of them and picked up a few, wanting to read them closely since there were a few that you’ve never seen before.

“What kind of ramen do you like, y/n?” Haruto’s voice appeared again beside you.

You put back some of the cup noodles onto the shelf, leaving one in your hand.

“I like the ones that are not too spicy? Something with a broth or soupy too,” you answered him, your eyes still scanning the shelf.

You knelt down to look at the lower shelf and Haruto knelt down along with you, wanting to see what you were looking at.

You grabbed another ramen bowl from the bottom shelf and held it in your hands along with the one you had earlier.

“Which one is better, Ruto?” You turned to look at him.

“Hm? What do you mean?”

“Among these two kimchi ramen bowls. Which is better?”

Haruto looked at the bowls in your hands. He pointed at the one in your left hand. “This one has a nice sour kick to it, if you like the plain kimchi flavour,”

You nodded at his choice. “Okay, thank you for your suggestion,” you smiled.

You put back the noodle bowl that Haruto chose and decided to choose the one you picked from the top shelf earlier.

As you stood up, Haruto said, “Hey! What’s the point of you asking if you’re not gonna choose my pick?”

“Ah,” You looked at him, your chin slightly raising since you had to raise your head slightly to meet his eyes.

“I wanted to try this one instead,” you said as you showed the bowl in your hand again.

“But! That grape juice you’re holding looks good! Is it nice?” You asked, noticing he was confused with what you did earlier.

Haruto looked at the drink in his hand and then he looked at you who was eagerly waiting for his answer. “It’s actually my first time trying it,” he said, a little shy with his confession.

“Cool! I trust your taste, so I’ll get one too,” you said cheerfully.

Haruto smiled at you as he hears your praise on his taste.

“Ruto-yaa where are you? Help me here!” Another voice said on the other side of the shelves you and Haruto were standing at.

“I’m still here, hyung! What happened there?” Haruto answered as he walked towards the direction of the voice.

You followed behind him and saw Junkyu standing in front of the chiller, his hands on the handle.

“How did you open this chiller door? I’ve been trying for the past 5 minutes and it won’t open,” he whined, not noticing Haruto and you were directly behind him by now.

“Agh! Aigoo, this door!” Junkyu complained as he lets go of the handle.

“Aigoo hyung, it was fine before, how did it get stuck now?” Haruto asked him. He hands over his drink to Junkyu, asking him to move aside so that he could try pulling the door open this time.

You watched as the two guys in front of you struggle to open the chiller door.

“Uh, do you guys need help?” You asked, making Junkyu jump slightly, startled that you were there watching them the whole time.

“Y/n? When did you get here??”

“I…I’ve been here for a while now, I guess,”

Haruto smirked at you, “Pfft y/n, there’s no way you can open this. Even Junkyu-hyung struggled,”

“Heyy, I’ll have you know, I’m good at opening jar lids so, it’s probably the same, no?”

With that, you shoved your ramen bowl into Haruto’s hands and stepped up in front of the chiller door, with Junkyu beside you.

“Hyung? Y/n? You guys still here?” You heard Junghwan asking as both him and Jeongwoo stepped into the store after their moment with Chani earlier.

“We’re in the back here!” Haruto called out to them.

You huffed as you tugged on the door handle, one, two, you counted in your head.

Junkyu tilt his head slightly, feeling like it’s ridiculous to see you struggling to open the chiller door now.

“H-hey, let me try again. You might get hurt,” Junkyu said, his hand reaching to hold onto the handles again.

“No, I got this,” you said confidently.

Junkyu rolled his eyes and handed Haruto his drink back. He placed his hands slightly above yours, making it only 2cm close enough to touch your hands and he started pulling the handle as well.

“What’s going on here?” Jeongwoo said as he showed up behind you all.

“These both are competing to see who is stronger at opening that chiller door,” Haruto answered with a shrug.

“Hey, we’re not competing!” Junkyu said.

“Yeah, we just want to get this thing to open so I can get myself a grape juice too!” You added.

The both of you tugged harder this one time and as if luck was on your side, the door opened up.

But because the both of you had tugged too hard on the handle, the moment the door opened, Junkyu lost balance and lost his grip on the handles, making you the only person holding onto it as the door swings open quickly.

‘THUD’

“Whoa, did you guys hear that? What’s that loud noise?” Junghwan said, showing up behind Jeongwoo. His hand was holding onto a pack of gimbap.

Junghwan looked around and noticed that all of his hyungs’ eyes were on you, all looking shocked.

“What? What’s going on??” Junghwan asked again, not understanding what was going on.

“Y-y/n…a-are you okay?” Jeongwoo asked.

Haruto and Junkyu stayed silent, too shocked to even say anything.

You blinked a couple times, noticing your hands were still holding onto the chiller’s door handle. You also noticed a sharp pain on one side of your forehead.

That’s when you noticed that the edge of the chiller door was rested against your forehead. The part where your forehead was hurting.

You let go of the handle, making the door slowly closing back.

“Y/n?? Can you hear me??” Jeongwoo asked again, since you still hadn’t responded to him.

You felt your forehead sting in pain again, now that it’s exposed to the cold air in the store. You backed yourself against the side of the chiller, supporting yourself so you wouldn’t fall.

“It’s not bleeding, right?” You ask, your voice a little softer than usual.

Haruto, Jeongwoo and Junkyu all shook their heads, except for Junghwan who still didn’t know what happened.

You blinked a couple times again, making sure that you could still stand up straight.

“Well then, I guess everything’s okay then!” You tried your best to sound cheerful.

“You sure you okay?” Haruto asked this time.

You nodded several times, convincing them all that you were fine.

“I’m good! Now, get me a bottle of that grape juice too,” you said with a smile.

                                                                   *

 (YGE Building / Treasure’s Practice Room)

Half of the Treasure members were in the practice room when you entered with the gang that were with you from the convenience store earlier.

Hyunsuk, who was sitting beside Mashiho, tilted his head when he saw you entering.

“Oh? You guys are back…. with…who’s that?” he asked, not being able to recognise you.

You were wearing Junghwan’s cap which covered most of your face (you purposely pulled it down) especially since after the incident in the convenience store the boys said they could see a bump forming on your head. Not to mention, you were dressed casually too (casual Fridays; what your company call it), wearing a dark blue hoodie paired with black jeans and your sneakers.

You pushed the cap on your head a little to the back to reveal your face. “Hi! Your boys forced me to have lunch with you guys here,” you smiled as you said this.

“Y/n!” Hyunsuk stood up excitedly and went up to you, hugging you as soon as he reached where you stood.

“I’m not sure if me being here is legal, but yeah, I originally wanted to head back home after having some ramen at the store outside,” you explained.

Hyunsuk grinned happily, feeling glad that after not meeting you for days, he could finally see you again.

“Oh wait, if you’re here,” Hyunsuk looked over behind you and his other members who were with you. “Is Chani here too?” he asked, knowing that ever since your team started working in their building, Chani has been your companion every time and everywhere.

“Aish, hyung! Don’t mention his name here, he might really show up!” Junghwan said in a loud whisper to his hyung.

“Ahh, sorry sorry,” Hyunsuk apologised, understanding why his maknae said that. “Come here, y/n! Let’s sit with the rest!” He said as he pulled your hand to go to the center of the room where the rest were sitting at.

“Wow, the moment he sees Y/n he literally forgot about us,” Haruto chuckled. “It’s almost like we were never here,” he added, jokingly.

Jeongwoo laughed at this. “As usual, Hyunsuk-hyung gets easily attached to people he likes I guess,” with that, Jeongwoo left to go and sit with you and the rest of the members.

Junkyu rolled his eyes after hearing both of what his dongsaengs said.

                                                                  *

 “Ahh there they are!” Hyunsuk said as soon he sees Jihoon and Yoshi entering the practice room with a paper bag in their hands.

It had been only 15 minutes since you arrived in the practice room and while waiting for both of them, you had been chatting with Hyunsuk about your work.

You turned your head to look at the both who just arrived and smiled at them, letting them know that you notice them coming in too.

“Oh? Hello there, Y/n…with a cap? That’s a first!” Jihoon exclaimed when he sees you.

Yoshi bowed slightly at you and smiled as he greeted you.

All of them including you sat down on the floor, all in a scattered manner since the practice room was wide, unlike your cramped living room at home.

The one sitting nearby you were Hyunsuk, Yoshi and Junghwan.

Junghwan handed over your ramen bowl that you bought with him and the ones who were at the convenience store downstairs. You thanked him and tore the lid off.

“Oh? I forgot to get myself some hot water,” you said.

“Aish, noona. We got you covered,” Junghwan said to you. He got up and pulled out a flask of hot water from his bag, passing it to you once he sat back down.

“Wow, you bring hot water to practice every day?” You asked, impressed.

“Ah, Doyoung-hyung and I bring a flask each every day in case we’re too lazy to go get some from the cafeteria,”

“Huh, nice of you both,” you praised as you poured the hot water into your ramen bowl, covering it back with the lid once you’re done. You hand over Junghwan his flask back and thanked him.

You looked around you and see all of them eating their own food they bought, all immersed in their own thoughts, some talking to one another and laughing while eating.

You were waiting for your noodle to soften so you decided to tie up your hair into a low bun while waiting. Pulling your headband from your wrist, you tied up your hair into a messy low bun, struggling a little since the cap on your head was sort of making it hard for you to do so.

The cap on your head slipped forward, covering your eyes while you were tying your hair, and Hyunsuk noticed this.

“Aigoo, this cap is kinda big on you, no?” he said with a grin.

You smiled at him and finished up bunning up your hair.

Hyunsuk helped push the cap back to make sure you were able to at least look at your food and without realising it, he accidentally touched the bump on your forehead.

“Ah,” you winced softly. You backed your head away from Hyunsuk’s hand and held onto the cap, directly on the spot of your bump.

“Why, what’s wrong y/n?” Hyunsuk asked when he sees you looking uncomfortable.

“Oh nothing, nothing,” you tried to look away from him and ignored the sting on your forehead. Fixing the cap properly (enough for you to hide the bump and see your food in front of you), you grabbed your chopsticks and took off the lid of your noodle bowl.

You stirred your noodles and began eating it.

“Mmm, so good,” you said happily.

Hyunsuk smiled watching you eat beside him. He reached out his hand and pats your head, which earned another wince from you, since you felt the sting on your head intensify.

This time, your wince was loud enough for Junghwan to hear you. He turned around, a worried look on his face.

He set down his food onto the floor and scooted towards you. “Noona?”

You held onto the spot where your bump is hidden and you lowered your head, holding in the pain that was literally throbbing by now.

“Y/n?” Hyunsuk called out to you, worried as well now that he noticed Junghwan’s expression.

You blinked a couple times and took deep breaths to hold in the pain on your forehead.

You shook your head and forced a smile at the both of them. “I’m good, just a little sting in the head,”

“Really? You looked like you were very much in pain earlier,” Hyunsuk said, his frown visible on his face, not being able to shake his worry towards you. He clearly heard you wince not once, but twice.

You nodded profusely, you even grabbed your ramen bowl and started eating it back just so you could convince them not to worry about you.

“Noona…it still hurts, huh?” Junghwan said to you.

“Hm? What, what happened?” Hyunsuk asked him.

You chewed on your noodles, ignoring the both of them.

Seeing that you wouldn’t be honest with him, Junghwan pulled his cap off your head.

The sudden cold breeze hitting your forehead made you lift your head, your eyes meeting his.

Junghwan’s eyes widened though the moment he pulled his cap away from you.

“N-noona, your head…”

You pushed the stray strands of your hair away from your face, wondering why he looked so surprised at you. “What? What is it?”

Hyunsuk immediately pulled you to face him, “Oh my god! Y/n!” he exclaimed rather loudly.

Yoshi, who was beside you immediately put down his ipad that he was watching while eating and scrambled over to Hyunsuk’s side. “Oh my god, Y/n!” He said in shock as well.

You frowned at your friends. “What? Oh my god, what’s going on??”

“What’s going on over there?” You heard Jihoon’s voice asking from the other side of the room.

You turned your head to look at him and immediately everyone else on his side gasped out loud.

“Y-yah! Y/n! What happened to your head?!” He screamed in shock.

“What is it?? Is my head bleeding??” you asked back, your eyes tearing up.

You tried to touch the bump on your head but the moment your fingers grazed against it you felt a sharp pain, “Ouch,” You clenched your fist to hold yourself from screaming.

“No, don’t touch it, noona!” Junghwan said as he grabbed your hand.

“It’s bad…” Haruto breathed out as he stared at you.

“What happened to Y/n??” Jihoon asked again, this time, his voice a little louder.

“N-noona hit her head against the edge of the chiller door downstairs…” Junghwan stammered.

“What?!” Hyunsuk said, louder this time too.

“Guys omg, it’s just a small bump, let’s not make a big deal about it” you said.

“No, no, Y/n. It’s not a small bump like the one we saw earlier…” Jeongwoo explained to you.

You furrowed your eyebrows. “What? Then it’s a big bump??”

SNAP! The sound of a camera clicked. Everyone turned to see Asahi holding up his phone.

He walked up towards you and showed a picture of you, a frown on your face—and there it was, on your forehead—the small bump you remembered from before had grown bluish-black, making it seem like your forehead was rotting.

“OH MY GOD!” You screamed. “WHAT THE HELL IS THAT??”

“That’s…your forehead, y/n,” Asahi stated matter-of-factly.

Your eyes were tearing up. “Why is the colour so dark??”

“You must have hit your head so hard…” Hyunsuk said.

“Yah! What are you all doing just standing there?? Get something cold to calm the bruise on her head!” Jihoon said.

Yoshi hurriedly grabbed his cold canned drink that he hasn’t opened yet. Without thinking much, he immediately pressed it against your bruise, making you wince in pain because of the sudden contact against your throbbing head.

“Hyung! Don’t do it like that! Do it slowly!” Yedam called out to him.

At this rate, the whole group was gathering around you, worried looks on their faces as they watched Yoshi calming your bruise, trying to make it no longer swell whereas Hyunsuk and Junghwan kept calming you down every time they see your face showing any discomfort.

“Shh shh, it’s okay, it’ll be less bruised later, okay?” Hyunsuk whispered to you as he stroked your head.

“Noona, it’s okay, it’ll be less painful later,” Junghwan said as well, his hands holding yours.

Junkyu watched as everyone was focusing on you now, even himself too. He felt slightly guilty for not being able to contribute anything to make you feel better, so he just sat and watched over you with the others.

                                                                  *

 (Evening / Dorm 1 – Hyunsuk, Yoshi, Junkyu, Haruto)

“I’m home!” Haruto called out as he entered their house even though there was nobody at home.

“Welcome home!” Yoshi replied, as he entered the main door beside his dongsaeng.

Haruto giggled at this and moved to the side to let everyone else enter as he bowed down to take off his shoes.

“Aaahhh home sweet home!” Haruto chanted as he raced towards the living room, jumping onto the sofa, letting his body rest after a good amount of dance practice with his group today.

“Aigoo Ruto-yaa, you better go wash up first before you fall asleep on the sofa,” Junkyu nagged at him when he passed by the living room.

“Yeah, yeah, don’t worry, I’ll shower up in a bit”

Hyunsuk entered the living room, his face clearly distracted.

“Hyung, everything alright?” Yoshi asked when he saw Hyunsuk’s expression.

“I don’t know…I just feel so worried about Y/n.”

“Ahh hyung, don’t worry too much. Her bruise wasn’t as dark as before too, and she said she was fine too when she left us after lunch. She was even smiling too,”

Hyunsuk shook his head. “How did she even hurt herself like that? She’s only worked in our building for a week and she already got herself into an accident like that. Imagine working there for a month, what else would happen to her?”

Yoshi walked up towards his hyung and pats his back. “Don’t worry, hyung. Y/n wouldn’t like it if we worry about her like this too,”

Haruto, who was listening to the whole conversation, scooted himself to sit up properly on the sofa. “Hyung-ah, do you think she’s doing okay right now? I mean, I feel like y/n might be the kind of person who wouldn’t be entirely honest if she’s feeling pain…Even when she got hit by the chiller door, she laughed it off and said she was fine. She even hid the fact that she was hurt by the bruise to the point when we found out it was already black and swollen badly,”

Hyunsuk nodded, understanding what Haruto was trying to say.

Suddenly, an idea came up to his head. “Do you guys want to have dinner with y/n? We can order takeout and watch a movie at her place. At the same time we can watch over her bruise too,” Hyunsuk said to his dongsaengs.

Yoshi and Haruto exchanged looks with one another. They knew that Hyunsuk was worried about you, because he really cares about you, but they weren’t too sure if bothering you tonight would be a good idea.

“Or, hyung, we could just invite her over for lunch tomorrow? She might want to rest up tonight,” Yoshi suggested.

“Oh? But y/n has never been to our place. Will that be okay, though?” Haruto asked.

“I don’t see why it wouldn’t be okay, as long as everyone in this dorm consents to it, it should be okay, no?”

Hyunsuk nods his head at this idea. His eyes glanced over at Junkyu’s room.

“Junkyu-aa! Junkyu, come over here!” he called out.

Junkyu walked out of his room, his hair slightly dishevelled, obviously he was laying down in bed earlier. “Yes, hyung?”

“We’re having lunch with y/n tomorrow, you cool with that?”

Junkyu shrugged, not understanding why Hyunsuk has to ask him. He would’ve just followed the rest of them without any complaints.

“Okay, I guess.”

“Okay, good. I’ll bring her over here tomorrow,” Hyunsuk said happily. Yoshi and Haruto too, smiled at their plan for tomorrow.

Junkyu was about to leave for his room back when he processed what Hyunsuk said earlier.

His eyes widened and he turned around to look at his dormmates again, “Wait, what?? You’re bringing Y/n over to our dorm??”

 To be continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #alltreasuremembers #ALittleIntoYou #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #JunKyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyufanfic #junkyu fluff #junkyufic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 16)

Chapter 16 - A little confused.

Word count: 5.1k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hii! Chapter 16 here we go! Let me know what you think will happen next :3 Hope you guys enjoy this one <3

The next day (Saturday/Afternoon) 

You checked the braid you’ve done on your hair, making sure that you didn’t leave out any strands of hair. Your single braid looked neat and you made sure that your fringe was clipped aside so that you could let your now less swollen bruise breathe.

You stared at the green-bluish bruise on your head, remembering when everyone was so worried about you yesterday.

You felt your heart swell up, touched with how caring your friends were. You remembered the last time you had friends who cared about you this much were your high school friends. You wondered how they are doing now.

Ever since your sister left, you had let your teacher arranged you to move to the city just so you could forget about your life in your old town. There were too many memories involving your sister back there, which was why when you moved to the city, you decided to cut off everyone from your life—to start afresh.

You checked yourself out one last time in the mirror. You wore your pastel-yellow coloured t-shirt paired with a wide-legged light blue jeans. Your watch as usual, on the right side of your wrist, and you sprayed on your citrus-scented perfume for the finishing touch.

Hyunsuk had texted you last night, telling you that he wanted to invite you over to his dorm for lunch together with him and his dormmates, and you didn’t want to look like a mess going there. You wanted to at least look decent, but right now you’re second guessing your choice of outfit because you looked like as if you were going out for an outing with friends instead of just hanging at someone’s home.

You shook your head and headed towards your closet. You were rummaging through your t-shirt drawer when you heard the doorbell rang.

You stopped whatever you were doing and left your room to get to the front door.

“Hyunsuk!” You said happily once you opened your front door. You moved to the side to let him enter your home.

Hyunsuk entered and waited for you to shut your door before he straightaway approaches you. His hand immediately touched your face and checked on the bruise on your head.

You felt your face heating up from his sudden gesture.

Hyunsuk nodded to himself as he observed your bruise. “It’s less painful now?” He asked you gently.

Your eyes avoided his, since his face was close to yours. “Y-yeah. It doesn’t hurt when I touch it now,”

Hyunsuk removed his hand from your face and smiled when he heard this. “That’s good. It looks less scary than it was yesterday too,” he joked.

You laughed at this, “I’m sorry for yesterday. Really, you all looked like you had seen a zombie bite or something,”

“Not gonna lie, it looked bad yesterday,” he confessed, making you laugh again.

Hyunsuk smiled at you, noticing your different hairstyle today.

“Ah, right! I’ll get my bag and then we can leave,” you said to him.

                                                                  *

 (Treasure’s Dorm #1 – Hyunsuk, Yoshi, Junkyu and Haruto)

Hyunsuk keyed in the combination lock of his front door. He turned to you and noticed you side-glancing at him. You had your arms folded against your chest.

“Hey, I’m sorry we never told you we lived in the same apartment block as you,” he said with a giggle, since he finds it entertaining to see you with your dissatisfied look.

He remembered how you looked like minutes ago when he pressed the elevator button from your floor to go up instead of going down to the main lobby.

You had the most perplexed look on your face and when he told you that the Treasure members’ dorms were all literally 10 floors above your place, you looked super baffled it was impossible for him not to laugh at your expression.

And now that you both have arrived at his front door, you wouldn’t stop side-eyeing him and acting all disheartened because he only told you now.

“Aigoo, enough with that scowl, it doesn’t suit your face,” he chuckled.

Just as he was about to open the door, a familiar face popped out from behind the door, making you both surprised.

“Yah! Don’t scare us like that!” Hyunsuk said, half-yelling.

Jihoon grinned, showing you both his eye smile. “I heard the combination lock being pressed earlier but I was wondering what took you both so long to enter,”

Hyunsuk pointed at you, who was no longer scowling at him. “Y/n was giving me a hard time because we never told her we live in the same building as her,”

You scoffed. “Well, duh? I only found out now?? I know it’s private and confidential but you can’t just drop a bomb like this on me out of the blue!” you nagged at him back.

Jihoon remained smiling as he watched the both of you argue with one another.

“But we’re here nowww. You can stop being upset,”

“I’m not upset, I’m just overwhelmed,”

“Okay stop, you both!”Jihoon ordered the both of you.

The both of you stopped and turned to look at him.

Jihoon opened the door wide, gesturing you both to come inside instead of making a scene outside their dorms.

The moment you entered; you were amazed to see their home wider than yours. Like, your living room was probably 2 times smaller than theirs. And their interior was nicer than yours too. Maybe it’s also because your apartment was a studio unit, and theirs—well, theirs are just bigger unit than yours. Way bigger actually.

All of a sudden, you felt embarrassed of how different their house was compared to yours. And to think you let them hang out in your cramped up home all this while.

While you were gaping over the size and interior of their home compared to yours, Hyunsuk was chatting up with Jihoon not far behind you.

“When did you get here? I left around 15 minutes ago and you weren’t here,” Hyunsuk asked his friend.

“Oh, I woke up early today to get some groceries for my dorm and I decided to come over and visit,” he grinned as he explained.

Suddenly, they heard a loud yelp from the kitchen.

“I told you that the sugar goes in first! You had to add in the yolks first!” Jeongwoo said sarcastically to Haruto who was helping him with the mixture he’s making.

“Yah, yah, what’s so loud over there?” Jihoon asked back at them from the living room.

“Wait—that sounds like Jeongwoo,” Hyunsuk said.

“Yeah, it is Jeongwoo. Why?”

Hyunsuk narrowed his eyes at Jihoon, “Who else did you bring over? And why are your boys playing chef in our kitchen right now?”

Jihoon chuckled nervously. “Oh…W-well, I brought everyone from my dorm,”

“What??” Hyunsuk asked in disbelief.

Today was supposed to be just a quiet and private lunch between you, him and his dormmates. Just how did Jihoon—WAIT.

“Kim Junkyu where are you??” Hyunsuk called out to him.

Junkyu showed up from his room, wearing his tie-dye dark blue tshirt. “What is it, hyung?”

“Did you tell Jihoon that Y/n will be having lunch with us today?”

Junkyu’s expression changed when he heard Hyunsuk’s question. He looked away and bit his lower lip, looking like as if he was busy thinking on what to answer his hyung.

“Aigoo…you must have told him, huh?”

“Well, I didn’t mean to…”

 -Flashback- (Early morning)

Junkyu frowned as he hears his ringtone ringing for the second time this morning. He had ignored it the first time, but he decided to just answer it and tell whoever calling that he was too sleepy to even talk to them.

Phonecall Conversation (Junyku and Jihoon)

Jihoon: Junkyuuuu! Morning! Rise and shine kiddo!

Junkyu: (grumbles) What are you calling me this morning forrrr? It’s a Saturday, let me sleep more!

Jihoon: (snickers) Come on, get up. I’m taking my kids to the grocery store this morning. You should come with.

Junkyu: Nah, no thanks. Hyunsuk’s having y/n over for lunch today. I’ll need the energy to help them in the kitchen later.

Jihoon: Oh?? Y/n’s coming over for lunch??

Junkyu: Yes, now let me sleep. Bye (hangs up)

 -End of phonecall and flashback-

 Hyunsuk shook his head as he heard Junkyu explain how it slipped his mouth about you coming over to their dorm this afternoon.

Junkyu blinked couple times, showing a guilty expression. And then his eyes went to look at you, and he noticed how neat and naturally cute you looked today. He noticed the neat braid of your hair, how your yellow shirt complements your skintone and how your face looked glowing today. Whatever you put on your face today somehow made you looked purer and more innocent than you usually looked, in his opinion.

The four of you in the living room were distracted when you all heard another scream from Mashiho who was in the kitchen as well.

“Yah! Who added in leeks into this soup!? It was supposed to go into the omelette!” You all heard Mashiho said in a frustrating voice.

“Uh oh, I think we should go check on them,” Hyunsuk said as he left for the kitchen.

Junkyu, still feeling guilty for what he did, decided to follow Hyunsuk closely behind and help him if he needs it.

You thought you should go check and help around too, so you followed as well.

You were passing by Jihoon when he pulled on your braid, making you yelp.

“Hey! What’s wrong with you?” you huffed at him.

Jihoon grinned at you and placed his hand on your head.

“Stop that, I tied my hair up neatly today,” you whined at him.

Jihoon, still smiling at you, asked, “How are you feeling today?”

You blinked couple of times. Jihoon asking about your condition?? And in such a gentle way too. This is rare, you thought.

“I g-guess my bruise doesn’t hurt as much as yesterday anymore,” you answered, sounding confused since you weren’t used to Jihoon being this nice to you. The both of you usually have this cat-mouse like vibe, but today he was being gentle to you??

Jihoon placed his hand on your head again, patting it a couple times before saying, “That’s good. Don’t make us worry like that ever again, okay?”

You nodded abruptly at him and he smiled at you again. He left for the kitchen as well, leaving you on your own in the living room.

                                                                    *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Kitchen)

Hyunsuk entered the kitchen with Junkyu closely behind him, and they saw…

Haruto and Jeongwoo arguing over the cake batter that they had somehow jeopardized,

Mashiho and Doyoung debating over which dish should have leeks in it,

And then there’s Yoshi, standing at the end of their kitchen, trying his best to calm all the four boys down.

“Oh my god what happened in here, why does it sound like a noisy classroom??” Hyunsuk complained as he sees the chaos going on.

Yoshi heard him and hurriedly rushed over to both him and Junkyu. “Hyung! I’m sorry, I couldn’t control them,”

“It’s okay, Yoshi,” Hyunsuk said to him. “Hey, hey! That’s enough you all, no more fighting!” He yelled at the four of them.

All four of them stopped and turned to face their leader.

“Aigoo, what are you all being so loud for? Y/n is here for god’s sake,” Jihoon’s voice appeared as he entered the kitchen this time.

And as if on cue, your head popped up from the kitchen door, peeking to see what the chaos was all about.

“Y/n! You’re here!” Jeongwoo said excitedly.

You entered the kitchen cautiously, bowing slightly to greet them. “Hi y’all,” you smiled.

All four of them smiled at you and greeted you back.

Suddenly, Haruto said, “What’s next, Jeongwoo?”

“Ah, add in the butter and some milk—”

“Okay,”

“YAH WAIT, DON’T ADD IT AT THE SAME TIME,”

“BUT YOU SAID TO ADD BOTH”

“YAHH LOOK WHAT YOU DID RUTO-YAA”

“QUIT YELLING AT ME, YOU’RE RUINING OUR CAKE”

All of you watched as the two younger ones argued over their cake batter again.

“YAH STOP IT BOTH OF YOU! ALL OF YOU KIDS, OUT IN THE LIVING ROOM!” Jihoon ordered, his voice raised, making them both stop.

Jeongwoo and Haruto both pouting, backed away from their mixture and baking utensils. Mashiho and Doyoung too, stopped their cooking and followed their younger brothers closely as they passed by you and their hyungs.

“Come on, y/n,” Doyoung said as he passed by you, inviting you to leave the kitchen along with them since he assumed when Jihoon mentioned all kids to leave the kitchen, he thought it included you as well.

“Uh uh, nope. Y/n stays here with us,” Jihoon said to him.

“But you said kids—” Doyoung answered him.

“Exactly, you kids who are younger than us here,” Hyunsuk pointed out.

Doyoung looked at his hyungs confusedly and shook his head as he left the kitchen along with Mashiho, Jeongwoo and Haruto.

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh as he looked around the kitchen, a little thankful that the kitchen wasn’t entirely a wreck.

You noticed them all looking lost so you decided to make the first move and help with whatever was left in the kitchen by the kids earlier.

You walked up towards the cake mixture and smiled to yourself when you saw the messily-written recipe beside the large mixture bowl. Yoshi and Jihoon gathered around you and tried to read the recipe.

“Is it really bad?” Yoshi asked, referring to the mixture in front of you.

You shook your head, “Nah, they may have mixed up the orders of the ingredients but it’s not completely ruined. It’ll look less pretty after it’s baked but hey, the taste would still be okay,” you explained.

All four of them in the kitchen with you nodded.

You looked up from the bowl in front of you and glanced around the room.

“Hmm. Okay, here’s what we do; Jihoon, I want you to whip this mixture until it’s white and creamy, once you’re done you let me know so I can put it into the oven for you.”

Jihoon nodded at your orders and immediately picks up the bowl to whip the mixture in it.

“Hyunsuk, you help me cook the rice and set the table, okay?”

“Sure!”

“Yoshi, you’ll be working with me by the stove, okay? We’ll work on the soup and side dishes,”

Yoshi nodded at you, his gentle smile showing.

“Erm, what about me?” Junkyu asked, making all of you turning to look at him.

“Ah, that’s right, Junkyu.”

You kept quiet for a while, thinking what task you could give him.

“Ah! Okay, you can be our helper. Whatever we need, can you help grab it for us?”

“Sure…I guess that sounds easy…”

“Great! Let’s get started!”

                                                                  *

Treasure Dorm #1 (Living Room)

“How is y/n not considered a kid as well?? She’s Yedam-hyung’s age, right?” Doyoung asked, still confused to what his hyungs meant when they didn’t let you stay in the living room with him and the rest.

“Aigoo, really hyung??” Jeongwoo asked him back. “Didn’t you know? Y/n is a ’99 liner like Hyunsuk-hyung,”

“What?! She looks too young to be their age,”

“What? I don’t see it that way though. Besides, how do you explain her having a job at PEWA?”

“I’ve always assumed she was just in a training program that’s all…” Doyoung answered his dongsaeng.

“Aigoo hyung, you should talk to her more, then you’ll know,”

“Shut up Jeongwoo. It’s not like you talk to her all the time,” Haruto said in an annoyed tone.

“Hey, I do talk to her a lot! You don’t even know she worked at PEWA before this,”

“At least I never stutter when I talk to her!” Haruto argued back, making Jeongwoo quiet when he heard this.

Mashiho and Doyoung covered their own mouths with their hands and looked at each other.

“Well, at least I know that the butter goes in first before the milk!” Jeongwoo said, referring to the cake mix they were making earlier.

“Heyyyy don’t go there!” Haruto answered him back.

                                                                   *

Treasure Dorm #1 (Kitchen)

“Okay! Nicely done Jihoon!” You praised him, patting his back. The two of you stared at the cake tin that was finally in the oven.

“Thanks, I’m a strong whipper,” he said smugly to you.

You narrowed your eyes at him. “Don’t say that. It sounds so wrong,”

Jihoon laughed when he sees you giving him that look.

“Y/n, we just add in the sesame oil right, and then it’s done?” Yoshi asked on the other side of the kitchen, his hand holding a spatula while he stands in front of the stove.

“Yeah,” You said as you made your way towards him.

You checked on the fried chicken that you have fried in a pan beside Yoshi’s dish.

“Hmm, it’ll be done in a bit. I’ll just make the sauce first,” you said as you slowed down the fire of the chicken again.

You turned around and stood near the kitchen island, a bowl ready in front of you.

“Alright, spicy or soy garlic?” you asked out towards the ones in the kitchen with you.

“How spicy is spicy?” Jihoon asked.

“Depends,”

“I want soy garlic!” Junkyu chimed, making everyone look at him.

Junkyu covered his mouth with his hand, “Oh, sorry, was I too loud?”

You stared at him for a bit, appreciating his cute expression before you shook your head and staring down into the bowl in front of you again.

“No, it’s cute—”

You stopped yourself when you realised what was coming out of your mouth.

“Oh?? Y/n? What’s this??” Yoshi asked, his face not hiding his excitement when he heard what left your mouth.

Your eyes glanced up to see everyone in the room looking at you, a mixture of different expressions.

“I-I said, it’s cute—the soy garlic combination is cute!” You said, relieved that you thought of a way to save your embarrassment.

“Oookay…” Jihoon said, his voice teasing.

You shot everyone a cold look to cover up whatever that slipped out of your mouth just now.

“Jihoon, be sure to watch over the cake in the oven. If you see the cake rising, let me know, okay?” You said, changing the topic.

“Yeah, yeah, I know,” Jihoon replied you, turning around to face the oven once again.

Hyunsuk walked up towards Jihoon and stood beside him, watching over the cake in the oven as well.

“It already smells good,” Hyunsuk said.

“Right?? Credits to those kids out there for the batter though, I only helped whip and bake,” Jihoon chuckled.

While both of the leaders were busy chatting away in front of the oven, you peeked over Yoshi’s dish in his pan and informed him to keep his fire slow and to continue stirring the vegetables in it.

You turned back to the bowl in front of you, adding the mashed garlic that you have prepared earlier. You took out a brush out of the drawer where Hyunsuk kept the kitchen utensils.

“Ah, soy sauce and sugar,” you said to yourself.

“Sugar?” Yoshi asked you.

You nodded at him and he hands over the sugar bottle that was beside him.

“Thanks,” you said as you scooped a few spoonsful of sugar into the bowl. “Junkyu, can you help bring over the soy sauce? I think I saw it on the shelf on your side,”

Junkyu turned around and sure enough, the bottle of soy sauce was there. He noticed the cap of the bottle slightly open and he pressed on it, trying to close it.

“Ah,” he noticed his fingers getting stained by the sauce so he decided to not close it since you were going to use it anyways,

“Done!” Yoshi said as he switched off the gas from his side of the stove.

“Nice!” You said to him. “I think the chicken is done too, can you help take it out of the pan for me?”

“Sure,”

Junkyu made his way towards you with the soy sauce bottle in his hand, passing by Jihoon and Hyunsuk who were still chatting away, their backs facing the three of you.

“Yeah! The new move I learned in pilates was really good, hyung! You just have to lower your body and stretch out your hands like this—”

“Whoa watch out!” Yoshi’s voice said as Jihoon’s outstretched arm accidentally bumped into Junkyu, making the clueless koala boy trip forward in your direction.

Hyunsuk and Jihoon both turned around to see if everything was alright and they saw Junkyu on his knees.

Junkyu got up from his position and rubbed his knees, “Ouch, I can’t believe I tripped—” he stopped, noticing the soy sauce bottle wasn’t in his hand anymore.

He stood up straight and searched for the soy sauce bottle around him in case it fell on the floor.

“E-erm, Junkyu-aa,” Hyunsuk said, as he pointed in your direction.

Junkyu’s eyes turned to look at you, and he saw you holding onto the soy sauce bottle in your hands.

He lets out a breath of relief, “Whew! Good catch, y/n! I thought I dropped the bottle or something,”

You stayed quiet, hands still gripping onto the bottle tightly.

Junkyu looked around the room and noticed everyone’s expression being tight. “Hey, hey, don’t worry. I’m okay. My knees hurt a little, but hey, it’s nothing serious,” he said, assuring all of you.

“Y-y/n, let me g-get that,” Yoshi stammered, as he tried to pull the bottle out of your grip.

Junkyu turned his focus on you, taking in your expression that was staring into space and eyes wide.

His eyes travelled lower to look at the bottle being pulled away from your hands, and that’s when he noticed—THE BIG SOY SAUCE STAIN ON YOUR SHIRT.

And then he remembered how the cap bottle wasn’t closed tightly.

“Aaah!” He lets out a scream, realising what had just happened.

Junkyu’s scream snapped you out of your trance, making you once again notice the dark stain on your shirt. Your favourite pastel yellow-coloured shirt.

This will never come off, you thought to yourself.

“Y/n, I’ll do the sauce. Why don’t you go w-wash up first,” Yoshi said, being careful with his words.

You blinked a couple times. You looked down at your shirt, and then you looked around you, noticing everyone’s pale face, probably scared that you might lash out at them angrily or something.

You took a deep breath, thinking that you shouldn’t make a big deal about this. Your favourite shirt got ruined. So what? it’s fine, this is fine.

You grabbed the soy sauce bottle again from Yoshi’s hand and poured some into the bowl in front of you. Mixing it with the ingredients you’ve put in earlier, you dipped your pinky finger into it to taste it.

“Mhm, we’re done,” you said.

You went over towards where Jihoon and Hyunsuk were and looked at the cake in the oven.

“It’ll be done in 10 minutes or so,” you said to them.

You felt weird that they didn’t give any response to you so you turned around to see them all standing close to each other, flinching away from you.

You pursed your lips, trying not to laugh as you look at their expressions.

“H-hey. It’s fine, I’m not angry, I promise,” you said as you raised both your hands.

“B-but y/n, y-your s-shirt,” Hyunsuk stammered.

You rolled your eyes slightly at him, “I know. It’s fine. I’ll just go change later,”

“It would be uncomfortable to keep wearing that y/n,” Yoshi said, matter-of-factly.

“Yeah! You should just change here!” Jihoon added, making all the other three turn to look at him.

“What?” you asked, not understanding what he meant.

“Come on, it’s not like you’ve never worn any of our clothes before,” he responded, referring to the incident when you first met Hyunsuk last time.

“Ah, that,” you flushed, suddenly embarrassed of the incident that happened months ago.

“Ah, right! I lent you my shirt last time!” Hyunsuk said, remembering the incident as well.

Yoshi and Junkyu exchanged looks with one another, not really sure what the three of you were talking about since the only person who knew about the incident was Jihoon, Hyunsuk and of course, you.

“Okay? So…you want me to change here?” You asked, wanting to make sure.

Hyunsuk nodded, “Yeah, that should be no problem. I can give you my—”

“Come here! I’ll help you get changed!” Jihoon interrupted his hyung as he grabs your hand in his, dragging you out of the kitchen with him.

The both of you passed by the younger members who looked bored as they scrolled through their phones for some time now in the living room.

“Oh? Y/n?” Mashiho said as he noticed Jihoon dragging you with him towards the bedrooms.

“Mashi, help me watch over the cake in the oven, yea? I’ll be right back!” You managed to tell him as you disappeared from his sight.

                                                                  *

 Jihoon brought you to a room, well, it looked pretty much like a bedroom since the first thing you saw when you entered was a bed.

Jihoon shut the door behind the both of you, locking the door to avoid any disturbances from the other members.

You looked around the room, noticing the simple interior and neat arrangements of the items in the room.

Jihoon leaves you looking around while he went up towards the closet that rested against the wall near the door. Pulling out a black t-shirt from the closet, he called out to you.

“Y/n,”

“Hm?” you turned around and he tosses the tshirt towards you, making you catch it clumsily.

You unravelled the folded shirt in your hands and looked at him.

“Whose shirt is this?”

“Who cares? Just change into it,”

“N-now? Here??”

Jihoon chuckled at your clueless expression, “Pfft no way. Let me leave first. And be sure to keep the door locked while you change, okay? Not that my boys are pervs, it’s just that someone might come into the room accidentally.”

“Sure…I understand,”

With that, Jihoon pats your head before leaving you alone in the room.

                                                                   *

Treasure Dorm #1 (Dining section)

Jihoon entered the dining area to see all of his members there, including the younger ones.

“How’s Y/n?” Junkyu asked as soon as he saw his best friend entering the room.

Jihoon flashed him a smile, “No worries, she’s all good. She’s getting changed right now,”

“Ahh that’s good. I was worried about her. She keeps getting involved in accidents lately,” Hyunsuk said.

Junkyu nodded at what his hyung said. To be honest, he felt guilty for what happened to you. If he hadn’t tripped, no, if he had closed the bottle cap tightly, you wouldn’t have to have your shirt spoiled by now. And you looked cute in your shirt too, he thought to himself.

“Aigoo, y/n seems like the clumsy type, don’t you think?” Doyoung said as he sneaked a bite on the piece of chicken you fried earlier.

“Hm, that’s kinda true,” Jeongwoo agreed. “Also,” he swatted Doyoung’s hand lightly, “Stop that, hyung! Let Yoshi-hyung finish brushing the sauce onto the chicken!”

Doyoung grinned, “Fine, fine,”

“Do girls really take this long to change?? I’m hungry already,” Haruto complained.

“Aigoo, give her time. You should’ve let her wash up too, hyung,” Mashiho said since he thought that you might feel sticky after getting drenched by the soy sauce incident earlier.

“Nah, she’ll be fine—”

“Uhh, has everything been set on the table?” they all heard your voice asking, making them all turn to look at you.

“Whoa! Y/n! Look at you!” Hyunsuk said, showing a shocked expression.

“Y/n, you look so cool!” Jeongwoo added, feigning a fanboying voice.

You shot both of them a glare, “Stop teasing me, I literally changed my shirt, that’s all,”

“Oh? Y/n you can leave your shirt here. We can help wash it along with ours,” Yoshi said to you when he noticed the stained shirt still in your hands.

“Ah? No, no. I can bring it along when I go back later. You don’t have to trouble yourself,”

“Nonsense! Hyunsuk-hyung will be glad to help you wash it!” Jihoon added, in which Hyunsuk gave him a weird look since Jihoon mentioned his name.

“T-that’s right! Leave it on the floor there, I’ll pick it up later,” Hyunsuk said as well.

You shrugged and awkwardly dropped your stained shirt onto the floor not far from the living room.

“Y/n, hurry up and get yourself a seat. I’m hungry,” Haruto ordered you since he noticed everyone was already in their respective seats except for you.

When you returned to the dining area, you noticed the only empty seat available was the one beside Jihoon.

“Aw heck no! Not beside Jihoon again,”

Jihoon acted as if he was hurt by what you said, “Ouch. Oh come on Y/n, you know you like sitting next to me. We’re besties aren’t we?” He winked, after he said this, making you roll your eyes at him.

“Fine, I’m just glad I’m sitting next to Hyunsuk as well,” you retort back at him as you took your seat in between him and Hyunsuk.

You picked up your spoon and looked at the dishes spread on the table.

“Everything looks so good! I’m glad! Thank you for helping out, everyone!” you said cheerfully.

Hyunsuk grinned seeing your happy expression. “Eat a lot everyone,” Hyunsuk said to everyone at the table as well.

Everyone started eating, not even talking since everyone was very hungry at the moment.

You chewed on the rice in your mouth and smiled happily to yourself, thinking how happy you felt at the moment to be eating homecooked meals made by you and your friends.

Because you were too focused on eating your food, you didn’t realise the piercing look Junkyu kept giving you not far across your seat.

Junkyu chewed on his food, huffing to himself, feeling annoyed. Once again, he doesn’t know why he’s feeling this way. Earlier he felt bad for what he did towards you, but now, he felt irritated by your presence. Why? Was it because everyone kept giving their attention towards you?

Or was it because you’re wearing his favourite black ASSC tshirt while the other members kept praising you for wearing it?

 To be continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #treasure junkyu #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #ygtreasure #JunKyu #kim junkyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 17)

Chapter 17 - Some feelings.

Word count: 3.8k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello hello~ Chapter 17 is here! The story still has quite a long way to go, I hope you all don’t mind 🥺 Also! I’m working on more y/n and Junkyu interactions too (I need to remind myself this is a junkyu x y/n fic please omg fhdhhd) T^T Thank you for reading as always, love you all! <3

“Thanks everyone for the hearty meal today. I enjoyed it really well,” you said to them as you stood near their front door, along with them crowding the small area.

Well, everyone that is except for Junkyu.

“Aww y/n, you sure you can’t stay and hang with us?” Jeongwoo whined. “We could gather in Hyunsuk-hyung’s room and watch a movie on his PC.”

“What? Why my room??”

“Or! You could come over to our dorm instead! We can hang there too!” Jeongwoo continued, ignoring Hyunsuk’s question.

You shook your head as you giggled. “Thank you, but uh, I think I better head home. I mean, I’d love to hang, but maybe next time?”

“Okay…” Jeongwoo answered, slightly pouting now.

“Thanks for helping us out with the dishes as well y/n,” Jihoon thanked you, referring to how you volunteered to wash all the dishes after lunch just now.

“No biggie. I’ll see you all next time,” you smiled as you exited the front door.

“Wait! I’ll send you back,” Hyunsuk said as he reached for his shoes as well.

“Huh? Oh no, it’s fine! I live literally 10 floors below you guys, so it’s fine, Hyunsuk,”

“Nonsense! I won’t leave my lady friend walking alone home,” he said, slipping on his shoes.

Seeing that Hyunsuk was done putting on his shoes, you bowed at the rest, leaving them. Hyunsuk tagged along behind you.

Jihoon closed the front door and headed back towards the living room with the rest of the members.

“Oh? Kim Junkyu? You were here all the time? Why didn’t you say goodbye to y/n?” he asked when he realised that his friend didn’t say goodbye to you like the rest.

Junkyu sat on the sofa, looking slightly annoyed when he heard Jihoon mentioning your name.

“Yah, I’m talking to you,” Jihoon said to him.

Junkyu finally looked at him directly and opened his mouth to say, “Why did you have to give her my shirt?? That was my favourite one too!”

The younger members all exchanged looks with one another. They knew where this was going.

“Uh, kids! Let’s all go watch something on Hyunsuk-hyung’s PC!” Yoshi suggested.

With that, all the younger members followed Yoshi into Hyunsuk’s room, leaving only Jihoon and Junkyu in the living room.

Jihoon scoffed. “What’s the big deal? You were the one that ruined her shirt. Shouldn’t she be wearing your shirt then??”

“Okay but why the ASSC shirt?? You know I like that one!”

“Okay, I’m sorry. Clearly, it was my fault for handing her that shirt specifically. But, in my defense, I thought that it’s better for her to wear your old shirt rather than giving her anything new from your closet!”

Junkyu stood up from his seat. “Park Jihoon, next time, ask me first before deciding on your own!”

“Why are you getting all worked up over this?? Y/n is going to return your shirt anyways! Just like how she did with Hyunsuk-hyung’s shirt last time, remember??”

Junkyu sighed frustratedly at his friend’s response. To be honest, he wasn’t frustrated at Jihoon at all. He was frustrated at himself for lashing out like this. Again, he doesn’t know why he’s acting this way.

“Junkyu…why are you so angry at this?” Jihoon asked, gentler now since he noticed his friend no longer responding to him.

Junkyu walked up towards the window and stared at the view outside. He lets out another sigh.

“Do you…not like Y/n? Do you…hate her…?” Jihoon asked this time.

Hearing this question, Junkyu immediately turned to look at Jihoon.

“Wha…t?” he asked his friend.

Jihoon’s eyes looked completely serious as he stared at his best friend. “I said, do you hate y/n?”

“Why are you asking me this…”

“Because Junkyu, I need to know how you truly feel about her. If you hate her, then fine, I won’t bring her over or let you meet her anymore after this,”

“I…” Junkyu shook his head. “I don’t know,”

This made Jihoon scoff again. “Please. You do know. You’re just too scared to admit it.”

“Listen, Junkyu. If you don’t like her, just let me know. Because as your best friend, I wouldn’t want to force you to be friends with anyone that makes you feel uncomfortable--”

“Yes.”

Jihoon stopped talking. He blinked a couple times, surprised with what has left his friend’s mouth.

“What?”

“Yes, y/n makes me feel uncomfortable.”

“N-no way. You’re lying,”

“What if I’m not lying?”

“Junkyu…”

“Look, I don’t hate her okay! I just,” Junkyu lets out another frustrated sigh. “I just—whenever I see her, my chest feels tight, and I can’t seem to think of what to say—so yes, she makes me uncomfortable!”

“Junkyu…”

Junkyu sat back on the sofa, covering his face with his hands.

He took a deep breath and pushed his hair to the back with his right hand.

“Junkyu…do you like y/n?” Jihoon asked this time, more carefully.

Junkyu bit his bottom lip and blinked couple of times. He looks up at his friend that was standing opposite him. He stared at Jihoon, not saying anything.

Jihoon looked into his friend’s eyes for a while before saying, “It’s alright. It’s all good,” he walked up towards his friend and gave him a pat on the head.

                                                               *

 “Thanks for walking me home, Hyunsuk. Even though you didn’t have to,” you said as the both of you reached your front door.

“It’s no biggie. Like I said, there’s no way I’d let you walk home alone,”

You smiled at him, thinking how nice of a person he is. You suddenly remembered how he also helped you, a complete stranger at the time, when you first met back then.

“Don’t stare at me like that for too long,” he joked, noticing how you kept smiling and staring at him.

You stopped smiling and rolled your eyes at him slightly, making him pinch your cheeks in response to what you did.

“Ow hey, chill it with the cheeks, okay?” you rubbed your now red cheeks from his pinch earlier.

“You’re too cute, y/n,” he said, grinning with his eye-smile that you like looking at. Whenever Hyunsuk smiles like that, you felt warm all over. His smile really works like an antidote for any negative emotions, you thought.

You smiled back at him and tapped your finger on his nose, which caught him by surprise.

“Pfft, you’re the cute one, silly,” you said, really meaning it. “Well, I guess I’ll head in. Thanks again for sending me home,”

Hyunsuk nodded at you. He watched as you entered your combination lock on your door and as you entered, you called out to him again, “Oh yeah, Hyunsuk?”

“Hm, yeah?”

“I’ll return your shirt soon, okay?”

“Oh? Oh that’s not mine. That’s Junkyu’s.”

“Oh?? I-I see. I’ll return it to him, soon.”

“Sure, no worries there, y/n,”

The both of you waved goodbye to each other and Hyunsuk headed back towards the elevators once you shut your front door.

                                                                                                                               *

Treasure Dorm #1

Hyunsuk enters his apartment and shuts the door behind him, locking it. He took off his shoes and arranges it on the shelf near the entrance itself.

Stepping into the living room, he sees Junkyu sitting on the sofa, while Jihoon stood right in front of him. The both of them were hugging each other, well, to be more precise, Junkyu was hugging Jihoon’s legs since he was still seated on the sofa.

“I’m so sorry for shouting at you,”

“No, no, I should be the one saying sorry,”

Hyunsuk tilted his head slightly, taking in the bizarre scene that’s going on in front of him.

“Uhh, are you both okay?” he asked, approaching them now.

The both of them let go of each other upon hearing their hyung’s voice.

“Oh, hyung! You’re back!” Jihoon greeted him.

“Yeah,”

“How was…y/n?” Junkyu asked, hesitating a bit when he said your name.

Jihoon wanted to giggle at his best friend’s shy attitude when it comes to matters concerning you, but he managed to hold himself from doing so.

“Ah, she’s fine. Oh! She said she’ll return your shirt to you soon, Junkyu-aa”

“She knows it’s my shirt??”

“Yeah, I told her so. Why?”

Junkyu shook his head, “nothing. I just—nothing.”

Hyunsuk looks around the living room, noticing the other younger members weren’t around and it seemed quiet in the house.

“Where are the kids?” He asked Jihoon.

“Oh, I think they’re in your room,”

“Wha--? Why? Ah, never mind that,” he said, deciding that he doesn’t mind it at all. “Anyways,” he added, making both of the ’00 liners look at him.

“Y/n said I was cute earlier,” he bragged, his grin showing on his face.

Jihoon’s eyes widened when he heard this. He immediately looks at Junkyu.

Junkyu frowned when he heard what his hyung said about you.

“A-aigoo, that’s normal! Y/n calls everyone cute!” Jihoon laughs awkwardly, afraid that whatever Hyunsuk said might hurt his best friend’s feelings.

Hyunsuk shook his head cutely, his smile still visible on his face. “This is different! She even bopped my nose, like this,” he said as he taps his finger on Junkyu’s nose.

Junkyu forced himself to smile back at his hyung who was still all giddily talking about you.

Jihoon sensed his friend’s dark aura exuding in the room so he tried his best to change the subject.

“Oh, hyung! Have you ever seen that documentary?? A Social Dilemma? I heard people say it’s good!”

Hyunsuk frowned at his friend, “I haven’t heard of it. And Jihoon, don’t interrupt me when I’m talking about y/n. Now where was I? Ah right, did you know? Y/n’s cheeks are so soft—”

Suddenly, Junkyu stood up.

Hyunsuk stopped talking since he was surprised by Junkyu’s action.

“I…I’m heading back to my room,” Junkyu said as he quickly leaves both his leaders.

Hyunsuk watched as Junkyu’s back disappeared into his room. “Huh…Junkyu seems…a bit down…”

Jihoon facepalmed and lets out a sigh. “Obviously, hyung. You need to read the room a little better next time,”

                                                                *

 The weekend went by fast, dragging everyone back into their dreaded nightmare. Monday. You watched as everyone in the meeting room that your team has occupied since last week looked all demotivated and solemn.

“Hey, did everyone have a bad weekend or something? Why does everyone on your team look so down,” Chani whispered to you, as he leans close to you.

You turned to him and showed him a bored look as well. “The presentation…is taking wayyyy too long, Chani. Also, it’s Monday. Everybody hates Mondays,”

Chani rolled his eyes at you. “Puh-lease. I don’t hate Mondays. What’s with you all and the typical Monday blues. You’re all making it seem like Monday is the bad guy or something,”

You scowled at him and decided to just ignore him. You focused on the presentation being done by your team leader.

You watched as she presented the modules prepared by your company in such a classy and efficient manner. It matches her pretty face too, you thought. At times you wonder if Soomin herself knows how amazing of a person she is.

You rubbed your right eye, trying to shake off the tired feeling you felt. It’s not like you were tired by Soomin’s presentation though.

The truth was that, you had spent most of your weekend staring. Staring at the specific black tshirt that you had washed and dried and placed on the top part of your clothes rack.

It was Junkyu’s shirt. Junkyu’s. And you hadn’t even thanked him for it. You had tried drafting a short message on your phone but you couldn’t seem to press send. Why? Good question. Why?? You keep asking yourself this as well.

“I have a question,” one of YGE’s staff said as he raised his hand, interrupting your thoughts and also interrupting Soomin in the middle of her explanation.

“Oh? Uh, now?” Soomin asked back, perplexed that this staff actually had the nerve to interrupt her while she was presenting in front. Especially since everyone knows Soomin usually takes questions after whatever she presented was done.

“Yes, now.” The staff said firmly.

Bomin chuckled at his staff’s straightforwardness. “Alright then. Let’s hear your question since it seems to be so urgent. I’m pretty sure Ms. Soomin can answer whatever it is,” he says confidently as he nodded knowingly at Soomin.

Soomin shot him a glare instead, feeling upset that her very own best friend allowed that sort of behaviour from his own staff.

Soomin clicked her tongue. “Huh, sure. What was your question, sir?”

“Uh oh,” you mumbled to yourself.

“What, what?” Chani whispered to you when he heard you.

“Nothing…it’s just that, whenever Soomin clicks her tongue like that, it means that she’s annoyed,” you whispered back at him.

“Ahh, I see,” Chani said as he nods.

You watched the tension between Soomin, Bomin and the YG Staff increased in the room. Your team members were all focused on the meeting again now.

“Well, I’m just curious as to why we need to do these modules that you keep wasting your voice presenting on. Clearly it’s the same concept as those exercise books at the bookstores. Why should we, working people, commit to doing these modules? What, do you take us for high school students or something??” he laughed sarcastically after he asked this.

Soomin’s right eyebrow raised upon hearing this. She was clearly annoyed by this man’s question, you thought.

“It’s not the same. These modules were developed by our team yearly based on the feedback and analysis we did on our clients,” she answered back firmly.

“Pfft, I’ll say. I’m not letting this come out of my paycheck. This isn’t worth paying for,” the staff scoffed.

You felt your jaw tightened. Why is this man putting Soomin on the spot like that?? It’s unfair how he’s barking at her with his limited knowledge of your company’s planning for their staff.

“Huh, I see,” Soomin huffed. Everyone could see her expression has changed into anger at this point.

You noticed Soomin’s grip on the pen in her hand tightened.

Worried that the man would continue making her angry, you hurriedly stood up, surprising everyone in the room with your action.

“Miss Y/n? Is there something you need?” Bomin questioned you.

“If I may,” you said as you turned to look at your team leader, hoping she’d let you speak.

Soomin gave you a subtle nod. You nod back at her.

“If I may, sir. I’ll answer your questions regarding our modules from hereon.” You said, your heart pounding loudly now.

“Hah! A mere intern answering my questions! This should be interesting!” the man retorted sarcastically.

You bit the inside of your cheek, holding in your scowl. The nerve of this man! I’m not an intern! I’m a regular staff like the rest too!

You faked a smile at the man and decided to just explain back Soomin’s answers to his questions before this. “First of all, sir. I believe my team has emailed each and every one of you and your staff a copy of this module, right? Right, so if you did look through the module, you would know that the level of exercises we gave has a scaffolding technique in which you will be doing the exercises based on stages. And if you did read the module, you would know that the tips and notes given were all generated from our past analysis so you’d see how these notes aren’t accessible anywhere but from only our company.”

The man frowned at you, upset with your explanation that everyone including his team members agreed upon.

“Oh, right. I don’t know where you’ve been all this while but I clearly remember on the first day of our meeting we handed you all a contract form to be signed. And the contract clearly states that these modules were ordered by your company and not a single cent would be deducted from your salary. Oh but I guess you must have overlooked that part since you immediately signed without reading,” you added, a hint of sarcasm in your voice this time.

The room started talking all around, telling the man that you were right and that he should’ve minded his own business.

Soomin smiled at you, her tight expression softened as she was grateful you stood up to help her. Bomin shook his head as he watched everyone in the room talking out loud now.

Chani pulled you down to let you sit back in your chair beside him. He flashed you a proud smile. You smiled and nodded back at him.

                                                                    *

YGE Building (Lunchtime – Rooftop balcony)

 “You were so cool! How did you even have the courage to speak up?? Last I checked, you were the quiet and timid type,” Chani said as he spooned rice into his mouth.

“I couldn’t help it. That man was being horrid to my poor Soomin-eonnie,”

“Ugh, tell me about it. The whole team stinks,” Chani grimaced.

“Hey, you’re a part of that team too, you know,” you reminded him.

“Yeah but I’m just an intern. They’re all horrible twats, including Bomin-hyung,”

“Shh! Are you crazy!? You can’t just go around saying bad things about your team leader like that!” your eyes looked around, just in case anyone would hear him, although it was obvious only the two of you would have lunch in an open space like the balcony area.

“Nah, I ain’t scared of him or anyone here,” Chani said matter-of-factly as he takes a sip of his drink.

You shook your head at him as he grinned sheepishly at you, acting like what he said wasn’t serious at all.

                                                                 *

 “Bomin-ssi, about today,” the staff that had stirred up the meeting earlier today said as he approached his team leader in his office.

“Today, my friend, you’ve really created a mess. You have no idea how hurt my best friend was,” Bomin said, leaning back into his swivel chair.

“I-I’m sorry. I just, I was annoyed with the program that’s all. Work was all tiring enough, and now we have to do exercises and modules??”

“That’s just something the company wants us to do. It’s for our own self-development too.” Bomin shot back.

“I know, and I’m sorry for making a scene today,”

“Hmm.”

“Oh, but the intern from today.” The staff said, referring to you.

“Hm? What about her?”

“She’s really something, huh? The way she answered was so efficient I almost thought she was doing a better job than Soomin-ssi does even though Soomin is their team leader!” he laughed a little saying this.

Bomin frowned upon hearing this.

Not realising that he had made Bomin more upset, the staff continued on. “We’re getting separated into groups starting tomorrow, right? I look forward to seeing the list. I must say, anyone who gets into that intern’s group would be really lucky, eh? She must be very good at guiding and teaching people.”

With that, the staff leaves Bomin’s office, leaving him alone to think further of what had happened today.

“Huh…” Bomin says to himself as an idea popped into his mind.

                                                                 *

 YGE Building – 4th Floor (Meeting Room 6)

 You entered the meeting room and looked around the room. The room wasn’t as big as the meeting rooms that you had always used with your team but you guessed it was okay since it could probably hold up around 5-6 people in the room.

Since you will be guiding some of the YG staffs for their exercises and modules for this whole week starting tomorrow, each person from your team was assigned with a particular meeting room. For your case though, you were the only person who had gotten the meeting room on 4th floor.

Closing the door behind you, you walk up towards the end part of the table, placing your bag onto the table. You leaned against the table and noticed that a huge mirror was placed opposite your view, making you notice that your full reflection was staring back at you from where you were standing.

You turned around and noticed the medium-sized whiteboard on the front end of the room, the air conditioner controller right beside the door, the bright white lights emitting from the ceiling…suddenly it hit you on what this room reminded you of.

Your eyes widened as you realised that the room reminded you of those interrogation rooms you’ve seen in the police movies you watched before this.

You shuddered from the realisation as it hit you. Shaking your head to yourself, you decided to step outside the room since being alone in here makes you feel a little scared.

You grabbed your phone with you and exited the door. Now you’re facing the railings that faced you to the open space below and the opposite side of you was the other part of the building facing you.

You leaned against the railings, facing the opposite part of the building and dialed onto your phone, texting Chani about the room you gotten for the groupings starting tomorrow.

 Chatroom (Chani and Y/n)

Y/N: The room looked like one of those interrogation room in those police movies. I feel like a criminal in question 🤡

Chani: LOL for real?? I’ll come visit you in a bit. Can’t wait to feel like a criminal 👀

Y/N: Bye, I’m blocking you for real this time 😒

 You chuckled to yourself thinking about how Chani’s weird antics are always making you laugh. You let out a sigh and let yourself drift into your own thoughts again. You wondered how many staff you’d get to guide and tutor tomorrow… You couldn’t wait to start doing your job for real this time.

                                                                    *

On the other hand, while you were busy staring into space outside your meeting room, you didn’t realise the pair of eyes that were staring at you from the floor that was a level lower but oppositely facing you.

Junkyu rested his right hand against his chin, supporting it as he leaned in against the railings in front of him. Even from below here, he couldn’t help but feel his heart skip fast as he continues staring at you. He remembers Jihoon’s question the other day, when he was asked whether he likes you.

If he does like you, if what he was feeling all this while were him liking you, he wondered when did it all started at all? When did he really start catching feelings for you? To be honest he couldn’t even remember when he started feeling this way.

He blinked a couple times, his view not leaving your figure that was located on the floor above and directly opposite him. Your eyes were staring straight ahead but it looked like you were thinking about something.

“Y/n…” he whispers, the words being only audible for him to hear. “What if…I do like you?”

 To be continued…

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #alltreasuremembers #treasure junkyu #treasure members #ygtreasure #ygtreasurescenarios #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #JunKyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios